Test and Measurement
Division
Operating Manual
Power Meter
R&S NRP
1143.8500.02
Printed in Germany
1144.1400.12-05-
1
Dear Customer,
R&S® is a registered trademark of Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG.
Trade names are trademarks of the owners.
1144.1400.12-05-
2
R&S NRP
Supplement
Operation of the R&S NRP-Z81 wideband power sensor
on R&S NRP base unit
Dear Customer,
for proper operation of the R&S NRP-Z81 wideband power sensor, the right software is required:
Main Program (Application)
Bootloader
Keyboard Controller
5.01
5.01
3.22
The revision numbers for the software components installed in the base unit can be displayed under
menu item 'System Info', lines 'Main Program', 'Bootloader' and 'Keybd. Ctrl.'. The 'System Info' can be
found in the 'System' menu.
Please note, that the statistics capabilities of the sensor are not yet supported by these revisions.
1144.1400.12-05-
Supplement 1
E-1
R&S NRP
Tabbed Divider Overview
Tabbed Divider Overview
Data Sheet
Safety Instructions
Certificate of Quality
EU Certificate of Conformity
List of R&S Representatives
Tabbed Divider
1
Chapter 1:
Putting into Operation
2
Chapter 2:
Getting Started
3
Chapter 3:
Operation
4
Chapter 4:
Functional Description
5
Chapter 5:
Remote Control – Basics
6
Chapter 6:
Remote Control – Commands
7
Chapter 7:
for future extensions
8
Chapter 8:
Maintenance
9
Chapter 9:
Error Messages
10
1144.1400.12
Chapter 10: for future extensions
RE
E-1
Before putting the product into operation for
the first time, make sure to read the following
Safety Instructions
All plants and locations of the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies make every effort to keep the
safety standard of our products up to date and to offer our customers the highest possible degree of
safety. Our products and the auxiliary equipment required for them are designed and tested in
accordance with the relevant safety standards. Compliance with these standards is continuously
monitored by our quality assurance system. The product described here has been designed and tested
in accordance with the EC Certificate of Conformity and has left the manufacturer’s plant in a condition
fully complying with safety standards. To maintain this condition and to ensure safe operation, observe
all instructions and warnings provided in this manual. If you have any questions regarding these safety
instructions, the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies will be happy to answer them.
Furthermore, it is your responsibility to use the product in an appropriate manner. This product is
designed for use solely in industrial and laboratory environments or in the field and must not be used in
any way that may cause personal injury or property damage. You are responsible if the product is used
for an intention other than its designated purpose or in disregard of the manufacturer's instructions. The
manufacturer shall assume no responsibility for such use of the product.
The product is used for its designated purpose if it is used in accordance with its product documentation
and within its performance limits (see data sheet, documentation, the following safety instructions).
Using the product requires technical skills and a basic knowledge of English. It is therefore essential
that the product be used exclusively by skilled and specialized staff or thoroughly trained personnel with
the required skills. If personal safety gear is required for using Rohde & Schwarz products, this will be
indicated at the appropriate place in the product documentation.
Symbols and safety labels
Observe
product
documentation
Weight
indication for
units >18 kg
Supply
voltage
ON/OFF
1171.0000.42-03.00
Danger of
electric
shock
Standby
indication
Direct
current
(DC)
Warning!
Hot
surface
PE terminal
Alternating
current (AC)
Ground
Direct/alternating
current (DC/AC)
Ground
terminal
Attention!
Electrostatic
sensitive
devices
Device fully
protected by
double/reinforced
insulation
Sheet 1
Safety Instructions
Observing the safety instructions will help prevent personal injury or damage of any kind caused by
dangerous situations. Therefore, carefully read through and adhere to the following safety instructions
before putting the product into operation. It is also absolutely essential to observe the additional safety
instructions on personal safety that appear in relevant parts of the product documentation. In these
safety instructions, the word "product" refers to all merchandise sold and distributed by the Rohde &
Schwarz group of companies, including instruments, systems and all accessories.
Tags and their meaning
DANGER
This tag indicates a definite hazard carrying a high risk of death or
serious injury if not avoided.
WARNING
This tag indicates a possible hazard carrying a medium risk of death or
(serious) injury if not avoided.
CAUTION
This tag indicates a hazard carrying a low risk of minor or moderate
injury if not avoided.
ATTENTION
This tag indicates the possibility of incorrect use that can cause damage
to the product.
NOTE
This tag indicates a situation where the user should pay special attention
to operating the product but which does not lead to damage.
These tags are in accordance with the standard definition for civil applications in the European
Economic Area. Definitions that deviate from the standard definition may also exist in other economic
areas or military applications. It is therefore essential to make sure that the tags described here are
always used only in connection with the related product documentation and the related product. The
use of tags in connection with unrelated products or documentation can result in misinterpretation and
thus contribute to personal injury or material damage.
Basic safety instructions
1. The product may be operated only under
the operating conditions and in the
positions specified by the manufacturer. Its
ventilation must not be obstructed during
operation. Unless otherwise specified, the
following requirements apply to
Rohde & Schwarz products:
prescribed operating position is always with
the housing floor facing down, IP protection
2X, pollution severity 2, overvoltage
category 2, use only in enclosed spaces,
max. operation altitude 2000 m above sea
level, max. transport altitude 4500 m above
sea level.
Unless specified otherwise in the data
sheet, a tolerance of ±10% shall apply to
the nominal voltage and of ±5% to the
nominal frequency.
2. Applicable local or national safety
regulations and rules for the prevention of
accidents must be observed in all work
performed. The product may be opened
only by authorized, specially trained
personnel. Prior to performing any work on
1171.0000.42-03.00
the product or opening the product, the
product must be disconnected from the
supply network. Any adjustments,
replacements of parts, maintenance or
repair must be carried out only by technical
personnel authorized by Rohde & Schwarz.
Only original parts may be used for
replacing parts relevant to safety (e.g.
power switches, power transformers,
fuses). A safety test must always be
performed after parts relevant to safety
have been replaced (visual inspection, PE
conductor test, insulation resistance
measurement, leakage current
measurement, functional test).
3. As with all industrially manufactured goods,
the use of substances that induce an
allergic reaction (allergens, e.g. nickel)
such as aluminum cannot be generally
excluded. If you develop an allergic
reaction (such as a skin rash, frequent
sneezing, red eyes or respiratory
difficulties), consult a physician immediately
to determine the cause.
Sheet 2
Safety Instructions
4. If products/components are mechanically
and/or thermically processed in a manner
that goes beyond their intended use,
hazardous substances (heavy-metal dust
such as lead, beryllium, nickel) may be
released. For this reason, the product may
only be disassembled, e.g. for disposal
purposes, by specially trained personnel.
Improper disassembly may be hazardous to
your health. National waste disposal
regulations must be observed.
5. If handling the product yields hazardous
substances or fuels that must be disposed
of in a special way, e.g. coolants or engine
oils that must be replenished regularly, the
safety instructions of the manufacturer of
the hazardous substances or fuels and the
applicable regional waste disposal
regulations must be observed. Also
observe the relevant safety instructions in
the product documentation.
6. Depending on the function, certain products
such as RF radio equipment can produce
an elevated level of electromagnetic
radiation. Considering that unborn life
requires increased protection, pregnant
women should be protected by appropriate
measures. Persons with pacemakers may
also be endangered by electromagnetic
radiation. The employer/operator is
required to assess workplaces where there
is a special risk of exposure to radiation
and, if necessary, take measures to avert
the danger.
7. Operating the products requires special
training and intense concentration. Make
certain that persons who use the products
are physically, mentally and emotionally fit
enough to handle operating the products;
otherwise injuries or material damage may
occur. It is the responsibility of the
employer to select suitable personnel for
operating the products.
8. Prior to switching on the product, it must be
ensured that the nominal voltage setting on
the product matches the nominal voltage of
the AC supply network. If a different voltage
is to be set, the power fuse of the product
may have to be changed accordingly.
9. In the case of products of safety class I with
movable power cord and connector,
operation is permitted only on sockets with
earthing contact and protective earth
connection.
10. Intentionally breaking the protective earth
connection either in the feed line or in the
1171.0000.42-03.00
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
product itself is not permitted. Doing so can
result in the danger of an electric shock
from the product. If extension cords or
connector strips are implemented, they
must be checked on a regular basis to
ensure that they are safe to use.
If the product has no power switch for
disconnection from the AC supply, the plug
of the connecting cable is regarded as the
disconnecting device. In such cases, it
must be ensured that the power plug is
easily reachable and accessible at all times
(corresponding to the length of connecting
cable, approx. 2 m). Functional or
electronic switches are not suitable for
providing disconnection from the AC
supply. If products without power switches
are integrated in racks or systems, a
disconnecting device must be provided at
the system level.
Never use the product if the power cable is
damaged. Check the power cable on a
regular basis to ensure that it is in proper
operating condition. By taking appropriate
safety measures and carefully laying the
power cable, ensure that the cable cannot
be damaged and that no one can be hurt by
e.g. tripping over the cable or suffering an
electric shock.
The product may be operated only from
TN/TT supply networks fused with max.
16 A (higher fuse only after consulting with
the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies).
Do not insert the plug into sockets that are
dusty or dirty. Insert the plug firmly and all
the way into the socket. Otherwise, this can
result in sparks, fire and/or injuries.
Do not overload any sockets, extension
cords or connector strips; doing so can
cause fire or electric shocks.
For measurements in circuits with voltages
Vrms > 30 V, suitable measures (e.g.
appropriate measuring equipment, fusing,
current limiting, electrical separation,
insulation) should be taken to avoid any
hazards.
Ensure that the connections with
information technology equipment comply
with IEC 950/EN 60950.
Unless expressly permitted, never remove
the cover or any part of the housing while
the product is in operation. Doing so will
expose circuits and components and can
lead to injuries, fire or damage to the
product.
Sheet 3
Safety Instructions
19. If a product is to be permanently installed,
the connection between the PE terminal on
site and the product's PE conductor must
be made first before any other connection
is made. The product may be installed and
connected only by a license electrician.
20. For permanently installed equipment
without built-in fuses, circuit breakers or
similar protective devices, the supply circuit
must be fused in such a way that suitable
protection is provided for users and
products.
21. Do not insert any objects into the openings
in the housing that are not designed for this
purpose. Never pour any liquids onto or into
the housing. This can cause short circuits
inside the product and/or electric shocks,
fire or injuries.
22. Use suitable overvoltage protection to
ensure that no overvoltage (such as that
caused by a thunderstorm) can reach the
product. Otherwise the operating personnel
will be endangered by electric shocks.
23. Rohde & Schwarz products are not
protected against penetration of water,
unless otherwise specified (see also safety
instruction 1.). If this is not taken into
account, there exists the danger of electric
shock for the user or damage to the
product, which can also lead to personal
injury.
24. Never use the product under conditions in
which condensation has formed or can form
in or on the product, e.g. if the product was
moved from a cold to a warm environment.
25. Do not close any slots or openings on the
product, since they are necessary for
ventilation and prevent the product from
overheating. Do not place the product on
soft surfaces such as sofas or rugs or
inside a closed housing, unless this is well
ventilated.
26. Do not place the product on heatgenerating devices such as radiators or fan
heaters. The temperature of the
environment must not exceed the maximum
temperature specified in the data sheet.
27. Batteries and storage batteries must not be
exposed to high temperatures or fire. Keep
batteries and storage batteries away from
children. Do not short-circuit batteries and
storage batteries.
If batteries or storage batteries are
improperly replaced, this can cause an
explosion (warning: lithium cells). Replace
1171.0000.42-03.00
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
the battery or storage battery only with the
matching Rohde & Schwarz type (see
spare parts list). Batteries and storage
batteries must be recycled and kept
separate from residual waste. Batteries and
storage batteries that contain lead, mercury
or cadmium are hazardous waste. Observe
the national regulations regarding waste
disposal and recycling.
Please be aware that in the event of a fire,
toxic substances (gases, liquids etc.) that
may be hazardous to your health may
escape from the product.
The product can be very heavy. Be careful
when moving it to avoid back or other
physical injuries.
Do not place the product on surfaces,
vehicles, cabinets or tables that for reasons
of weight or stability are unsuitable for this
purpose. Always follow the manufacturer's
installation instructions when installing the
product and fastening it to objects or
structures (e.g. walls and shelves).
Handles on the products are designed
exclusively for personnel to hold or carry
the product. It is therefore not permissible
to use handles for fastening the product to
or on means of transport such as cranes,
fork lifts, wagons, etc. The user is
responsible for securely fastening the
products to or on the means of transport
and for observing the safety regulations of
the manufacturer of the means of transport.
Noncompliance can result in personal injury
or material damage.
If you use the product in a vehicle, it is the
sole responsibility of the driver to drive the
vehicle safely. Adequately secure the
product in the vehicle to prevent injuries or
other damage in the event of an accident.
Never use the product in a moving vehicle if
doing so could distract the driver of the
vehicle. The driver is always responsible for
the safety of the vehicle. The manufacturer
assumes no responsibility for accidents or
collisions.
If a laser product (e.g. a CD/DVD drive) is
integrated in a Rohde & Schwarz product,
do not use any other settings or functions
than those described in the product
documentation. Otherwise this may be
hazardous to your health, since the laser
beam can cause irreversible damage to
your eyes. Never try to take such products
apart, and never look into the laser beam.
Sheet 4
Certified Quality System
DIN EN ISO 9001 : 2000
DIN EN
9100 : 2003
DIN EN ISO 14001 : 1996
DQS REG. NO 001954 QM/ST UM
QUALITÄTSZERTIFIKAT
CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY
CERTIFICAT DE QUALITÉ
Sehr geehrter Kunde,
Sie haben sich für den Kauf eines
Rohde & Schwarz-Produktes entschieden. Hiermit erhalten Sie ein nach
modernsten Fertigungsmethoden
hergestelltes Produkt. Es wurde nach
den Regeln unseres Managementsystems entwickelt, gefertigt und
geprüft.
Das Rohde & Schwarz Managementsystem ist zertifiziert nach:
Dear Customer,
you have decided to buy a Rohde &
Schwarz product. You are thus assured of receiving a product that is
manufactured using the most modern
methods available. This product was
developed, manufactured and tested
in compliance with our quality management system standards.
The Rohde & Schwarz quality management system is certified according to:
Cher Client,
vous avez choisi d‘acheter un produit
Rohde & Schwarz. Vous disposez
donc d‘un produit fabriqué d‘après
les méthodes les plus avancées. Le
développement, la fabrication et les
tests respectent nos normes de gestion qualité.
Le système de gestion qualité de
Rohde & Schwarz a été homologué
conformément aux normes:
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
DIN EN 9100:2003
DIN EN ISO 14001:1996
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
DIN EN 9100:2003
DIN EN ISO 14001:1996
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
DIN EN 9100:2003
DIN EN ISO 14001:1996
1171.0200.11-01.00
EC Certificate of Conformity
Certificate No.: 2002-36, page 1
This is to certify that:
Equipment type
Stock No.
Designation
NRP
1143.8500.02
Power Meter
NRP-B1
NRP-B2
NRP-B3
NRP-B4
NRP-B5
NRP-B6
1146.9008.02
1146.8801.02
1146.8501.02
1146.9308.02
1146.9608.02
1146.9908.02
Sensor Check Source
Second Sensor Input
Battery Supply
Ethernet Lan-Interface
3rd und 4th Sensor
Rear-Panel Sensor
complies with the provisions of the Directive of the Council of the European Union on the
approximation of the laws of the Member States
- relating to electrical equipment for use within defined voltage limits
(73/23/EEC revised by 93/68/EEC)
- relating to electromagnetic compatibility
(89/336/EEC revised by 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC)
Conformity is proven by compliance with the following standards:
EN61010-1 : 2001-12
EN55011 : 1998 + A1 : 1999, Class B
EN61326 : 1997 + A1 : 1998 + A2 : 2001 + A3 : 2003
For the assessment of electromagnetic compatibility, the limits of radio interference for Class
B equipment as well as the immunity to interference for operation in industry have been used
as a basis.
Affixing the EC conformity mark as from 2002
ROHDE & SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG
Mühldorfstr. 15, D-81671 München
Munich, 2006-11-23
1143.8500.02 –s1-
Central Quality Management FS-QZ / Radde
CE
E-10
EC Certificate of Conformity
Certificate No.: 2002-36, page 2
This is to certify that:
Equipment type
Stock No.
Designation
NRP-Z3
NRP-Z4
NRP-Z11
NRP-Z21
NRP-Z22
NRP-Z23
NRP-Z24
NRP-Z27
NRP-Z37
NRP-Z51
NRP-Z55
NRP-Z81
NRP-Z91
1146.7005.02
1146.8001.02/.04
1138.3004.02/.04
1137.6000.02
1137.7506.02
1137.8002.02
1137.8502.02
1169.4102.02
1169.3206.02
1138.0005.02
1138.2008.02
1137.9009.02
1168.8004.02/.04
USB Adapter
USB Adapter
Average Power Sensor
Average Power Sensor
Average Power Sensor
Average Power Sensor
Average Power Sensor
Power Sensor Module
Power Sensor Module
Thermal Power Sensor
Thermal Power Sensor
Wideband Power Sensor
Average Power Sensor
complies with the provisions of the Directive of the Council of the European Union on the
approximation of the laws of the Member States
- relating to electrical equipment for use within defined voltage limits
(73/23/EEC revised by 93/68/EEC)
- relating to electromagnetic compatibility
(89/336/EEC revised by 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC)
Conformity is proven by compliance with the following standards:
EN61010-1 : 2001-12
EN55011 : 1998 + A1 : 1999, Class B
EN61326 : 1997 + A1 : 1998 + A2 : 2001 + A3 : 2003
For the assessment of electromagnetic compatibility, the limits of radio interference for Class
B equipment as well as the immunity to interference for operation in industry have been used
as a basis.
Affixing the EC conformity mark as from 2002
ROHDE & SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG
Mühldorfstr. 15, D-81671 München
Munich, 2006-11-23
1143.8500.02 -s2-
Central Quality Management FS-QZ / Radde
CE
E-10
Customer Support
Technical support – where and when you need it
For quick, expert help with any Rohde & Schwarz equipment, contact one of our
Customer Support Centers. A team of highly qualified engineers provides telephone
support and will work with you to find a solution to your query on any aspect of the
operation, programming or applications of Rohde & Schwarz equipment.
Up-to-date information and upgrades
To keep your Rohde & Schwarz equipment always up-to-date,
please subscribe to our electronic newsletter at
http://www.rohde-schwarz.com/www/response.nsf/newsletterpreselection
or request the desired information and upgrades via email from your Customer Support
Center (addresses see below).
Feedback
We want to know if we are meeting your support needs. If you have any comments
please email us and let us know CustomerSupport.Feedback@rohde-schwarz.com.
USA & Canada
East Asia
Rest of the World
Monday to Friday (except US public holidays)
8:00 AM – 8:00 PM Eastern Standard Time (EST)
Tel. from USA
From outside USA
Fax
888-test-rsa (888-837-8772) (opt 2)
+1 410 910 7800 (opt 2)
+1 410 910 7801
E-mail
Customer.Support@rsa.rohde-schwarz.com
Monday to Friday (except Singaporean public holidays)
8:30 AM – 6:00 PM Singapore Time (SGT)
Tel.
Fax
+65 6 513 0488
+65 6 846 1090
E-mail
Customersupport.asia@rohde-schwarz.com
Monday to Friday (except German public holidays)
08:00 – 17:00 Central European Time (CET)
Tel. from Europe
+49 (0) 180 512 42 42
From outside Europe +49 89 4129 13776
Fax
+49 (0) 89 41 29 637 78
E-mail
1171.0200.22-01.00
CustomerSupport@rohde-schwarz.com
12
Address List
Headquarters, Plants and Subsidiaries
Locations Worldwide
Headquarters
Please refer to our homepage: www.rohde-schwarz.com
◆ Sales Locations
◆ Service Locations
◆ National Websites
ROHDE&SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG
Mühldorfstraße 15 · D-81671 München
P.O.Box 80 14 69 · D-81614 München
Phone +49 (89) 41 29-0
Fax +49 (89) 41 29-121 64
info.rs@rohde-schwarz.com
Plants
ROHDE&SCHWARZ Messgerätebau GmbH
Riedbachstraße 58 · D-87700 Memmingen
P.O.Box 16 52 · D-87686 Memmingen
Phone +49 (83 31) 1 08-0
+49 (83 31) 1 08-1124
info.rsmb@rohde-schwarz.com
ROHDE&SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG
Werk Teisnach
Kaikenrieder Straße 27 · D-94244 Teisnach
P.O.Box 11 49 · D-94240 Teisnach
Phone +49 (99 23) 8 50-0
Fax +49 (99 23) 8 50-174
info.rsdts@rohde-schwarz.com
ROHDE&SCHWARZ závod
Vimperk, s.r.o.
Location Spidrova 49
CZ-38501 Vimperk
ROHDE&SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG
Dienstleistungszentrum Köln
Graf-Zeppelin-Straße 18 · D-51147 Köln
P.O.Box 98 02 60 · D-51130 Köln
Phone +420 (388) 45 21 09
Fax +420 (388) 45 21 13
Phone +49 (22 03) 49-0
Fax +49 (22 03) 49 51-229
info.rsdc@rohde-schwarz.com
service.rsdc@rohde-schwarz.com
Subsidiaries
R&S BICK Mobilfunk GmbH
Fritz-Hahne-Str. 7 · D-31848 Bad Münder
P.O.Box 20 02 · D-31844 Bad Münder
Phone +49 (50 42) 9 98-0
Fax +49 (50 42) 9 98-105
info.bick@rohde-schwarz.com
ROHDE&SCHWARZ FTK GmbH
Wendenschloßstraße 168, Haus 28
D-12557 Berlin
Phone +49 (30) 658 91-122
Fax +49 (30) 655 50-221
info.ftk@rohde-schwarz.com
ROHDE&SCHWARZ SIT GmbH
Am Studio 3
D-12489 Berlin
Phone +49 (30) 658 84-0
Fax +49 (30) 658 84-183
info.sit@rohde-schwarz.com
R&S Systems GmbH
Graf-Zeppelin-Straße 18
D-51147 Köln
GEDIS GmbH
Sophienblatt 100
D-24114 Kiel
HAMEG Instruments GmbH
Industriestraße 6
D-63533 Mainhausen
1171.0200.42-02.00
Phone +49 (22 03) 49-5 23 25
Fax +49 (22 03) 49-5 23 36
info.rssys@rohde-schwarz.com
Phone +49 (431) 600 51-0
Fax +49 (431) 600 51-11
sales@gedis-online.de
Phone +49 (61 82) 800-0
Fax +49 (61 82) 800-100
info@hameg.de
12
R&S NRP
Table of Contents Chapter 1
Table of Contents
1
Putting into Operation ......................................................................................................1.1
Notes on putting into operation......................................................................................................1.1
Unpacking the meter...................................................................................................................1.1
Setting up the meter ...................................................................................................................1.2
Front and rear views ........................................................................................................................1.3
Front panel..................................................................................................................................1.3
Rear panel ..................................................................................................................................1.5
Installation in a 19" rack ..................................................................................................................1.7
AC supply voltage ............................................................................................................................1.7
AC supply fuses ...............................................................................................................................1.7
EMC....................................................................................................................................................1.7
Switching the meter on/off ..............................................................................................................1.8
Welcome screen and function test .............................................................................................1.8
Resetting and setting brightness and contrast .........................................................................1.10
ON state....................................................................................................................................1.10
Preset...............................................................................................................................................1.11
1144.1400.12
I-1.1
E-3
R&S NRP
Notes on putting into operation
1 Putting into Operation
This Chapter describes putting into operation (unpacking, AC supply connection, switching the meter on
and off), function testing and installing the meter, the preset or default settings and also contains front
and rear views of the meter.
Notes on putting into operation
Before putting the R&S NRP into operation, ensure that
•
the sensor inputs are not overloaded,
•
the meter’s outputs are not overloaded or wrongly connected,
•
the ventilation holes are not obstructed.
The meter may be damaged if these precautions are not observed.
Unpacking the meter
When you have removed the meter from its packing, check that nothing is missing using the delivery
note and the accessory lists.
If there is any damage, contact the carrier. Keep all the packing to support any claims for compensation.
It is also best to use the original packing if the meter has to be shipped or transported at a later date.
1144.1400.12
1.1
E-3
Notes on putting into operation
R&S NRP
Setting up the meter
Carrying handle
If the R&S NRP is not installed in a rack, it should be set up
so that the viewing angle for the display is optimal. The
carrying handle can be locked in a variety of positions to
act as a stand.
To adjust the handle, pull the two side-pieces of the handle
outwards so that the handle can be rotated.
The handle locks at angles which are multiples of 60°.
1144.1400.12
1.2
E-3
R&S NRP
Front and rear views
Front and rear views
NRP . POWER METER
DEL/1TRIG
MENU
ESC/LOCAL
FREQ
(PRE) SET
ZERO /CAL
Front panel
Sensor connector
The front panel accommodates a maximum of two sensor
connectors (for sensors A and B). The power sensors are
connected by inserting the male connector. To disconnect
hold the connector by its sleeve. Pulling on the sensor cable will not release the sensor connector.
Test generator
The test generator connector (option R&S NRP-B1) provides a high-precision, unmodulated sine signal with a
power of 1 mW and a frequency of 50 MHz for checking
the sensors.
P O W E R R E F
The generator is turned on and off from the System menu
(see Chapter 4.6 System Settings).
1144.1400.12
1.3
E-3
Front and rear views
Keypad
R&S NRP
See Chapter 3 (Manual Operation).
DEL/1TRIG
MENU
ESC /LOCAL
FREQ
(PRE)SET
ZERO / CAL
1144.1400.12
1.4
E-3
R&S NRP
Front and rear views
Rear panel
TRIG / OUT 2 OUT 1
ETHERNET
625
IEEE 488
SCPI
USB
LR 114 196
C
®
US
AUTOMATIC POWER SELECTION
100 ... 120 V 50 ... 400 Hz
220 ... 240 V 50 ... 60 Hz
80 VA
SENSOR INPUT
C (A)
D (B)
F1/F2: IEC 127
T 2.0 H / 250 V
OUT1 and TRIG / OUT2
T R IG / O U T 2
O U T 1
OPTION INCL.
The BNC connector OUT1 outputs an analog signal with a
voltage between 0V and 3.3 V. It can be used to output a
voltage that is proportional to the measured value (e.g. for
level regulation) or a digital signal for threshold monitoring.
The BNC connector TRIG / OUT2 can be used either as an
external trigger input or as a second analog output.
The inputs/outputs are configured from the System menu
(see Chapter 4.6 System Settings).
Ethernet
The Ethernet connector (option R&S NRP-B4) is an RJ45
socket for remote controlling the R&S NRP via a network.
E th e rn e t
USB
The type-B USB connector is used to update firmware by
means of PC downloads (for more information, see the
service manual, Chapter 4).
U S B
IEC/IEEE bus
The IEC/IEEE bus connector to IEEE488 is used to remote
control the R&S NRP.
6 2 5
1144.1400.12
IE E E 4 8 8
S C P I
1.5
E-3
Front and rear views
AC supply connector
R&S NRP
The AC supply connector comprises a standard, IEC lowtemperature connector and contains a fuse holder for two
miniature fuses. The fuse holder can be taken out with a
screwdriver.
See
AC supply voltage on page 1.7 for more on connecting the AC supply.
Sensor connectors
S E N S O R IN P U T
C (A )
D (B )
1144.1400.12
Sensor connectors A and B (option R&S NRP-B6) or C and
D (option R&S NRP-B5) can be accommodated on the rear
panel.
1.6
E-3
R&S NRP
Installation in a 19" rack
Installation in a 19" rack
Caution
If the meter is rack-mounted ensure there is a free flow of air through the holes in the
side panels.
The R&S NRP can be installed in 19" racks using a variety of rack adapters (see data sheet for order
Nos.). The installation instructions come with the adapter.
AC supply voltage
The R&S NRP can be operated from AC lines with a voltage range of 100 V to 240 V and a frequency
range of 50 Hz to 60 Hz. Note that a restricted voltage range (100 V to 120 V) applies to 400 Hz networks. The AC supply connector is at the rear of the meter. The meter sets itself automatically to the
applied voltage if it is in range.
AC supply fuses
The R&S NRP has two fuses as indicated by the type plate. The fuses are accommodated in a fuse
holder in the AC supply connector. The holder can be pulled out to insert fuses. The power supply has
its own fuse.
Caution
Only the service department may replace the internal fuse.
AC supply connector
Fuse holder
AC supply connector at the rear of the meter
EMC
To prevent EMI, the meter must always be installed to meet the relevant EMC standards. Never operate
the instrument with its enclosure removed. Only use shielded signal and control cables that meet the
relevant EMC standards.
1144.1400.12
1.7
E-3
Switching the meter on/off
R&S NRP
Switching the meter on/off
ON/STANDBY key
( Ø ) key
The ON/STANDBY key is used to toggle between the on
and standby states.
Yellow LED (AC supply)
The yellow LED indicates that the AC supply is connected
to the R&S NRP.
Green LED (ON)
The green LED indicates when the meter is on.
The following are, therefore, the possible operating states:
The meter is off and disconnected from the AC supply.
The meter is on standby. The AC supply is connected and
the power supply is operating correctly.
If option R&S NRP-B3 (battery) has been installed, automatic charging will be started if the battery is low.
The meter is on and is being powered from the AC supply.
The meter is on and is being battery powered (only applies
if option R&S NRP-B3 has been installed).
Caution
If you want to completely isolate the meter from the AC supply, pull out the AC supply
plug. Selecting the standby mode does not disconnect the AC supply.
Welcome screen and function test
After switch-on, the R&S NRP performs a selftest. The contents of all non-volatile memories, the RAM and the addressability of all interfaces is checked. Messages indicate
which options have been installed.
Function test on the RAM.
1144.1400.12
1.8
E-3
R&S NRP
Switching the meter on/off
Addressability check on the interfaces for the sensor channels. Only one of the icons shown on the left is displayed to
show the number of channels that have been installed.
Channel A.
Appears if the device is single-channel.
Channel A or channels A and B, fitted on the front panel.
Appears only if option R&S NRP-B2 is installed
(second measurement input).
Channels A and B, fitted on the rear panel.
Appears only if option R&S NRP-B6 is installed at the rear
(sensor connectors A (B)).
Channels A to D.
Appears only if option R&S NRP-B5 is installed
(3rd and 4th measurement input).
Addressability check on the keypad controller.
Addressability check on the USB interface at the rear of the
meter.
Addressability check on the test generator.
Appears only if option R&S NRP-B1 is installed.
(test generator).
Addressability test on the Ethernet interface. The transmission rate is displayed.
Appears only if option R&S NRP-B4 is installed
(Ethernet).
The “Ok” below the network icon indicates that the interface can be addressed.
If the R&S NRP is not connected to a network hub or if a
connection cannot be established during booting, the message NC (Not Connected) is displayed instead of OK. It is
however possible to establish a network connection later
on at any time.
Addressability check on the battery and charging regulator.
Appears only if option R&S NRP-B3 (battery) is installed.
If an error occurs when an interface test is being performed,
the message failed is displayed under the appropriate icon
and the icon is shown in inverse video. When all the tests
are completed, booting is interrupted; booting can be restarted by pressing the continue softkey.
1144.1400.12
1.9
E-3
Switching the meter on/off
R&S NRP
If an error is detected when the non-volatile memory containing instrument settings is checked, an error message is displayed when booting is completed. The non-volatile memory
is then re-initialized completely and the R&S NRP goes into
the preset state. All instrument settings that have been
saved are lost as a result of this procedure.
Resetting and setting brightness and contrast
If you press the (Æ) key immediately after switching on the
R&S NRP, after about 3 seconds the R&S NRP goes into a
state in which you can adjust brightness and contrast.
Initially, contrast and brightness are automatically set to
their default values. You can then make the settings you
want using the diagram on the screen.
ON state
Whenever the meter is switched off, its settings are saved. The next time it is switched on, these settings are automatically restored.
If the last setup before switch-off is to be restored, the R&S NRP must be switched off
with the standby key ( Ø ). If the meter is turned off by disconnecting the AC supply, it is
possible that the settings being used immediately beforehand are not saved.
1144.1400.12
1.10
E-3
R&S NRP
Preset
Preset
You can change the R&S NRP to a defined default state by pressing the ({PRE}SET) key twice. Various
parameters including the following will be set as a result:
•
All channels in the Cont Av mode (continuous average power).
•
Absolute power measurement in dBm.
•
One window per channel opened.
•
Offset: 0 dB
•
Automatic filtering (normal mode).
When the preset state is selected, all default parameters are set – even those for operating modes that
have not been activated.
1144.1400.12
1.11
E-3
R&S NRP
Table of Contents Chapter 2
Table of Contents
2
Getting Started.....................................................................................................................2.1
Requirements....................................................................................................................................2.1
Measuring average power (Cont Av mode) ...................................................................................2.2
Window handling............................................................................................................................2.11
Setting measurement functions....................................................................................................2.16
Graphically representing power versus time (Scope mode) .....................................................2.18
Measuring av. burst power (Burst Av mode)...............................................................................2.22
Measuring average power in defined time interval.....................................................................2.23
1144.1400.12
I-2.1
E-3
R&S NRP
Requirements
2 Getting Started
This Chapter contains step-by-step instructions for simple measurements and provides an introduction
to the R&S NRP's basic modes of operation. Each step is listed in order. The operating steps that are to
be performed are highlighted in grey, while the sections between contain screenshots and also comments and references to more information.
The five sections describe the following:
Measuring average power
Window handling (p. 2.11) and
Setting measurement functions
(p. 2.16)
Step-by-step introduction to standard power measurements with the R&S NRP.
Basic techniques for configuring measurement windows.
Graphically representing power
versus time,
Graphical representation of the time characteristic.
Measuring av. burst power
(Burst Av mode), p. 2.22
Measurement of burst power without external triggering.
Measuring average power in defined time interval, p. 2.23
Power measurement in one or more successive timeslots
with internal or external triggering.
Some of the sections later on in this Chapter assume familiarity with the basic operating techniques
which are introduced in the first two sections. It is, therefore, advisable to go through the first two sections before considering other topics.
Requirements
•
Read the notes on putting the meter into operation in Chapter 1.
•
A single-channel R&S NRP is sufficient for most of the examples used in the sequel. However, if
you want to work through all the steps in the section
Setting measurement functions (p. 2.16),
you will need a dual-channel instrument.
•
An R&S NRP-Z1x, R&S NRP-Z2x or R&S°NRP-Z8x sensor is required for the section
Measuring
average power in defined time interval (p. 2.23); all other sections can be worked through with the
Thermal Sensors R&S NRP-Z5x.
•
A signal source is required for the measurements that are described. It is best to use a signal generator whose level can be adjusted. If a generator of this type is not available, the R&S NRP’s integral power reference (option R&S NRP-B1) can be used instead.
1144.1400.12
2.1
E-3
Measuring average power (Cont Av mode)
R&S NRP
Measuring average power (Cont Av mode)
1 Set the R&S NRP to the PRESET state.
The instrument is set to a well-defined initial state to prevent any previous settings from causing incorrect results. For a detailed description of the R&S NRP’s initial state, see Chapter 4, Stored settings.
Put the R&S NRP into operation as described in
Chapter 1 and connect a sensor to connector A.
({PRE}SET)
Press the ({PRE}SET) key.
The File menu appears.
The appearance of Preset on a black background
means that this function can also be started by pressing
the ({PRE}SET) key again.
({PRE}SET)
Press the ({PRE}SET) key again or the
Preset softkey.
The Setup dialog box disappears and the meter is in the
preset state.
A display window indicates the result (in dBm) obtained
with sensor A.
1144.1400.12
2.2
E-3
R&S NRP
Measuring average power (Cont Av mode)
2 Zeroing the meter
A zero error correction is one of the meter’s default settings. This procedure should be repeated as and
when necessary, but primarily when the sensor reaches its operating temperature.
If the sensor is already connected to a signal source,
switch off the power.
(ZERO/CAL)
Press the (ZERO/CAL) key
The Zero/Cal dialog box is displayed.
The appearance of Zero (All) on a black background
means that this function can also be started by pressing
the (ZERO/CAL) key again.
(ZERO/CAL)
Press the (ZERO/CAL) key again or the Zero (All) softkey.
The correction measurement takes several seconds.
When completed a GO/NOGO message is output.
3 Setting the frequency
The R&S NRP must be set to the carrier frequency of the applied signal if the specified measurement
accuracy is to be reached.
Connect an unmodulated signal with a level between
–10 dBm and +10 dBm to the sensor.
(FREQ)
Press the (FREQ) key
The dialog box for entering the frequency appears.
A|B|C|D
1144.1400.12
–
(
)
Select channel A by pressing the appropriate rocker
switch.
2.3
E-3
Measuring average power (Cont Av mode)
Frequency
–
(
)
R&S NRP
Press the Frequency softkey
A panel with all the characters you will need to enter the
frequency is displayed next to the softkeys.
1234567890U. –
(
)
Clear the field with the (DEL/1TRIG) key.
Enter the frequency of the signal that is fed in by
pressing the appropriate softkeys.
Using the UNIT softkey, select the unit you want.
Try the following:
To familiarize yourself with the editor, try the following
steps:
Using the left/right cursor keys, move the block cursor and overwrite the digits with new values.
Use the up/down cursor keys to scroll the digits to the
cursor position.
Move the insertion mark to the right onto the units.
Use the vertical up/down keys to change the unit.
(¶ MENU)
Confirm your entry.
(¶ MENU)
Close the dialog box.
1144.1400.12
2.4
E-3
R&S NRP
Measuring average power (Cont Av mode)
4 Setting the unit in the display
–
(
)
Using the topmost rocker switch or the cursor keys
), select the Measurement menu.
(
The menu opens out automatically for this procedure.
Press the (¶ MENU) key, if the menu is not displayed.
The results of post-processing are summarized in the
Measurement menu.
Window
–
(
)
Use the Window softkey to select window 1.
1234
The functions in the Windows and Measurement menu are
all defined for the selected window.
The dark title bar indicates the window that has been
selected.
Tip:
You can also select windows with the up/down cursor
keys.
Func- |
W
dBm
tion…
dBµV
1144.1400.12
–
(
)
Select the unit W with the adjacent rocker switch.
2.5
E-3
Measuring average power (Cont Av mode)
R&S NRP
The result is displayed in W.
1144.1400.12
2.6
E-3
R&S NRP
Measuring average power (Cont Av mode)
5 Setting a fixed offset correction
–
(
)
Using the topmost rocker switch or the cursor keys
), select the Sensor menu.
(
All sensor-related settings can be made in the Sensor
menu. This determines the type and details of data acquisition.
Offset… | Filter
–
(
)
Press the Offset… softkey (left-hand side of rockerswitch).
The Offset dialog box opens. Factors for correcting external signal losses or gains, due to an attenuator, for
example, can be set in this box.
Global
–
(
)
Activate the editor for the global offset by pressing
the left-hand side of the rocker switch next to Global.
Positive values are for correcting losses and negative
values for gains.
1234567890. –
(¶ MENU)
1144.1400.12
(
)
If you have an attenuator at hand, enter its value and
connect the attenuator between the sensor and the
signal source, otherwise just enter 10 dB.
Confirm the entry.
2.7
E-3
Measuring average power (Cont Av mode)
Global
(¶ MENU)
–
(
)
R&S NRP
Activate the global offset correction by pressing the
right-hand side of the rocker switch next to Global.
Accept the warning concerning the triggerlevel.
Global offset correction is now on. The displayed value is
increased or decreased depending on the sign of the
offset.
Factors which are not, or only minimally, dependent on
frequency can be corrected in this way.
(¶ MENU)
Close the dialog box.
(¶ MENU)
Close the menu.
If you have connected an attenuator and entered its attenuation, the R&S NRP will display about the same
value as before.
In the note line of the measurement window, the symbol
indicates that global offset correction has been activated.
1144.1400.12
2.8
E-3
R&S NRP
Measuring average power (Cont Av mode)
6 Relative power measurements
The R&S NRP can calculate and display the relative difference between a measured value and a reference value. The reference value can be a measured value that has been saved or an arbitrary value
that is entered.
–
Relative
–
(
(
)
)
Using the topmost rocker switch or the cursor keys
(
), select the Measurement menu.
To activate the relative mode, press the right-hand
side of the rocker switch next to Relative.
As the default setup was loaded in step
relative to 0 dBm is displayed.
Relative
–
(
)
1, the value
Press the rocker switch next to Relative again on the
right-hand side.
In the second line,
Off On Reset
is displayed briefly and then the original display returns.
The last power result obtained has now been made the
new reference value. If the power has not changed in the
meantime, the reference value and the power are equal
and the indicated value is 0 dB.
If an attenuator is still connected, remove it now and
connect the sensor directly to the signal source.
The displayed value should now equal the attenuation
that has been entered.
1144.1400.12
2.9
E-3
Measuring average power (Cont Av mode)
R&S NRP
7 Checking settings (window zoom).
–
(
)
Using the topmost rocker switch, or the cursor keys
), select the Windows menu
(
The Windows menu contains all the functions required for
opening, closing and configuring windows.
Select
–
(
)
Check if window 1 has been selected.
–
(
)
Press the Expand softkey.
1234
Close | Expand
Window 1 now expands to occupy the full space below
the menu bar and displays all the key measurement parameters: The frequency from 3, the offset correction
from 5 and the relative display from 6.
To return the window to its normal size, open the
the (¶ MENU) key and press the
Windows menu with
Arrange softkey.
1144.1400.12
2.10
E-3
R&S NRP
Window handling
Window handling
Up to four windows can be shown simultaneously on the R&S NRP‘s display. Each window can be configured for a separate measurement. The following examples show how to handle windows.
1 Opening, creating, zooming and closing windows.
({PRE}SET)
Press the ({PRE}SET) key twice.
A display window indicating the result from sensor A (in
dBm) appears.
|
–
(
)
Using the topmost rocker switch or the cursor keys
(
), select the Windows menu.
The Windows softkey can be used to select which window
the functions in the Windows menu and in the Measurement
menu will act on.
Tip
The cursor keys (â ) (ô ) can, in most cases, be used
instead of the rocker switch to select windows. This also
applies to opened dialog boxes.
Windows
–
(
)
Select window 1.
1234
1144.1400.12
2.11
E-3
Window handling
R&S NRP
The third softkey is now labelled Close | Expand.
Close | Expand
–
(
)
Press the Expand key
The window expands to occupy the full display height and
indicates all parameters relevant to the measurement.
The currently displayed values are the default values
obtained after a preset.
Instead of Expand, the Arrange function is now available to
arrange all opened windows.
(¶ MENU)
Close | Arrange
Open the menu again.
–
(
)
Press the Arrange key.
Window 1 returns to its previous size.
The following steps show the difference between the
Open and Init functions. You first have to change two settings of window 1.
Dig D&A
–
–
(
(
)
)
Using the Dig D&A softkey, activate the analog display
of results.
Go to the Measurement menu and select Relative On.
Return to the Windows menu.
1144.1400.12
2.12
E-3
R&S NRP
Window handling
Window 1 now displays the A Rel function on an analog
scale.
Close | Arrange
–
(
)
Now, close window 1 with the Close softkey.
“Select” in Window shows that window 1 is still selected.
The labelling next to the third softkey is now Open | Init.
Open | Init
–
(
)
Now, press the Open softkey (not Init).
The appearance of the window has not changed, and all
window-specific settings have been maintained.
Close | Arrange
–
(
)
Open | Init
–
(
)
Again close window 1 with Close, but open it this time
with Init.
The window again displays the measurement function A
in digital format.
The difference between Open and Init is that Open keeps
the values of all the parameters that have been previously set in this window while Init sets all the parameters
to their default values.
1144.1400.12
Caution:
This function only resets the window settings
made in the Windows and Measurement
menus, but it does not affect the sensor settings!
2.13
E-3
Window handling
R&S NRP
2 Display options
The Dig and D&A softkeys are used to select various display modes.
The standard display mode is Digital measured value.
Dig D&A
–
(
)
Select the D&A display mode.
Window 1 now shows an analog scale and a digital reading.
The menu now includes the new item "Analog Meter…"
for setting the scale limits.
Dig D&A
1144.1400.12
–
(
)
Switch back to Dig display mode.
2.14
E-3
R&S NRP
3
Window handling
Auxiliary values (Maximum, Minimum, Max, Min, …).
–
Function…
–
(
(
)
)
Select the Measurement menu.
Select Function… in this menu.
The measurement function, unit, sensors used and the
auxiliary value can be selected in the Function & Unit
dialog box.
Auxiliary Value
–
(
)
Open the Auxiliary Value drop-down list.
Auxiliary Value
–
(
)
Select Extremes.
(¶ MENU)
Auxiliary Value Reset –
Close the dialog box.
(
)
Select the Measurement menu to reset the secondary
values.
The updated maximum is now displayed on the right next
to the measured value.
If you reduce the signal power, the maximum should
remain the same. However, if the signal power is increased, the maximum changes accordingly.
1144.1400.12
2.15
E-3
Setting measurement functions
R&S NRP
Setting measurement functions
A multichannel meter with two sensors connected is required for this section. If only one sensor is
available, you can only select the measurement functions "Primary" and "Secondary".
1 Measuring one power relative to another.
Connect the two sensors to connectors A and B on
the R&S NRP and apply an unmodulated signal with
a level between –10 dBm and +10 dBm to each of
the sensors.
({PRE}SET)
Press the ({PRE}SET) key twice.
Now, two display windows with the results (in dBm) from
sensors A and B appear.
A window for each sensor is opened with Preset.
–
(
)
Function…
–
(
)
Function
–
(
)
Select the Measurement menu and then select Function… from this menu.
Open the Function drop-down list.
In this window, you can select the function used to calculate the result in the active window. For example, Ratio
(A/B) yields the quotient from the measured power values
in channels A and B.
1144.1400.12
2.16
E-3
R&S NRP
Setting measurement functions
Check whether Sensor A is selected in the drop-down
list for the primary channel and Sensor B in the dropdown list for the secondary channel. If not, switch to
the primary channel, for example. The secondary
channel is then automatically set to the other sensor.
Tip
You can also operate the drop-down lists by means of the
cursor keys (ô) (â) instead of the rocker switch.
Function
–
(
)
Select Ratio (A/B) from the drop-down list for the
measurement function and close the drop-down list
with (¶ MENU).
Unit
–
(
)
Now, press the Unit softkey.
The ratio of two powers is dimensionless – this is why
only dB, % and 1 are available in the unit list. The symbol
% represents the relative uncertainty in % (0 % means
the powers in both channels are equal), the symbol 1
represents a straight ratio, i.e. not the log of a ratio.
1144.1400.12
2.17
E-3
Graphically representing power versus time
R&S NRP
Graphically representing power versus time
In the Trace & Statistics mode, power versus time can be represented graphically as with an oscilloscope. If you wish to carry out time-dependent measurements (in the Burst or Timeslot mode) on modulated signals, displaying the signal in the Scope mode is always initially recommended since stable
triggering by the R&S NRP is most clearly recognized in this mode.
1 Setting the Trace & Statistics mode.
Connect a power sensor of the R&S NRP-Z1x,
R&S NRP-Z2x or R&S°NRP-Z8x family to connector
A of the R&S NRP and apply an amplitudemodulated or pulsed signal having a modulation or
pulse frequency of approx. 1 kHz. The maximum
level should be between –10 dBm and +10 dBm.
({PRE}SET)
Press the ({PRE}SET) key twice.
A measurement window is now available.
–
(
)
–
(
)
… Cont AV Trace & Statistics–
(
)
Mode …
Change to the Sensor menu and select Mode.
Switch to the Trace & Statistics mode.
The associated parameters will appear in the lower part
of the dialog box. You can leave the parameters unchanged for this exercise.
For a detailed description, see Chapter 4, Displaying
traces.
(¶ MENU)
1144.1400.12
Close the Mode dialog box.
2.18
E-3
R&S NRP
Graphically representing power versus time
The window is now in the Scope display mode and shows
the Trace page. The Config submenu shows all parameters that are relevant for the display. The Max and Min
fields are used to choose the level range (the vertical
resolution), and the Length field to choose the horizontal
resolution.
If you do not see a trace, the trigger threshold probably
does not match the signal. In this case, a ? symbol on
a black background (see step ) will appear in the row
of warning symbols below the window title bar.
The other pages that can be selected via the tabs are
used to configure the parameters of the Timeslot mode
(T'slots,
Measuring average power in defined time
interval) as well as to set gates (Gates) by using markers
and to perform measurements within these gates
(Marker).
1144.1400.12
2.19
E-3
Graphically representing power versus time
R&S NRP
2 Settings for reliable triggering
Change to the Sensor menu.
Trigger …
–
(
)
Open the Trigger dialog box.
If the Trigger dialog box is opened in the Trace & Statistics display, a dotted line indicates the trigger threshold in
the diagram.
Mode
Single:
This setting disables continuous triggering so that
only one trigger event at time is executed. To enable
triggering, press the (DEL/1TRIG) key. The symbol
appears in the display.
Continuous:
Continuous triggering.
FreeRun:
Automatically starts a measurement if no trigger
event has occurred after 300 ms.
(trigger threshold)
Choose between external triggering (connector I/O2
at the rear) or internal triggering (derived from the
signal) and between positive or negative edge.
Source
Note:
Since I/O2 functions both as a trigger input
and analog output, be sure to select the correct setting (System I/O dialog)!
Level
In the case of internal triggering, set the trigger
threshold here.
Tip
When a ? symbol in the display shows, that the
sensor doesn’t trigger, the (DEL/1TRIG)-key can be
used to trigger the sensor once. The then appearing
graph often can give a hint how to choose trigger settings.
Page 1/3
1144.1400.12
–
(
)
Open the second page of the Trigger dialog box.
2.20
E-3
R&S NRP
Graphically representing power versus time
By using the Delay, Dropout and Holdoff parameters, you
can make settings that allow safe triggering, also with
complex signals.
Delay
Trigger delay time. If you set a positive value, the
trigger event will become effective only after
the selected period of time.
Dropout
If the value temporarily falls below or exceeds the
threshold, this parameter will prevent an early
activation of the trigger system.
Holdoff
This parameter allows you to set the period of time
during which further trigger events (measured from
the last successful triggering) should be ignored.
Tipp
In the Trace & Statistics display, the physical and the
delayed trigger time has been made visible in the
form of small triangles, thus allowing an interactive
adaptation of the Delay parameter to the signal.
Page 2/3
–
(
)
Open the third page of the Trigger dialog box.
Hysteresis
Setting the trigger hysteresis to a value other than
0 dB will prevent triggering from occurring again until
the measurement level has fallen below the trigger
threshold by at least this value.
For a detailed description of these parameters, refer to
Chapter 4, Trigger settings.
1144.1400.12
2.21
E-3
Measuring av. burst power (Burst Av mode)
R&S NRP
Measuring av. burst power (Burst Av mode)
An R&S NRP-Z1x, R&S NRP-Z2x or R&S°NRP-Z8x diode sensor is required for this measurement. To
make measurements possible, a pulsed RF signal with a pulse repetition frequency not exceeding
10 kHz should be available.
The R&S NRP-Z1x, R&S NRP-Z2x or R&S°NRP-Z8x sensors have two measurement modes for RF
burst power: Burst Av and Timeslot.
An external trigger is not required in the Burst Av mode – the sensor automatically determines the trigger point from the measured signal. It is also not necessary to specify the width of the burst as the sensor determines the end of the burst automatically.
1 Setting the burst mode.
Connect an R&S NRP-Z1x, R&S NRP-Z2x or
R&S°NRP-Z8x sensor to connector A on the
R&S NRP and apply a pulsed signal with a level between –10 dBm and +10 dBm.
({PRE}SET)
Press the ({PRE}SET) key twice.
A measurement window is now available.
Change to the Sensor menu and select Mode…. When
the Mode dialog box opens, select Trace & Statistics.
Once in the Trace & Statistics mode (see section
Graphically representing power versus time, make
sure that the sensor detects a signal and reliably triggers.
Change back to the Sensor menu and select Mode….
When the Mode dialog box opens, select Burst AV.
The burst mode parameters are displayed at the bottom
of the dialog box.
To exclude the pulse build-up and decay phases from the
measurement, you can set the Excluded from Start and
Excluded from End parameters accordingly.
The parameter Dropout helps to ensure the reliable detection of the end of modulated-signal bursts (e.g. NADC).
See Chapter 4, Measuring the average power of burst
signals, for a detailed description.
1144.1400.12
2.22
E-3
R&S NRP
Measuring average power in defined time interval
Measuring average power in defined time interval
(Timeslot AV mode)
In the Timeslot mode, average power can be measured in a defined time interval of any complex signal.
An external trigger signal is normally used since it always ensures reliable triggering and the measurement of very low power. Thus, for example, the power in one or more timeslots of TDMA signals can be
measured simultaneously.
1 Setting the Timeslot mode.
Connect a power sensor of the R&S NRP-Z1x,
R&S NRP-Z2x or R&S°NRP-Z8x family to connector
A of the R&S NRP and apply a signal having TDMA
time structure within the level range –10 dBm to
+10 dBm.
Once in the Trace & Statistics mode (see section
Graphically representing power versus time, make
sure that the sensor detects a signal and reliably triggers.
Change to the Sensor menu and select Mode…. When
the Mode dialog box opens, select Timeslot.
The associated parameters will appear in the lower part
of the dialog box.
Under Nominal Width, set the nominal value of the
timeslot width.
Under Excluded from Start and Excluded from End, define
the portions to be excluded from the measurement.
Use No. of Timeslots to set the number of timeslots in a
TDMA frame.
The Fence function makes it possible that a section in
the middle of the timeslot is not taken into account for
the measurement.
Tip
and Excluded from End can also be set
interactively in the Scope display on the T'slots page.
Excluded from Start
For a detailed description, see Chapter 4, Measuring the
average power of TDMA signals.
1144.1400.12
2.23
E-3
Measuring average power in defined time interval
R&S NRP
2 Settings to ensure reliable triggering
(¶ MENU)
Trigger …
Close the Mode dialog box.
–
(
)
Open the Trigger dialog box.
In the Timeslot mode, the parameters described in the
Settings for reliable triggering section are available.
3 Simultaneous measurement in multiple timeslots.
–
(
)
Change to the Windows menu.
Use the rocker switch beside Timeslot to view the
various timeslot values in the measurement window.
Tip
You can open a separate window for each slot and thus
display up to 4 timeslot values simultaneously.
1144.1400.12
2.24
E-3
R&S NRP
Table of Contents Chapter 3
Table of Contents
3
Manual Operation ...............................................................................................................3.1
Keys ...................................................................................................................................................3.1
Screen layout ....................................................................................................................................3.3
Menu layout.......................................................................................................................................3.5
Menu handling ..................................................................................................................................3.7
Dialog boxes and their controls......................................................................................................3.8
Display windows.............................................................................................................................3.11
Window sizes and types ...........................................................................................................3.11
Special symbols ........................................................................................................................3.12
1144.1400.12
I-3.1
E-3
R&S NRP
Keys
3 Manual Operation
This Chapter describes the controls, displays, etc, the screen layout and how to operate the R&S NRP.
Keys
Keys on the front panel of the meter are used to manually operate the instrument. There are several
groups of keys, each group having a different function:
Softkeys
The six softkeys are rocker switches – in other words, they
can be “rocked” backwards and forwards by pressing on
the right or left side of the key.
The softkey function is context-sensitive and is indicated by
screen labelling.
For more information on the softkeys see
Menu handling
on p. 3.7 and
Dialog boxes and their control elements on
p. 3.8.
Hardkeys
The hardkeys are a direct way of activating the main functions and are always available for use:
F R E Q
(P R E )S E T
Z E R O
/C A L
•
Brightness/contrast
•
Frequency entry
•
Preset and setups
•
Zeroing
For further information on using the hardkeys, see Chapter
4, section "(Hardkeys)".
Cursor keypad
The cursor-key functions are context-sensitive. They can
be used to
•
Select the menu,
•
Select the active window,
•
Move the cursor in text boxes,
•
Change the value of an entry in a text box,
•
Select an element from a drop-down list.
With the exception of moving the cursor, the functions referred to above can also be activated using softkeys.
1144.1400.12
3.1
E-3
Keys
R&S NRP
Enter / MENU key
M E N U
As the (¶) key (i.e. Enter key), it is used to confirm entries
in text fields and dialog boxes and to confirm selections in
the drop-down lists.
As the (MENU) key, it is used to fold out and fold back the
menus next to the softkeys.
The function of the key is determined according to context
– in other words, the Enter or MENU function is always
selected automatically for the operator by the instrument.
ESC / LOCAL
E S C
/L O C A L
This key is used as an (ESC) key to escape from the entry
mode in text boxes and drop-down lists. It is also used to
close dialog boxes and menus without losing any entries
that have been made ( Title bar on p. 3.8).
As the (LOCAL) key, it is used to switch the R&S NRP from
remote control mode (all controls disabled) to manual
mode.
The key is automatically assigned its function according to
context – in other words, there is no manual assignment by
the operator.
DEL / 1 TRIG
The (DEL) key is used to delete numbers or text in a field
so that a completely new entry can be made.
D E L /1 T R IG
As the (1 TRIG) key, it triggers single-shot measurements
in the Scope mode.
The function of the key is selected automatically according
to context.
1144.1400.12
3.2
E-3
R&S NRP
Screen layout
Screen layout
Window
The R&S NRP displays results in windows. A maximum of
four windows can be displayed simultaneously on the
screen. They are numbered 1 to 4. Windows have a title
bar which contains the number (not user-assignable) and a
name (user-selectable) for the window.
Windows do not have any control elements.
Menu bar
A menu bar is always displayed at the top of the screen. It
contains the names of the R&S NRP’s menus.
One of these names is always in inverse video and this is
the name of the active menu.
active menu
Menu selection
(
)
The menu you want to activate can be selected by pressing
the right- or left-hand side of the topmost rocker switch one
or more times.
Alternatively you can also use the cursor keys (ê) (û).
(
Folding menus out or back
)
(¶ MENU) folds out the active menu.
The usual PC convention is not followed – instead of dropping down directly below the menu name in the menu bar,
menus fold out to the right-hand edge of the screen. This
means that the menu items are directly next to the rocker
switches used to select them.
If you press the (¶ MENU) key again, the menu folds back.
The menu also folds out automatically if another menu is
selected.
1144.1400.12
3.3
E-3
Screen layout
R&S NRP
Menus
See p. 3.7,
Menu handling for more information.
Dialog boxes
Dialog boxes can be opened from the menus. The dialog
boxes present a group of related parameters that can be
set.
See
Dialog boxes on p. 3.8 for more information on
handling dialog boxes.
1144.1400.12
3.4
E-3
R&S NRP
Menu layout
Menu layout
Sensor
All sensor settings can be made using the Sensor menu.
The type and details of data acquisition can be specified
with this menu.
See Chapter 4, section "Data acquisitions and parameters", for a detailed description.
Windows
The Windows menu is used to configure windows and the
result display in the windows.
See Chapter 4, section "Displaying measurement results",
for a detailed description.
Measurement
The details of postprocessing are summarized in the Measmenu.
urement
See Chapter 4, section "Configuring measurements", for a
detailed description.
1144.1400.12
3.5
E-3
Menu layout
File
R&S NRP
The File menu is used to handle the setup memories and
display information about the instrument and any sensors
that have been connected.
See Chapter 4, section "Management of settings (File
Menu)", for a detailed description.
System
The System menu is used to handle functions that are not
specifically used to perform measurements.
See Chapter 4, section "System settings (System Menu)",
for a detailed description.
1144.1400.12
3.6
E-3
R&S NRP
Menu handling
Menu handling
The menus can contain up to eight menu items which are used to perform an action, open a dialog box
or set a parameter.
Perform action
If the menu contains only one or two descriptive terms, an
action is performed directly.
Close
Use hardkey to perform action
Preset
Open dialog box
If the name of the action to be performed is shown in a
wide black field, you can start the action by pressing the
hardkey of the same name, e.g. ({Pre}set) in this case.
If a menu item is followed by three dots “…”, it can be used
to open a dialog box to set a variety of parameters.
Mode…
Set parameters
Parameter-setting options are presented in the menu. The
currently selected option is shown in inverse video. You
can select the option you want by pressing the left or right
side of the rocker switch.
Relative
Off On Reset
Softkeys with dual assignments
Close | Expand
1144.1400.12
(
)
Some softkeys are assigned two menu items. One is selected by pressing the left-hand side of the rocker switch,
the other, the right-hand side.
The two menu items are separated by a vertical line.
3.7
E-3
Dialog boxes and their controls
R&S NRP
Dialog boxes and their controls
Dialog boxes contain check boxes, option fields, editing fields and drop-down lists as control elements.
They are activated using the appropriate rocker switch to their right. If two control elements are positioned side by side, the element on the left is operated with the left-hand side of the rocker switch and
the element on the right with the right-hand side of the rocker switch.
Title bar
Dialog boxes have a title bar which displays the name of
the dialog box and the [¶] symbol which is a reminder that
the dialog box can be closed with the (¶ MENU) key.
Caution:
Dialog boxes with tabs
Settings made in dialog boxes are immediately set on the R&S NRP – in other words
you do not need to close the dialog box to activate the settings in the box.
Channel-specific settings are made in a special page in a
super-ordinate dialog box. In the top row of the dialog box,
there are tabs which you can use to switch between pages.
Channels which do not have a sensor connected and
channels that have not been installed are shown in grey
and cannot be selected.
Check boxes
Check boxes are used to activate and de-activate functions. You can toggle between the two states by pressing
the appropriate softkey.
Option fields
Option fields contain groups of mutually exclusive operating modes.
When you press the left-hand side of the rocker switch, the
next option on the left is selected. When you press the
right-hand side of the rocker switch, the next option on the
right is selected.
In the System I/O dialog box, option fields are assigned to
only one side of a rocker switch. It is therefore only possible to scroll through in one direction.
Editing fields
Entry active
Not active
Editing fields are used to enter or modify numbers and text.
The editor is activated by pressing the appropriate rocker
switch — or the appropriate side of the rocker switch if
there is a dual assignment.
Editing can be performed in overwrite mode, indicated by
the marked character being in inverse video. Modifications
can be made either with the (ô) (â) cursor keys or numeric/digit softkeys which are provided in a digit or letter
panel when the editor is activated.
The (ê) (û) cursor keys are used to select the digit to be
edited.
1144.1400.12
3.8
E-3
R&S NRP
Editing fields (cont.)
Dialog boxes and their controls
In the editing fields for quantities with units, the left/right
cursor keys can be used to select the unit too; the up/down
cursor keys are used to edit it. Usually, the digit panel also
contains a unit softkey which you can use to change the
unit whenever you want.
If you want to make a completely new entry, the whole field
can be cleared with the (DEL/1TRIG) key. In the insert
cursor), you can enter digits
mode (indicated by the
and/or letters.
Any changes you make to a field can be confirmed with the
(¶ MENU) key. When this key is pressed, the new value is
subjected to a validity check. If the check discovers an
error, a warning message is output.
You can quit the editor by pressing the (ESC) key; this
leaves the old values unchanged. Any warning messages
are cleared.
Tip
To set the maximum or minimum value permitted for a
parameter, first move the insertion mark to the left edge of
the entry field by using the (û) key. Then press the (â)
key (several times if necessary) to set the maximum permissible value or the (ô) key to set the mimimum permissible value.
Editing fields with direct entry of val- The Filter, Range and Trigger dialog boxes are designed
ues
such that you can read the values even when the dialog
box is open.
If you edit a value in a dialog box using the cursor keys
(ô) (â), the new value is accepted immediately when
you press a key. This feature allows you to quickly assess
the effect of editing and to perform interactive adjustment.
If you enter a new value with the letter panel (see below),
however, the symbol [¶] appears above the editing field
to indicate that the new value is not accepted until you
confirm it with the (¶ MENU) key.
1144.1400.12
3.9
E-3
Dialog boxes and their controls
Digit and letter panels
R&S NRP
Panels which are displayed when an editing field is activated (see above) are used to enter digits, letters and
units.
Entering letters with the letter panel is like entering letters
on a phone keypad. The Caps key is used to select upper
case for the next letter.
Caution!
Drop-down lists
To edit the Trigger Delay, you must select the
unit by means of the cursor keys (see above).
Drop-down lists are used to select an item from an “a la
carte” list. When the drop-down list is activated, the list
“folds out” upwards or downwards.
The up/down cursor keys, or one of the rocker switches
next to the list, are used to select items from folded out
pop-up menus. Confirm the selection with the (¶ MENU)
key or reject with the (ESC) key.
1144.1400.12
3.10
E-3
R&S NRP
Display windows
Display windows
Window sizes and types
Results are displayed in the main section of the screen in windows. Windows come in three sizes: half
height, quarter height and full height. In windows, values can be displayed digitally or in a combined
digital and analog mode (See Chapter 4, section "Displaying measurement results", for instructions on
selecting these modes).
DIG window, full height
Analog window, full height
Scope window, full height
Scope window, half height
DIG window, half height
Analog window, half height
DIG window, quarter height
Analog window, quarter height
You can expand all opened windows to full height by activating the Expand function from the Windows
menu. In this state, the full-height windows can be displayed consecutively using the Window 1 2 3 4
menu item. The opened windows can be reduced to their previous sizes with the Arrange menu item.
Otherwise, it is not possible to change the size of the windows – the window size is determined by the
number of windows.
1144.1400.12
3.11
E-3
Display windows
R&S NRP
Special symbols
The following table defines the individual symbols:
Window symbols
Display values
Frequency in the primary and secondary channel
Window number
Window name
[¶]
Close box, operated with the
(¶ MENU) key
Measurement function
Auxiliary value; here, max-min
Auxiliary value symbol
Measurement function
Max-Min
Relative measurement mode
ON
Max
Min
Correction functions
Duty cycle correction ON
Number of measurement values
Offset correction ON
Noise
Twoport correction ON
(S-parameter device)
Average Value
Filter
Trigger symbols
Averaging filter
Trigger
Filter size with auto-filter
(normal mode) or for manual
mode
Noise component with autofilter in "Fixed Noise" mode
Free-running trigger
Trigger remains OFF
Single-shot
pected
Noise ratio exceeded
mode,
trigger
ex-
Single-shot mode, measurement
over
Other
Battery level indicator
Trigger source (channel A, B, C,
D)
Battery charging
Trigger on rising slope
Over limit
Trigger on falling slope
Measurement in progress
Measurement stopped
1144.1400.12
3.12
E-3
R&S NRP
Table of Contents Chapter 4
Table of Contents
4
Instrument Functions........................................................................................................4.1
Hardkeys ...........................................................................................................................................4.2
Stored settings ............................................................................................................................4.2
Frequency setting .......................................................................................................................4.3
Zeroing........................................................................................................................................4.3
Test measurement (ZERO/CAL) ................................................................................................4.4
Test report.......................................................................................................................4.5
Configuring the test measurement..................................................................................4.5
Contrast and brightness..............................................................................................................4.6
Data acquisition and parameters....................................................................................................4.7
Setting the measurement mode..................................................................................................4.7
Continuous average-power measurements....................................................................4.8
Measuring the average power of burst signals .............................................................4.11
Measuring the average power of TDMA signals...........................................................4.13
Measuring the average power in gates.........................................................................4.15
Trace display.................................................................................................................4.16
Offset correction .......................................................................................................................4.17
Table editor for offset tables .........................................................................................4.19
Filter/averaging .........................................................................................................................4.20
Measurement ranges................................................................................................................4.23
Effect of the RF source .............................................................................................................4.24
Trigger settings .........................................................................................................................4.25
Trigger sequence control ..........................................................................................................4.28
Displaying measurement results (Windows menu) ....................................................................4.29
Window labeling........................................................................................................................4.29
Arranging windows ...................................................................................................................4.29
The Windows menu ..................................................................................................................4.29
Selecting a window .......................................................................................................4.29
Using windows ..........................................................................................................................4.30
Opening windows..........................................................................................................4.30
Creating windows..........................................................................................................4.30
Closing windows ...........................................................................................................4.30
Expanding windows ......................................................................................................4.31
Arranging windows........................................................................................................4.31
Selecting the result display mode.............................................................................................4.31
Configuring the result display ...................................................................................................4.32
Setting the resolution (Resolution)................................................................................4.32
Setting the analog scale................................................................................................4.33
Scrolling between timeslots ..........................................................................................4.33
Configuring measurements...........................................................................................................4.34
Measurement windows .............................................................................................................4.34
1144.1400.12
I-4.1
E-3
Table of Contents Chapter 4
R&S NRP
The Measurement menu...........................................................................................................4.34
Selecting a window .......................................................................................................4.34
Selecting a measurement function ...........................................................................................4.35
Functions and their use.................................................................................................4.36
Measuring power in gates.............................................................................................4.37
Setting units ..................................................................................................................4.38
Displaying additional information ..................................................................................4.40
Resetting additional information ...................................................................................4.40
Additional functions...................................................................................................................4.41
Relative measurement ..................................................................................................4.41
Entering the reference value manually .........................................................................4.41
Limit monitoring.............................................................................................................4.42
Displaying traces............................................................................................................................4.43
Trace & Statistics mode............................................................................................................4.43
Expanded operation..................................................................................................................4.44
Trace display mode.......................................................................................................4.45
Filter settings ............................................................................................................................4.47
Timeslots display mode ................................................................................................4.48
Gates display mode ......................................................................................................4.49
Marker display mode.....................................................................................................4.51
Statistics display mode .................................................................................................4.53
Management of settings (File menu) ............................................................................................4.56
Default setting (Preset) .............................................................................................................4.56
Storing user-defined settings (Setups) .....................................................................................4.56
Loading user-defined settings (Setups)....................................................................................4.57
Loading settings for mobile radio standards.............................................................................4.57
Programming aids.....................................................................................................................4.59
Assigning names to windows....................................................................................................4.59
System settings (System menu) ...................................................................................................4.61
Configuring the remote control interfaces.................................................................................4.61
Selecting a remote control interface .............................................................................4.61
Configuring the GPIB ....................................................................................................4.61
Remote control via USB................................................................................................4.62
Configuring the Ethernet ...............................................................................................4.62
Setting the analog outputs ........................................................................................................4.64
Battery operation ......................................................................................................................4.66
Calibrating the charge counter......................................................................................4.66
Selftest ......................................................................................................................................4.67
Keyboard test............................................................................................................................4.69
Sensor Check Source...............................................................................................................4.69
System information ...................................................................................................................4.70
Information about sensors ............................................................................................4.70
Information about the R&S NRP ...................................................................................4.71
Miscellaneous ...........................................................................................................................4.72
Messages and alarms ....................................................................................................................4.73
1144.1400.12
I-4.2
E-3
R&S NRP
List of Figures and Tables Chapter 4
Figs.
Fig. 4-1
Setup dialog box ...............................................................................................................4.2
Fig. 4-2
Frequency dialog box........................................................................................................4.3
Fig. 4-3
Zero/Cal dialog box ...........................................................................................................4.3
Fig. 4-4
Zeroing error message......................................................................................................4.4
Fig. 4-5
Zero/Cal dialog box ...........................................................................................................4.4
Fig. 4-6
Test Report dialog box ......................................................................................................4.5
Fig. 4-7
Config Test dialog box ......................................................................................................4.6
Fig. 4-8
Display dialog box .............................................................................................................4.6
Fig. 4-9
Sensor menu.....................................................................................................................4.7
Fig. 4-10
Mode dialog box................................................................................................................4.7
Fig. 4-11
Mode dialog box, Cont Av mode.......................................................................................4.8
Fig. 4-12
Mode dialog box, Burst Av mode ....................................................................................4.11
Fig. 4-13
Mode dialog box, T'slot Av mode....................................................................................4.13
Fig. 4-14
Fence dialog box.............................................................................................................4.14
Fig. 4-15
Mode dialog box, T'gate Av mode ..................................................................................4.15
Fig. 4-16
Fence dialog box............................................................................................................4.16
Fig. 4-17
Offset dialog box .............................................................................................................4.17
Fig. 4-18
Offset dialog box, Table editor ........................................................................................4.19
Fig. 4-19
Filter dialog box...............................................................................................................4.21
Fig. 4-20
Auto Filter dialog box ......................................................................................................4.21
Fig. 4-21
Range dialog box ............................................................................................................4.23
Fig. 4-22
RF Source dialog box .....................................................................................................4.24
Fig. 4-23
Trigger dialog box 1 ........................................................................................................4.25
Fig. 4-24
Trigger dialog box 2 ........................................................................................................4.26
Fig. 4-25
Trigger dialog box 3 ........................................................................................................4.27
Fig. 4-26
Windows menu, Window softkey ...................................................................................4.29
Fig. 4-27
Windows menu, softkeys for controlling the windows.....................................................4.30
Fig. 4-28
Window menu, softkeys for controlling the display mode ...............................................4.31
Fig. 4-29
Windows menu, display-specific softkeys.......................................................................4.32
Fig. 4-30
Meter Scaling dialog box.................................................................................................4.33
Fig. 4-31
Windows menu, softkey for scrolling between timeslots.................................................4.33
Fig. 4-32
Measurement menu ........................................................................................................4.34
Fig. 4-33
Func & Unit dialog box ....................................................................................................4.35
Fig. 4-34
Func & Unit dialog box / measuring power in gates .......................................................4.37
Fig. 4-35
Measurement window, ....................................................................................................4.40
Fig. 4-36
Ref Value dialog box .......................................................................................................4.41
Fig. 4-37
Limits dialog box .............................................................................................................4.42
Fig. 4-38
Mode dialog box, Trace & Statistics mode .....................................................................4.43
Fig. 4-39
Display of trace in expanded window and control elements..........................................4.44
Fig. 4-40
Display of trace in a half-height window .........................................................................4.44
Fig. 4-41
Trace mode display........................................................................................................4.45
Fig. 4-42
Trace Config dialog box ..................................................................................................4.46
1144.1400.12
I-4.3
E-3
List of Figures and Tables Chapter 4
R&S NRP
Fig. 4-43
Filter dialog box in Trace & Statistics mode....................................................................4.47
Fig. 4-44
Trace display in the Timeslots display mode ..................................................................4.48
Fig. 4-45
Trace display in Gates display mode ..............................................................................4.49
Fig. 4-46
Gates Config dialog box..................................................................................................4.50
Fig. 4-47
Trace display in Marker (1) display mode .......................................................................4.51
Fig. 4-48
Marker Config dialog box ................................................................................................4.52
Fig. 4-49
Statistics display..............................................................................................................4.53
Fig. 4-50
Statistics Config dialog box.............................................................................................4.54
Fig. 4-51
File menu ........................................................................................................................4.56
Fig. 4-52
Save Setup dialog box ....................................................................................................4.56
Fig. 4-53
Recall Setup dialog box ..................................................................................................4.57
Fig. 4-54
Recall Setup dialog box ..................................................................................................4.58
Fig. 4-55
Errorlist dialog box ..........................................................................................................4.59
Fig. 4-56
Menu bar in the remote control mode .............................................................................4.59
Fig. 4-57
Window Name dialog box ...............................................................................................4.59
Fig. 4-58
System menu ..................................................................................................................4.61
Fig. 4-59
Remote dialog box ..........................................................................................................4.61
Fig. 4-60
Remote dialog box, GPIB ...............................................................................................4.61
Fig. 4-61
Remote dialog box, GPIB ...............................................................................................4.62
Fig. 4-62
Remote dialog box, GPIB ...............................................................................................4.62
Fig. 4-63
IP Address dialog box, Manual .......................................................................................4.63
Fig. 4-64
IP Address dialog box, DHCP.........................................................................................4.63
Fig. 4-65
Analog Out dialog box.....................................................................................................4.64
Fig. 4-66
Battery– Dialog................................................................................................................4.66
Fig. 4-67
Request for a calibration cycle from the battery .............................................................4.67
Fig. 4-68
Selftest dialog box...........................................................................................................4.67
Fig. 4-69
Selftest Keyboard dialog box ..........................................................................................4.69
Fig. 4-70
Sensor Info dialog box ....................................................................................................4.70
Fig. 4-71
System Info dialog box....................................................................................................4.71
Fig. 4-72
Miscellaneous dialog box................................................................................................4.72
Tables
Table 4-1
1144.1400.12
Example of a network configuration
for a direct R&S NRP – PC connection using a crossover cable. ..................................4.63
I-4.4
E-3
R&S NRP
Hardkeys
4 Instrument Functions
This Chapter contains a systematic description of the R&S NRP’s functions in the order in which they
occur in the menus.
The grey text in the headings provides additional information that should prove helpful.
• Hardkeys for opening dialog boxes: -----------------------------------------------
(KEY)
• Menu items which directly perform an operation when selected: ----------
Menu menu item
• Menu items that open dialog boxes: ----------------------------------------------
Menu menu item…
Dialog: Dialog element
• Dialog-box elements:
The symbols in the left-hand column of the description indicate the following:
Context in which the operation below can be performed.
Sensor menu:
Mode dialog:
–(
Name
)
(KEY)
Softkey (menu item or dialog element)
Hardkey
–(
)
Function is activated with the left-hand side of the rocker switch.
–(
)
Function is activated with the right-hand side of the rocker switch.
ä
ä
–(
)
Function can be activated with either side of the rocker switch.
ä ä
–(
)
ä ä
Selection function (change direction by pressing the other side of the
rocker switch)
Action arrow
Action
1144.1400.12
Result
4.1
E-3
Hardkeys
R&S NRP
Hardkeys
The main settings for the Power Meter R&S NRP can be accessed via hardkeys.
Stored settings
({PRE}SET)
({PRE}SET) is used to change the instrument to its default state (Preset), to a predefined state for a
mobile radio standard or to a user-defined (Setup) state (maximum of 10 possible); pressing this key
once opens the File menu; pressing it a second time loads the Preset setting. The user-defined setups
and settings for measurements on mobile radio standards can also be loaded from the File menu.
Hardkey
({PRE}SET)
ä
Fig. 4-1
Preset –(
)
ä ä
or
({PRE}SET)
ä
Setup dialog box
Changes the R&S NRP to its default state (Preset).
Tip
The black background of the text indicates that the function can also be
started by pressing the ({PRE}SET) hardkey if the File menu is open.
Remote control
*RST
or
SYSTem:PRESet
(Default state for remote-control operation)
(Default state for manual operation)
Note:
The ({PRE}SET) hardkey does not reset the following settings:
•
•
•
•
•
•
1144.1400.12
Editing of offset tables
Address of the remote interface
SCPI error queue
Selection of the signal sounds
Brightness and contrast values of the display
Test limits for sensor test
4.2
E-3
R&S NRP
Hardkeys
Frequency setting
(FREQ)
(FREQ) is used to set the carrier frequency of the applied signal. This corrects any frequencydependent effects introduced by the sensor.
If the sensor is to reach the specified measurement accuracy, a frequency entry must be made.
Hardkey
(FREQ)
ä
Fig. 4-2
A|B|C|D
–(
)
Tabs for selecting the sensor.
–(
)
Field for frequency entries with the units kHz, MHz or GHz.
ä ä
Frequency
Frequency dialog box
ä ä
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed][?]
Zeroing
<float_value>
(ZERO/CAL)
(ZERO/CAL) starts the autozero function or a test to check the confidence level of sensor results (see
next section).
Hardkey
(ZERO/CAL)
ä
Fig. 4-3
Zero All –(
)
ä ä
or
(ZERO/CAL)
ä
Zero/Cal dialog box
Zeroes all connected sensors.
Tip
The black background of the text indicates that the function can also be
started by pressing the (ZERO/CAL) hardkey if the Zero/Cal dialog box
is open.
Remote control
CALibration:ALL:ZERO:AUTO[?]
1144.1400.12
4.3
ONCE
E-3
Hardkeys
R&S NRP
Caution!
Turn off all test signals before zeroing.
–(
Zero A | B
ä
)
Starts zeroing in channel A.
Zeroing for channels B, C and D.
Zero A | B
Remote control
CALibration[1..4]:ZERO:AUTO[?]
Zero C | D
Zero C | D
Zeroing failure
ONCE
If the power measured during zeroing is too large, the R&S NRP
reports an error. The most common cause of this error is that the user
started zeroing without turning off the test signal beforehand.
Otherwise the sensor probably has a hardware defect.
Fig. 4-4
Zeroing error message
Test measurement (ZERO/CAL)
The power sensors of the R&S NRP-Z series are absolutely calibrated; a calibration measurement after
switching on the instrument is not necessary and also not planned. However, overload, other damage
or extreme operating conditions may cause the measurement uncertainty to exceed the specified
values.
The option R&S NRP-B1 (sensor check source) makes it possible to check the reliability of the sensor
by performing a test measurement. In the case of sensors with a lead-in attenuator (pad) (R&S NRPZ22, R&S NRP-Z23 and R&S NRP-Z24), the test measurement can be made with or without an
attenuator.
Since testing is limited, test measurements cannot replace a regular
recalibration of the sensor.
Hardkey
(ZERO/CAL)
ä
Fig. 4-5
1144.1400.12
Zero/Cal dialog box
4.4
E-3
R&S NRP
Hardkeys
Test at Power Ref
Sensor only
–(
Test at Power Ref
…with Pad
–(
Report…
–(
)
Starts a test measurement for a sensor without a lead-in attenuator.
The sensor must be connected to the sensor check source. If an
attenuator is present, it must first be removed.
)
Starts a test measurement for a sensor with a lead-in attenuator. The
sensor with attenuator must be connected to the sensor check source.
)
Opens the dialog box displaying the results of the test measurement.
)
Opens a dialog box for entering tolerance limits.
ä
ä
ä
Config…
–(
ä
Test report
The test report shows the type and serial number of the tested sensor, and on two pages the deviations
between the sensor and the power reference. Differences up to 0.02 dB at room temperature are
absolutely normal and are due to the uncertainty in the calibration of the sensor and the power
reference. Greater differences can be caused by high/low ambient temperatures but also by a damage
to the sensor.
With multipath power sensors (R&S NRP-Z11, R&S NRP-Z21/22/23/24/28 and R&S NRP-Z91/98), the
paths are each measured individually and the results displayed separately.
Zero/Cal dialog box
Report…
–(
)
ä
Fig. 4-6
A|B|C|D
–(
)
ä ä
More…
Previous…
–(
)
ä ä
Test Report dialog box
Tabs for selecting the measurement channel. When the dialog box
opens, it shows the data of the sensor last tested. The measured
values are lost when the R&S NRP is switched off.
Switches between the pages Sensor only and Sensor & Pad.
Configuring the test measurement
The tolerance limits can be set in this dialog box; exceeding these limits results in an error message.
The factory-set default settings depend on the sensor and are in line with the data sheet values. They
should be observed in the entire ambient temperature range. If the base unit and the sensors are used
only at room temperature, the tolerance limits can be restricted so that any damage to the sensor can
be quickly detected.
1144.1400.12
4.5
E-3
Hardkeys
R&S NRP
Zero/Cal dialog box
–(
Config…
)
ä
Fig. 4-7
Config Test dialog box
–(
)
Tabs for selecting the measurement channel. When the dialog box
opens, it shows the data of the sensor last tested.
Test Limits
Sensor
–(
)
Tolerance limits for sensors without a lead-in attenuator or with an
attenuator that has been removed.
Test Limits
Sensor & Pad
–(
)
Tolerance limits for sensors with a lead-in attenuator.
Set to defaults
–(
)
Resets the factory-set default settings.
)
Protects the settings against being changed by mistake.
A|B|C|D
ä ä
ä ä
ä ä
ä
Settings locked
–(
ä
Contrast and brightness
(Æ)
Hardkey
(Æ)
ä
Fig. 4-8
Contrast
–(
)
Sets the display contrast.
–(
)
Sets the display brightness.
ä ä
Brightness
ä ä
1144.1400.12
Display dialog box
Remote control
DISPlay:ILLumination[?]
4.6
ON | OFF
E-3
R&S NRP
Data acquisition and parameters
Data acquisition and parameters
Sensor - menu
Depending on the options that have been installed, up to four sensors can be connected to the
R&S NRP. The sensors perform the complete power measurement from the acquisition of the RF signal
to every aspect of result processing. All important parameters for configuring data acquisition are
therefore entered in the Sensor menu. Some of the parameters listed below are not available for certain
types of sensor.
The Sensor menu contains the following items:
Setting the measurement mode, page 4.7.
Offset correction, page 4.17 and
Filter/averaging, page 4.20.
Measurement ranges, page 4.23.
Effect of the RF source, page 4.24.
Trigger settings, page 4.25.
Fig. 4-9
Sensor menu
Setting the measurement mode
Sensor Mode…
The measurement mode is selected and configured in the Mode dialog box. In addition to the Cont Av
mode (continuous average-power measurements) available for all sensors, further measurement
modes can be used for most of the sensor types.
Sensor menu:
Mode…
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-10
Mode dialog box
–(
)
Tabs for sensor selection.
Cont Av, Trace & … – (
)
Measurement modes.
In the Continuous Average mode, the average signal power is
continuously measured without the window and signal being in sync.
( Continuous average-power measurements, page 4.8).
A|B|C|D
ä ä
ä ä
In the Trace & Statistics mode, the R&S NRP analyzes the power
envelope of the test signal and displays the power envelope either as
a function of time or in its distribution and distribution density
function.( Displaying traces, page 4.43).
1144.1400.12
4.7
E-3
Data acquisition and parameters
R&S NRP
In the Timeslot Average and Timegate Average modes, the average
power can be measured with periodic envelope over defined time
intervals of a signal.
The Timeslot mode should be used preferably for signals with an
equally spaced timeslot structure ( Measuring the average power of
TDMA signals, p. 4.13).
The Timegate mode provides four user-configurable gates for the
measurement ( Measuring the average power in gates, p. 4.15).
The Burst Average mode is used to measure the average burst power
of pulsed signals. The measurement window is automatically derived
from the signal.
( Measuring the average power of burst signals, page 4.11).
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:FUNCtion[:ON][?]
<string>
Continuous average-power measurements
Mode : Cont Av
The Cont Av mode is the preferred measurement method if the measurement is not to be, or cannot
be, synchronized with a specific signal event.
This is the only available measurement mode for thermal power sensors because they are too slow for
the other measurement modes.
Mode dialog box:
Cont Av, Trace & … – (
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-11
Sampling Window
–(
ä
1144.1400.12
)
Mode dialog box, Cont Av mode
This parameter defines the duration of the measurement window. In
the manual mode, the sensor-specific default setting combined with
active smoothing (see below) is usually adequate. Another value,
generally larger, is essential if the result exhibits fluctuations due to
modulation. With very low frequency modulation in particular, it is a
good idea to set the size of the sampling window so that it exactly
equals the modulation period, so ensuring optimal display settling:
4.8
E-3
R&S NRP
Data acquisition and parameters
Optimal sampling-window size
Off
N × modulation period / 2
On
N × modulation period × 2
Smoothing
N = 1, 2, 3, …
This means that the minimum theoretical measurement time can only
be obtained with smoothing turned off.
The more modulation periods fit into a sampling window, the less
critical it is whether N is an integer or not. With smoothing on, about
five periods are enough to reduce fluctuations caused by modulation to
an acceptable level – even if N is not an integer. With more than nine
periods, the fluctuations are imperceptible. With smoothing off, the
situation is much less favorable as instead of just five periods as many
as 300 are required; the fluctuations only completely disappear with
more than 3000 periods.
It is not useful to make the sampling window wider than actually
required, since this would increase the noise component of the power
sensor. ( Background information, page 4.10).
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:APERture[?]
Sampling Rate
–(
)
ä
If a sensor contains a sampling A/D converter, the sampling rate can
be adjusted to prevent aliasing effects for particular types of
modulation signal. Aliasing can occur with some sensors because the
sampling frequency is located within the video bandwidth, which
means that spectral components of the modulation signal can fall in
this frequency range. Changing the sampling rate will make the
aliasing effects disappear.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:SAMPling[?]
[ ... ]
Duty Cycle – (
)
ä ä
<float_value>
FREQ1 | FREQ2
Using the duty cycle correction, the average power of RF bursts can be
calculated from the average power of the whole signal. The average
power of the whole signal is divided by the duty cycle of the signal.
If thermal power sensors and R&S NRP-Z91/98 multipath power
sensors are used, this is the only way to determine the burst power.
If multipath power sensors (R&S NRP-Z11/21/22/23/24/28) are used,
this method must be employed if the bursts are so short that their
power cannot be measured in the Burst Av or Timegate Av modes.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:DCYCle:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:DCYCle[:INPut][:MAGNitude][?]
<float_value>
1144.1400.12
4.9
E-3
Data acquisition and parameters
Smoothing of
–(
modulated Signals
ä
)
ä
R&S NRP
To reduce result fluctuations caused by modulation, this parameter
should always be activated if the size of the sampling window cannot
be exactly adjusted to the modulation period or if this is not required. If
the size of the sampling window is 5 to 9 times greater than a
modulation period, in general, the reduction in display fluctuation will
be sufficient. With smoothing off, 300 to 3000 periods are required to
obtain the same effect ( Sampling Window).
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:SMOothing:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
Background information
Sampling window
As the sensor amplifiers use chopping, a measurement comprises at least two sampling windows and a
sensor-specific deadtime (a few Js up to approx. 100 Js). Samples at equal time intervals over the
duration of a sampling window are taken and a partial measurement result is formed from these
samples. The partial measurement results of two adjacent sampling windows are combined and the
average is either output as the final result or is subjected to further averaging as one of a number of
intermediate results ( Filter/averaging, page 4.20).
In the remote control mode, the sampling window determines the minimum measurement time that can
be achieved (2 × sampling window + deadtime). However, there is no point in selecting the sampling
window so small that, to reduce display noise, the averaging filter has to be used. Due to the
unavoidable deadtime between two sampling windows, the overall measurement time will even be
increased.
To minimize the inherent noise component in the measurement result, the R&S NRP-Z8x wideband
power sensors are defaulted to a sampling window of several microseconds. In other words: if an
integration time (2 × sampling window × averaging factor N) is specified, the relative noise component
will be increased once the setting is changed. If the sampling windows are wider (lower chop
frequencies), the increase of the relative noise component is caused by the 1 L f noise increase of the
video path. If the sampling windows are even smaller, the increase of the relative noise component is
caused by a measurement time that quickly decreases in relation to the deadtime. Sampling windows of
some milliseconds may increase the noise component up to a factor of 5 in these sensors, making it
impossible to achieve the specified lower measurement limit.
Smoothing modulated signals
With smoothing turned off, the samples within a sampling window are given equal weighting and
averaged, which turns the instrument into an integrating device with a low inherent noise. As described
above, an optimal reduction of fluctuations in the measurement result due to modulation can also be
obtained, if the size of the sampling window can be adapted to the modulation period. Otherwise,
modulation can have a considerable effect even if the sampling window is many times greater than the
modulation period. With smoothing turned on, this can be improved if the samples are weighted (raised
von-Hann window) before averaging. Since smoothing increases the inherent noise component by
approx. 30 %, it should be turned off when measuring very small unmodulated signals.
1144.1400.12
4.10
E-3
R&S NRP
Data acquisition and parameters
Measuring the average power of burst signals
Mode : Burst Av
The Burst Av mode is the simplest way of measuring the average burst power. It is available with the
multipath power sensors (R&S NRP-Z11/21/22/23/24/28) and the R&S NRP-Z8x wideband power
sensors.
When this mode is selected, the sensor itself detects the start and end of the burst; no external trigger
signal is required. The parameter Dropout for detecting the falling edge and the parameters of the
Trigger menu ( Trigger settings, page 4.25) are different ways of providing a stable measurement. By
using the parameters Excluded from Start and Excluded from End, the start and end of bursts can be
excluded from the measurement. This means that signal overshoots can be omitted from
measurements, for example.
Mode dialog box:
T'gate Av, Burst Av.. – (
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-12
Dropout
–(
)
ä ä
Mode dialog box, Burst Av mode
Defines the end of the burst. Modulation-specific power drops that are
shorter than the set value are ignored.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:BURSt:DTOLerance[?]
<float_value>
Caution
The Dropout parameter must not be longer than the
wattless interval between the end of the burst and the
start of the next burst.
Excluded from Start – (
ä
)
This time interval at the beginning of the burst is excluded from the
measurement.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STOP[?]
… from End
–(
)
ä
<float_value>
This time interval at the end of the burst is excluded from the
measurement.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt[?]
<float_value>
Tip
For the most common mobile radio standards, the specified
parameters can easily be loaded via the Recall Standard dialog box in
the File menu ( Loading settings for mobile radio standards, page
4.57).
1144.1400.12
4.11
E-3
Data acquisition and parameters
R&S NRP
Background information
Dropout tolerance
The Dropout parameter facilitates the clear identification of the burst end of modulated signals (e.g.
NADC). Without this parameter, the end of the burst might erroneously be detected within the burst
owing to the considerable modulation-specific power drops of such signals. Dropout is set at least for the
duration of modulation-dependent power drops within the burst; thus, the end of the burst cannot be
detected until the set time has elapsed after the power has dropped below the trigger threshold. If the
trigger threshold is exceeded again during the dropout time, the process restarts from the beginning.
Timing diagram
The timing diagram below shows the relation between the following parameters:
• Trigger threshold and trigger event
• Trigger event, exclude intervals and measurement interval
• Although the signal frequently falls below the trigger threshold during the burst, an end of the burst is
not detected. The reason for this is that these drops are shorter than the set Dropout time.
• The last falling edge in the burst is detected as the end of the burst since the trigger threshold is no
longer exceeded during the Dropout time indicated below.
Dropout
Power
Last falling edge
in the burst
Trigger event
Trigger
threshold
Time
Excluded from Start
Excluded from End
Measurement
interval
1144.1400.12
4.12
E-3
R&S NRP
Data acquisition and parameters
Mode : Timeslot AV
Measuring the average power of TDMA signals
The average power values of several timeslots can simultaneously be measured in the Timeslot mode.
The time resolution is determined by the sampling rate of the sensor. This mode is available in the
multipath power sensors (R&S NRP-Z11/21/22/23/24/28) and in the R&S NRP-Z8x wideband power
sensors.
This measurement mode can be used only if all timeslots of the TDMA signal are equal in length. A
period to be excluded from the measurement can be defined at the beginning and end of each timeslot
by using the Excluded from Start and Excluded from End parameters. The R&S NRP-Z8x wideband
power sensors can additionally define a time interval within a gate. This time interval is excluded from
the measurement (Fence). A midamble can thus be excluded from the measurement.
An external trigger signal or signal triggering is required for synchronization
( Trigger settings, p. 4.25).
Mode dialog box:
& Statistics, T’slot… – (
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-13
No of Timeslots
–(
ä
)
Mode dialog box, T'slot Av mode
Number of subsequent timeslots on which a simultaneous meas. is to
be made.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot:COUNt[?]
Nominal Width
–(
)
ä
Timeslot length.
When measurements are made on TDMA signals (GSM/EDGE, PDC,
NADC, PMS etc), the nominal timeslot length must be entered here,
i.e. the frame length divided by the number of timeslots.
GSM example:
Frame length:
No. timeslots:
Nominal width
4.615
8
ms
4.615 / 8 ms
= 576.875
µs
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot:WIDTh[?]
Excluded from Start – (
)
ä
… from End
1144.1400.12
–(
)
ä
<int_value>
<float_value>
These intervals at the start/end of the timeslot whose length is defined
with Nominal Width are excluded from the measurement. Measurement
can thus be restricted to the relevant part of a timeslot.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt[?]
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STOP[?]
4.13
<float_value>
<float_value>
E-3
Data acquisition and parameters
R&S NRP
Tip
For the most common mobile radio standards, the specified
parameters can easily be loaded via the Recall Standard dialog box in
the File menu. ( Loading settings for mobile radio standards, page
4.57). In the Graph display mode, the timeslot parameters can also be
set interactively in the Timeslots display mode ( Timeslots display
mode, p. 4.48).
Fence
[ß ] – (
ä
–(
Config Fence …
)
Activates the Fence function.
)
Opens the dialog box for setting the parameters Start and Length.
ä
Mode – Dialog,
T’slot Av:
Config Fence …
–(
)
ä
Fig. 4-14
Start
–(
ä
Length
–(
)
)
ä
Fence dialog box
The Fence is a time interval within the measurement period and is
excluded from the measurement. In this dialog box, the start of the
Fence is set with reference to the start of the timeslot and its length.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot:[:EXCLude]:MID:OFFSet:TIMe[?]
<float_value>
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot:[:EXCLude]:MID:TIMe[?] <float_value>
Background information
Timing diagram
The timing diagram below shows the relation between the following parameters:
• Trigger event, trigger delay and start of the first timeslot
• Nominal width, exclude intervals and measurement interval of the timeslots
1144.1400.12
4.14
E-3
R&S NRP
Data acquisition and parameters
Trigger event
(internal)
Power
Trigger
threshold
(internal)
#1
#2
#3
#4
Measurement
interval #1
Time
Excluded from End
Excluded from Start
Width
Delay
Trigger event
(external)
Measuring the average power in gates
Mode : Timegate Av
The Timegate mode is used to measure the average power in time windows (gates). The time
resolution is determined by the sampling rate of the sensor. Up to four different gates can be
configured, although measurement can be performed only in one of them at a time. The Timegate Av
mode is set and configured in this dialog box. The active gate must be selected in the dialog box Func &
Unit ( Measuring power in gates, page 4.37).
The R&S NRP-Z8x wideband power sensors can additionally define a time interval within a gate. This
time interval is excluded from the measurement (Fence). A midamble can thus be excluded from the
measurement.
An external trigger signal or signal triggering is required for synchronization
( Trigger settings, p. 4.25).
Mode dialog box:
T'slotAv, T’gateAv… – (
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-15
1144.1400.12
Mode dialog box, T'gate Av mode
4.15
E-3
Data acquisition and parameters
–(
Gate
)
ä ä
Gate Start
–(
)
–(
)
ä
and
Gate Length
ä
Fence
[ß ] – (
ä
Config Fence …
–(
R&S NRP
Number of the gate to be configured.
Remote control
In the following commands, the gate to be configured is determined by the TGATe suffix.
Start or end of the gate referenced to the delayed trigger time
( Trigger settings, Trigger Delay, p. 4.25) .
Remote control (the gate length is set instead of the gate end)
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TGATe[1..4]:OFFSet:TIME[?]
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TGATe[1..4]:TIME[?]
<float_value>
<float_value>
)
Activates the Fence function.
)
Opens the dialog box for setting the parameters Start and Length.
ä
Mode dialog box, T’gate
Av:
Config Fence …
–(
)
ä
Fig. 4-16
Start
–(
)
ä
Length
–(
)
ä
Fence dialog box
The Fence is a time interval within the measurement period and is
excluded from the measurement. In this dialog box, the start (Start) of
the Fence is set with reference to the start of the gate and its length
(Length).
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TGATe:[:EXCLude]:MID:OFFSet:TIMe[?]
<float_value>
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TGATe:[:EXCLude]:MID:TIMe[?] <float_value>
Trace display
The Trace & Statistics mode is used to display the time characteristic of the envelope power and its
statistical distribution. For further information on its configuration and operation, refer to
Displaying
traces on page 4.43.
1144.1400.12
4.16
E-3
R&S NRP
Data acquisition and parameters
Offset correction
Sensor Offset…
The Offset dialog box is for activating and entering correction factors to effect an increase or decrease
in the measurement result which is not level-dependent. This means that the effects of any attenuators,
directional couplers or amplifiers that are connected ahead of the sensor can be allowed for.
Global is used to set a fixed correction factor. Frequency-dependent corrections can be made with Table.
Both types of correction can be made simultaneously.
is for correcting the effects of a twoport connected ahead of the sensor in terms of its
S-parameters. The S-parameters of the twoport must be stored in the sensor (see Program module
Update S_Parameters in the sensor operating manual).
S Parameter Device
Sensor menu:
–(
Offset…
)
ä
Fig. 4-17
A|B|C|D
–(
)
Tabs for selecting the sensor.
–(
)
Field for entering the global offset.
Positive values correspond to external losses, negative values to
external gains.
ä ä
[ ... ] Global
Offset dialog box
ä
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:OFFSet[?]
Global
[ß ] – (
)
ä
–(
Table
ä
)
<float_value>
Activates the global offset correction.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:OFFSet:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
The left-hand Table softkey opens a drop-down list with correction
tables. There are 10 tables, each of which can contain up to 80
frequency/offset pairs. The default names of the Tables are Table 1 to
Table 10; however, the names can be changed using the table editor.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOTable[:SELect][?]
Table
[ß ] – (
)
ä
Activates the frequency-dependent offset correction specified in the
Table you have selected.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOTable:STATe[?]
1144.1400.12
<string>
4.17
ON | OFF
E-3
Data acquisition and parameters
Edit Table…
–(
)
ä ä
S Parameter
Device
–(
)
ä ä
R&S NRP
Opens a dialog box for editing the selected offset correction table.
Remote control
MEMory:TABLe:FREQuency[?]
<NRf>{,<NRf>}
MEMory:TABLe:GAIN[:MAGNitude][?] <NRf>{,<NRf>}
Activates the S-parameter set stored in the sensor for a twoport that
has been connected ahead of the sensor.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:SPDevice:STATe[?]
1144.1400.12
4.18
ON | OFF
E-3
R&S NRP
Data acquisition and parameters
Table editor for offset tables
Offset : Edit Table…
The table editor displays the name of the table being edited in its title bar. Below the title bar, there is a
two-column list containing frequency and offset pairs.
There are two table-editor modes:
•
Selection mode: In this mode, using the cursor keys, you can select the number field you want to
or Delete.
Edit, Insert
Note:
•
The whole of a long list cannot be displayed in the window. The entries are, therefore,
viewed through a “window” which automatically moves if the cursor keys take the cursor
outside the section that can be seen. The position of the currently active field is shown by
the scroll bar.
Edit mode: When you press the Edit rocker switch the value in the selected field can be edited. In
this mode, the cursor keys cannot be used for selection, but can be used “normally” to edit values in
the entry field.
Offset dialog
box:
Edit Table
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-18
In the selection mode, the cursor keys are used to select the field you
want to edit.
(â), (ê), (ô), (û)
Edit
–(
)
ä ä
Insert
Inserts a new line containing the values of the selected line. The values
from the line in the selected field are also copied into the new fields.
The maximum table length is 80 lines.
–(
)
Deletes the marked line.
–(
)
Sorts the lines in the table so that the frequencies in the lines are in
ascending order.
–(
)
For renaming the selected table to make it easier to identify. The
character editor is described in Chapter 3, in the section Dialog boxes
and their controls.
ä ä
Name
The entry can be confirmed with the (¶MENU) key or aborted with the
(ESC) key. Afterwards, the table editor is again in the selection mode.
)
ä ä
Sort
For selecting the edit mode for the marked field.
–(
ä ä
Delete
Offset dialog box, Table editor
ä ä
Remote control
MEMory:TABLe:MAP
1144.1400.12
<string>,0..9
4.19
E-3
Data acquisition and parameters
R&S NRP
Filter/averaging
Sensor Filter…
The averaging filter is used to reduce fluctuations in the measured result to the extent desired. Such
fluctuations can be caused by inherent noise of the measuring instrument, modulation of the
measurement signal or beats from the superposition of adjacent carriers. A more stable display has to
be traded off against longer measurements.
Note
In manual mode, “longer measurements” does not mean that it takes longer to display a
new result, but rather that it takes longer for the result to settle when the power changes.
The filter settings of the Trace & Statistics mode and the other modes, which exclusively provide
average power values, differ significantly. The Filter dialog box thus displays different parameters
depending on the relevant mode. Filtering in the Trace & Statistics mode will be described in the
following ( Displaying traces, page 4.43).
All average power values are obtained from a three-stage averaging process. First, an integration value
is formed for the gate specified in the Mode dialog box – either by weighted smoothing or unweighted
summation of samples.
Mode
Sensor
Cont Av
All types
Gate
Sampling Window (page 4.8)
Nominal Width (page 4.13)
Timeslot Av
Burst Av
Gate Av
All types except
for R&S NRP-Z5x/-Z9x/-Z27/-Z37
Length of burst (page 4.11)
Length of gate (page 4.15)
A second measurement with reversed polarity of the detector output signal is then performed to improve
the noise and drift behavior. A first result is formed by subtracting the second measured value from the
first measured value. The sequence of two consecutive measurements is repeated N times. The
average value, which is obtained from the individual measurement results, is output. The number N is
the averaging factor (AvgNo). To obtain a high output data rate, averaging in manual mode is
performed continuously, i.e. a new result is fed into the averaging filter after two measurement windows
have been evaluated. The oldest result is taken out and a new average value is calculated.
The averaging factor can be selected automatically or can be manually set to a fixed value. As a
preliminary, you should always check if the autofilter mode is giving satisfactory results because you will
always have to adjust an optimal, manual filter-length setting if the power is not constant.
There are two autofilter operating modes.
The Normal mode finds a balance between measurement time and display noise. Display noise can be
adjusted using the Resolution parameter in the Windows menu ( Resolution, page 4.32). A higher
resolution means greater averaging factors and thus longer measurements.
In the Fixed Noise mode, the averaging factor is selected so that the sensor’s intrinsic noise (2 standard
deviations) does not exceed the specified Noise Content. To avoid very long settling times when the
power is low, the averaging factor can be limited with the Max Settling Time parameter. If the display noise
then exceeds this preset value, the symbol S/N is displayed.
1144.1400.12
4.20
E-3
R&S NRP
Data acquisition and parameters
Sensor menu:
–(
Filter…
)
ä
Fig. 4-19
–(
A|B|C|D
)
ä ä
Auto
[ß ] – (
)
ä ä
Avg No
–(
)
ä ä
Filter dialog box
Tabs for selecting the sensor.
Remote control
In the following commands, [1..4] represents the channel number (1 for channel A, 2 for
channel B, etc).
Toggles between automatic and manual filter setting.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO[?]
For setting the averaging factor manually. The function can be called
only when autofilter is off. Changes are made immediately when a key
is pressed.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt[?]
Reset
–(
)
ä ä
ON | OFF
<int_value>
Initializes the averaging filter with the value currently being measured.
Thus, the display can be updated quickly after a change in level,
particularly in the case of a large averaging factors.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:RESet
Auto Once
–(
ä
)
Determines a “one-off” optimal averaging factor for the instantaneous
measured value and enters this value in the AvgNo field. This function
can be called only when autofilter is off.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO[?]
Auto Config…
–(
)
ä
ONCE
Opens a dialog box for configuring the autofilter mode.
Filter dialog box:
Auto Config…
–(
)
ä
Fig. 4-20
1144.1400.12
Auto Filter dialog box
4.21
E-3
Data acquisition and parameters
A|B|C|D
–(
)
Tabs for selecting the sensor.
–(
)
Selects the autofilter Normal mode.
ä ä
Normal
ä ä
Fixed Noise
–(
)
ä ä
Noise Content
R&S NRP
–(
)
ä
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:TYPE[?]
RESolution
Select the autofilter Fixed Noise mode.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:TYPE[?]
RESolution
Selects the proportion of intrinsic noise in the measured result.
Specifically, this value gives the permitted relative variation of the
result which may not be exceeded for 95% of the observation time.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:NSRatio[?]
Max Settling Time
–(
)
ä ä
Specifies an upper limit for the settling time in the Fixed Noise mode.
If the limit is exceeded, S/N will be displayed.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:MTIMe[?]
Ref Timeslot
–(
ä
)
<float_value>
Specifies the timeslot to which autofilter is applied when
measurements are being performed in the Timeslot Av mode. This
parameter is not available in the other measurement modes.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:SLOT[?]
1144.1400.12
<float_value>
4.22
<int_value>
E-3
R&S NRP
Data acquisition and parameters
Measurement ranges
Sensor Range…
The power sensors of the R&S NRP series do not have measurement ranges in the conventional
sense. The R&S NRP-Z5x/-Z27/-Z37 thermal power sensors and the R&S NRP-Z8x wideband power
sensors have only one measurement range. The multipath power sensors (R&S NRPZ11/21/22/23/24/28/91/98) have several measurement paths with different sensitivities. These
measurement paths are always simultaneously active. If multipath power sensors are equipped, you
can modify the selection of the measurement path via the Range menu.
The Auto range function always selects the most suitable paths, i.e. those that are neither overdriven or
underdriven. The final measurement result for the “crossover” of the two measurement paths is derived
from the measured values for both paths. There are only a few cases where it makes sense to
intervene in this process, e.g. test signals with a large peak-to-average ratio (Pk/Av).
To prevent measurement paths which have been overdriven by signal peaks from being included in the
evaluation, the User defined Crossover function can be used to reduce levels in the measurement path
crossover. The effect of setting the Level parameter to –6 dB, for example, is to reduce the crossover by
6 dB. This corresponds to an increase in drive range of the same magnitude, which reduces
measurement deviations due to modulation to 25% of the original value.
While large signal characteristics improve as the crossover level drops, the effects of zero deviations
and intrinsic noise on the result become more marked. The reason for this is that above the crossover
ranges the less sensitive of the two measurement paths is underdriven. This is why there is little point in
changing the crossover level by more than 10 dB.
If you want to turn off the Auto range function, e.g. to test the drive range of a path, you can define one
of the three paths as the measurement range with Path.
Sensor menu:
Range…
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-21
A|B|C|D
–(
)
ä ä
Auto
–(
)
ä ä
Path
123
User def'd
Crossover
1144.1400.12
–(
)
ä ä
–(
)
ä ä
Range dialog box
Tabs for selecting the sensor.
For turning the Auto range function on/off.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:RANGe:AUTO[?]
ON | OFF
For selecting a measurement path when the Auto range function is off.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:RANGe[?]
0 | 1 | 2
Activates a decrease in the crossover range.
4.23
E-3
Data acquisition and parameters
Level
–(
)
ä ä
R&S NRP
Negative dB value as a measure for reducing the crossover levels.
Modifications are immediately made after each keystroke (see Chapter
3, Dialog boxes and their controls).
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:RANGe:AUTO:CLEVel[?]
Effect of the RF source
<float_value>
Sensor RF Source…
In this dialog box, you can enter information relating to the reflection coefficients, , of the signal
source. If Source considered for Enhanced Accuracy is activated, measurement accuracy can be increased
by correcting for the effect of source mismatch on the measured value (gamma correction). To do this,
the magnitude and phase of must be specified.
Sensor menu:
Source Match…
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-22
Source consid.
for Enhanced
Accuracy
–(
A|B|C|D
–(
)
ä ä
)
ä ä
Source
Magnitude
Source
Phase
–(
ä
–(
)
RF Source dialog box
Increases measurement accuracy with gamma correction.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:SGAMma:CORRection:STATe[?]
Tabs for selecting the sensor.
Magnitude of the source reflection coefficient .
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:SGAMma[:MAGNitude][?]
)
ä
<float_value>
Phase angle of the source reflection coefficient
in degrees.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:SGAMma:PHASe[?]
1144.1400.12
ON | OFF
4.24
<float_value>
E-3
R&S NRP
Data acquisition and parameters
Trigger settings
Sensor Trigger…
The trigger system, which is required for the Trace & Statistics, Timeslot Av, Timegate Av and Burst Av
measurement modes, is configured in the Trigger dialog boxes 1 to 3.
Sensor menu:
Trigger…
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-23
A|B|C|D
–(
)
Tabs for selecting the sensor.
)
Single
ä ä
Mode
–(
Trigger dialog box 1
ä
This setting disables continuous triggering so
that only one trigger event at time is executed. To
enable triggering, press the (DEL/1TRIG) key. The
symbol
( Trigger sequence control,
page 4.28) appears in the display.
Remote control
INITiate[1..4|:ALL]:CONTinuous[?] ON | OFF
Continuous
Continuous triggering.
Remote control
INITiate[1..4|:ALL]:CONTinuous[?] ON | OFF
FreeRun
Automatically starts a measurement if no trigger
event has occurred after 300 ms.
Remote control
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:ATRigger[:STATe][?]
ON| OFF
Source
–(
)
ä ä
Drop-down list for the trigger source (external or internal) and trigger
slope (positive or negative).
Remote control
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:SOURce[?]
BUS | EXTernal | HOLD | IMMediate | INTernal
Level
–(
)
ä ä
When this level is exceeded, a measurement is triggered (or when the
signal drops below this level in the case of a falling edge). The trigger
level is set in an editing field with direct entry of values so that each
keystroke is immediately effective (see Chapter 3, Dialog boxes and
their controls).
Remote control
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:LEVel[?]
1144.1400.12
4.25
<float_value>
E-3
Data acquisition and parameters
Page 1/3
–(
)
–(
)
ä ä
R&S NRP
Switches to the next page of the Trigger dialog box.
Trigger dialog box:
Page
ä ä
Fig. 4-24
A|B|C|D
–(
)
Tabs for selecting the sensor.
–(
)
Trigger delay. Setting a positive value delays the effect of the trigger
event until the set time has elapsed. Entering negative values allows
pretriggering (limited to a few ms, depending on the sensor).
ä ä
Delay
Trigger dialog box 2
ä ä
The trigger delay is set in an editing field with direct entry of values so
that each keystroke is immediately effective (see Chapter 3, Dialog
boxes and their controls).
Tip
Entering a correct value for the trigger delay is absolutely essential for
accurate measurements in the Timeslot mode. For this reason, the
setting should always be checked in the Trace & Statistics mode
( Timeslots display mode, p. 4.48).
Remote control
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:DELay[?]
Dropout
–(
)
ä ä
Prevents the trigger system from being activated too early if the trigger
threshold is briefly underranged or exceeded. The parameter is set to a
value that is slightly higher than the maximum duration of power
fluctuations that are not supposed to execute triggering.
Remote control
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:DTIMe[?]
Holdoff
–(
)
ä ä
–(
)
ä ä
1144.1400.12
<float_value>
This setting is used to enter the Holdoff time. During the Holdoff time,
which starts with the trigger event, other trigger events are suppressed.
The Holdoff time is set in an editing field with direct entry of values, so
that each keystroke is immediately effective (see Chapter 3, Dialog
boxes and their controls).
Remote control
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:HOLDoff[?]
Page 2/3
<float_value>
<float_value>
Switches to the next page of the Trigger dialog box.
4.26
E-3
R&S NRP
Trigger
Data acquisition and parameters
dialog box:
Page
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-25
A|B|C|D
–(
)
ä ä
Hysteresis
–(
)
ä ä
Trigger dialog box 3
Tabs for selecting the sensor.
This setting allows you to set a trigger hysteresis, which prevents the
trigger system from being activated too early if the trigger threshold is
slightly underranged or exceeded. Before triggering can occur again,
the signal level must be lower (higher) than the trigger level minus
(plus) hysteresis. The trigger hysteresis is set in an editing field with
direct entry of values, so that each keystroke is immediately effective
(see Chapter 3, Dialog boxes and their controls).
Remote control
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:HYSTeresis[?]
Page 3/3
–(
)
ä ä
1144.1400.12
<float_value>
Switches to the next page of the Trigger dialog box.
4.27
E-3
Data acquisition and parameters
R&S NRP
Trigger sequence control
The (DEL/1TRIG) key is used in the Trace & Statistics mode to manually control the trigger sequence:
Single
is deactivated
RUN
(DEL/1TRIG)
A running measurement (RUN) is stopped.
ä
STOP
(DEL/1TRIG)
A stopped measurement (STOP) is started again.
ä
RUN
Single
is activated
Enables triggering.
(DEL/1TRIG)
ä
RUN
Trigger event
1TRIG
Enables triggering.
(DEL/1TRIG)
ä
(DEL/1TRIG)
ä
Manual triggering.
RUN
1TRIG
1144.1400.12
4.28
E-3
R&S NRP
Displaying measurement results (Windows menu)
Displaying measurement results (Windows menu)
Windows - menu
Window labeling
The R&S NRP has a total of four windows for displaying results. They are numbered 1 to 4 and so have
a unique label. The window’s number is displayed in the top left of its title bar.
Note:
Remote control commands that act on windows contain the number of the window in
question in the command, e.g. DISPlay:WINDow2:SELect.
Windows can also be assigned a name. The Window Name function in the File menu is used to assign
names to windows. The name is also displayed in the window’s title bar and makes it easier to identify
results. A name like Amplifier output is more informative than Channel A or Window 2. The names of
the windows are also stored in the setups. Assigning meaningful names to the windows makes it much
easier to recognize the associated measurement.
Arranging windows
Displayed windows are shown in numerical order from the top to the bottom of the screen. The
R&S NRP automatically selects the window size according to which combination of windows is
displayed.
The Windows menu
The Windows menu is context-sensitive and displays only those menu items that are relevant to the
current measurement scenario.
Selecting a window
Windows Window
You can select one of the windows numbered 1 to 4 whenever you want. All the functions offered in the
Windows and Measurement menus act on the selected window.
Fig. 4-26
Windows menu, Window softkey
Windows menu:
Window
1234
1144.1400.12
–(
)
ä ä
Selects the window whose number is highlighted in the menu. If the
window is already open, it is also identified by the window title bar
being in inverse video and by the “shadow” that appears along the right
and bottom edges of the window.
4.29
E-3
Displaying measurement results (Windows menu)
R&S NRP
Using windows
The labeling of the second rocker switch in the Windows menu is context-sensitive and changes
according to the status of the active window.
Open opens the selected window.
Init opens and initializes the selected window.
Close closes the selected window.
Expand expands all windows to fill the display.
Arrange arranges all windows in cascade fashion.
Fig. 4-27
Windows menu, softkeys for controlling the windows
Opening windows
Windows menu:
Open | Init
–(
)
ä
Windows Open
Opens a window with the previous settings. This means that a
measurement which has been removed from the display can be
restored.
Remote control
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4][:STATe][?]
ON
Creating windows
Windows menu:
Open | Init
–(
)
Windows Init
Opens a window with preset values. Configures a completely new
measurement.
ä
Closing windows
Windows Close
Windows menu:
Close | Expand
–(
ä
1144.1400.12
)
Closes an opened window. The sizes of any remaining windows are
adjusted accordingly.
Remote control
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4][:STATe][?]
4.30
OFF
E-3
R&S NRP
Displaying measurement results (Windows menu)
Expanding windows
Windows menu:
Close | Expand
–(
)
ä
Windows Expand
All opened windows are expanded to the full display height. The
selected window is the only window that can be seen as all the other
windows are “masked” by the selected window. However, the “masked”
windows are still open and can be selected in sequence with Window 1 2
3 4 or by means of the up/down cursor keys.
Expanded windows display all relevant parameters. The enhanced
control functions offered by the Trace & Statistics mode are available only
if the windows are expanded. For a graphical representation of the
various window types and a description of symbols see Chapter 3,
section Window sizes and types and Special symbols.
Remote control
DISPlay:WINDow:SIZE[?]
ZOOMed
Arranging windows
Windows menu:
Close | Arrange
–(
)
ä
Windows Arrange
Expanded windows are reduced to their normal size and returned to
their original state with Arrange.
Remote control
DISPlay:WINDow:SIZE[?]
NORMal
Selecting the result display mode
Windows Type
In the windows, a variety of result display modes can be selected.
The digital display (Dig) displays measured values as a number with
additional information next to the reading.
The hybrid digital/analog display (D&A) displays the measured value on
an analog scale and also as numbers.
The Graph display mode displays the envelope power as a function of
time or in its distribution and distribution density function (CCDF, CDF,
PDF).
Displaying traces, page 4.43.
Fig. 4-28
Window menu, softkeys for controlling the display mode
Windows menu:
Dig D&A Graph
The Dig D&A Graph softkey is used for switching between the various
window display modes.
–(
)
Digital display.
ä ä
Dig D&A Graph
–(
)
Hybrid digital/analog display.
–(
)
Graph display mode
ä ä
Dig D&A Graph
ä ä
Remote control
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:FORMat[?]
1144.1400.12
4.31
DIGital | ANALog
E-3
Displaying measurement results (Windows menu)
R&S NRP
Configuring the result display
Each of the display modes has special configuration parameters.
In the digital display, the resolution is adjustable (
4.32).
Resolution, page
In the hybrid digital/analog mode, you can adjust the resolution of the
digital display ( Resolution, page 4.32) and specify the scaling for the
analog scale ( Setting the analog scale, page 4.33).
In the Graph display mode, there are no other parameters in the menu.
The many possible settings in this display mode are made directly in
the window, which has to be expanded for this purpose ( Expanding
windows , p. 4.31).
Fig. 4-29
Windows menu, display-specific softkeys
Setting the resolution (Resolution)
Windows Resolution
The resolution of the digital measurement result can be set in 4 stages, designated as 1 dB, 0.1 dB,
0.01 dB and 0.001 dB. If dB, dBm or dBµV is selected as the unit, the number of places after the
decimal point is set directly. In the linear mode (W, %, 1), the number of digits after the decimal point
depends on the resolution, a digit being added or removed for each resolution stage that is added or
removed.
The selected resolution also influences the automatic selection of the averaging factor in the Normal
mode (see page 4.20). The higher the selected resolution, the greater the averaging factor to
correspond to the number of digits.
Windows menu:
Resolution (dB)
1 0.1 0.01 0.001
1144.1400.12
–(
)
ä ä
Sets the result resolution you want.
Remote control
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:RESolution[?]
4.32
1 | 0.1 | 0.01 | 0.001
E-3
R&S NRP
Displaying measurement results (Windows menu)
Setting the analog scale
Windows Scale
The analog scale in the hybrid digital/analog display (D&A) can be set with the Analog Meter softkey.
Windows menu:
–(
Analog
Meter…
ä
)
Fig. 4-30 Meter Scaling dialog box
–(
Auto Once
)
ä ä
Automatically selects the appropriate scaling so that the instantaneous
measured value is in the middle of the scale.
Remote control
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:AUTo[?]
–(
Left
)
ä ä
–(
Right
)
ä ä
ONCE | OFF
Enables input of the left end-of-scale value.
Remote control
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:LOWer[?]
<float_value>
Enables input of the right end-of-scale value.
Remote control
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:UPPer[?]
Scrolling between timeslots
<float_value>
Windows Time Slot
If the timeslot mode has been selected for a sensor, you can use the
Timeslot softkey in the Windows menu to select the timeslot whose
measured values you want to display.
Fig. 4-31
Windows menu, softkey for scrolling between timeslots
Windows menu:
Timeslot
[1]
–(
)
ä ä
Specifies which of the timeslots on which a simultaneous measurement
is being performed are displayed in the active window.
If you want to display further timeslots simultaneously, a separate
window must be opened and configured for each additional timeslot.
Remote control
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:TSLot[?]
1144.1400.12
4.33
<int_value>
E-3
Configuring measurements
R&S NRP
Configuring measurements
Measurement - Menu
Measurement windows
For every window opened via the Windows menu, you can configure a measurement in the
Measurement menu. The measurement channels (A, B, C and D), how the measured values are
processed (ratio, difference), the unit for the result, additional information (max, min), etc are also
defined. This procedure does not change the sensor operating modes that have been set in the Mode
menu. All key parameters are displayed along with the result in the appropriate window.
In the manual mode, four measurements can be configured, corresponding to the maximum number of
windows (1, 2, 3 and 4); in the remote control mode, additional measurements 5 to 8 can be configured
(not displayed on screen).
The Measurement menu
The Measurement menu contains the functions required to configure measurements.
Selecting a window, page 4.34.
Selecting a measurement function and the unit, page 4.35.
Relative measurement, page 4.41.
Entering the reference value manually, page 4.41.
Limit monitoring, page 4.42.
Resetting additional information, page 4.40.
Fig. 4-32
Measurement menu
Selecting a window
Measurement Window
You can select one of the windows (1 to 4) as and when you want. All Windows and Measurement menu
functions act on the selected window.
Measurement menu:
Window
1234
1144.1400.12
–(
)
ä ä
Selects the window whose number is displayed in the menu. If the
window is open, this is also indicated by the window’s title bar being in
inverse video and by the “shadow” along the window’s right and bottom
edges.
4.34
E-3
R&S NRP
Configuring measurements
Selecting a measurement function
Measurement Function…
The R&S NRP can combine measured values from several channels (sensors) using a mathematical
function and display the result in the selected window. The necessary settings are made in the
Function... dialog box.
The first step is to select the measurement function, i.e. the mode of combination for multi-channel
measurements. Possible functions are the power ratio of two channels, a matching measurement
function derived from this or the power in a single measurement channel. All or any of the connected
sensors can be selected. A primary channel, and possibly a secondary channel, can be selected for
each measurement window.
The simplest case is a measurement with just one sensor. To configure this measurement, first select
Primary (X) or Secondary (X) (X = A, B, C or D) and then the desired channel (sensor) in the Primary
Channel or Secondary Channel list. Select the function Ratio (X/Y) to measure the power ratio and then
the measurement channel assignment.
For matching measurement functions (SWR, RCoeff and RLoss), “X” is always referenced to the
channel detecting the Incident power and "Y" to the channel detecting the Reflected power.
Measurement menu
Function…
–(
)
ä
Fig. 4-33
1144.1400.12
Func & Unit dialog box
4.35
E-3
Configuring measurements
R&S NRP
Functions and their use
Func & Unit dialog
box
Function
–(
)
ä ä
Func & Unit : Function
The Function drop-down list itemizes all the measurement functions
provided by the R&S NRP. These are:
Function
Primary
(A)
Secondary (B)
Ratio
(A/B)
SWR
RCoeff
RLoss
Diff
(A,B)
(A,B)
(A,B)
(A-B)
Sum
(A+B)
Trace
(A)
Power in the primary channel, e.g. A.
Power in the secondary channel, e.g. B.
Ratio of the power in the primary channel to the power
in the secondary channel.
Standing wave ratio
Reflection coefficient
Return loss
Power difference between the primary and secondary
channel.
Sum of power from first and second channel.
This function cannot explicitly be selected but
automatically appears when the envelope power is
graphically displayed as a function of time or in its
distribution and distribution density function.
( Displaying traces, page 4.43).
The functions for the matching measurement (SWR, RCoeff, RLoss) are
so defined that the forward power must be measured in the primary
channel and the reverse power in the secondary channel.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:MATH[:EXPRession][?]
Prim. Channel
–(
)
ä ä
<string>
Selects the primary channel which is to be used to calculate the
displayed value.
If this channel is operating in the Trace & Statistics mode and the
measurement window is set to Graph, the envelope power of this
channel is automatically shown as a function of time or in its
distribution and distribution density function (CCDF, CDF, PDF).
In this case, it is not possible to select another measurement
function.
Sec. Channel
–(
)
ä ä
1144.1400.12
Selects the secondary channel which is to be used for the calculation.
4.36
E-3
R&S NRP
Configuring measurements
Measuring power in gates
The sensors for the Power Meter R&S NRP offer two modes:
T'Gate Av :
Exclusive measurement of the average power (Av) in a gate with high time
resolution corresponding to the sampling rate. You can select the gate in this dialog
box and set the timing parameters in the Mode dialog box of the sensor.
Trace & Statistics : Measurement of the average power (Av), the peak power (Pk) or the Pk/Av ratio with
the resolution of a point (pixel). The measured values can either be output as
additional information for graphical representation ( Gates display mode, page
4.49) or as separate values.
If separate values are output, Gate and measurand (Av, Pk, Pk/Av) are selected in
this dialog box. The timing parameters are set either in the Gates display mode
(page 4.49) or in the Mode dialog box of the sensor. The results can be displayed
like any other measured value. In particular, they can also be correlated to any other
measured value. Precondition: The measurement window must be set to digital (Dig)
or digital/analog (D&A) result display.
Note: If you want to calculate the measured values of different channels, you will soon reach a limit. The
Ratio function calls for measurands of the same dimension, e.g. two power levels or two Pk/Av ratios.
The matching measurement functions even require identical measurands, e.g. two average power
values but not one average power value and one peak power.
Measurement - menu
Function…
–(
)
ä
Fig. 4-34
Gate#
–(
)
Determines which gate is to be evaluated for the function.
)
Selects the measurand:
ä
Eval.
–(
Func & Unit dialog box / measuring power in gates
ä
Avg
Pk
Pk/Av
Average power in the gate
Peak power in the gate (only in the Trace & Statistics
mode)
Ratio of peak power to average power in the gate (only
in the Trace & Statistics mode)
Remote control:
Selection of display
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:AUX
STATistics
NONE
|
NORMal
|
EXTRemes
|
Reading out values
CALCulate[1..8][:MINimum | :MAXimum | :PTPeak | MEAN | SDEViation
| COUNt ]:DATA?
1144.1400.12
4.37
E-3
Configuring measurements
R&S NRP
Setting units
Func & Unit : Unit
–(
Unit
The Unit drop-down list is used to set the result unit. Only those units
which are compatible with the selected measurement function are
included as menu items:
)
ä ä
Function
Unit
Primary, Secondary,
Diff, Sum
W, dBm, dBµV
Ratio
%, dB, 1
SWR, RCoeff
1
RLoss
dB
Remote control
UNIT[1..8]:POWer[?]
UNIT[1..8]:POWer:RATio[?]
DBM | W | DBUV
DB | DPCT | O
Measurement menu:
W
Func
tion…
–(
| dBm
)
ä
dBµV
The following tables show how to calculate the measurement result for the different units either not
relative to or relative to a reference value
Relative measurement (page 4.41):
Absolute power measurement
Primary
Secondary
W
P
dBm
10 lg
dBµV
P
1 mW
20 lg
P Z
1 µV
Power ratio measurement
dB
Ratio
(A,B)
SWR
(A,B)
10 lg
1
%
PA
PB
–
100
PA
PB
PA
PB
1
RLoss (A,B)
1144.1400.12
10 lg
PA
PB
PB
PA
1
PB
PA
–
RCoeff (A,B)
–
1+
PB
PA
–
–
–
4.38
E-3
R&S NRP
Configuring measurements
Sum and difference of power
W
Sum (A+B)
Diff (A-B)
dBm
PA + PB
PA
PB
dBµV
10 lg
PA + PB
1 mW
20 lg
10 lg
PA PB
1 mW
20 lg
(PA + PB )
Z
1 µV
(PA
PB ) Z
1 µV
Measurement result relative to reference value (Relative On)
1
dB
Primary
Secondary
P
PR
10 lg
Sum
Diff
PA ± PB
PR
10 lg
Ratio
PA
PB
PX
PY
R
P
PR
100
PA ± PB
PR
PA
PB
PX
PY
100
100
R
P
PR
1
PA ± PB
PR
PA
PB
PX
PY
1
1
R
Power
Power in channel A (forward power)
P
PA
PB
PR
Px
PY
10 lg
%
Power in channel B (reverse power)
Reference (power)
Reference (power ratio)
R
1144.1400.12
4.39
E-3
Configuring measurements
R&S NRP
Displaying additional information
Func & Unit : Auxiliary Value
In the Dig display mode, the result and up to three further values with
additional information can be displayed.
Fig. 4-35 Measurement window,
Additional information
Aux
–(
)
ä ä
Selecting additional information:
None
No additional information is displayed.
Normal
Displays the frequencies of the primary and, if
required, secondary channel. The following
information is added to single-channel power
measurements in timeslots versus the main
value:
Pk, Pk/Av
main value Av
Av, Pk/Av
main value Pk
Av, Pk
main value Pk/Av
Extremes
Displays the highest and lowest measured value
measured since the search for extreme value
was started and also displays their difference.
Statistics
Displays the average value, the standard
deviation of the individual values and the number
of measurement results included in the
evaluation.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8][:MINimum | :MAXimum | :PTPeak]:DATA?
CALCulate[1..8]:MEAN:DATA?
CALCulate[1..8]:SDEViation:DATA?
CALCulate[1..8]:COUNt:DATA?
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:AVALue[?] MINimum|MAXimum|PTPeak|OFF
Resetting additional information
Measurement Aux Val Reset
For each window, the R&S NRP continuously saves data that is required for displaying the extreme
values and statistical values. These values can be reset any time.
Measurement – menu:
Aux Val Reset
–(
)
ä ä
1144.1400.12
Restarts the search for extreme values and restarts statistical
evaluation.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:EXTRemes:RESet
4.40
E-3
R&S NRP
Configuring measurements
Additional functions
Relative measurement
Measurement Relative
Using the Relative function, you can relate a power or a power ratio to a reference value, e.g. a
previously measured power, e.g. a measured power (formulas:
Setting units).
Measurement menu:
Relative
Off On Reset
–(
Relative
Off On Reset
–(
Relative
Off On Reset
)
ä ä
)
ä ä
–(
)
ä
Off: Absolute power measurement or measurement of the power ratio
of two measurement channels using the Ratio function.
On: Relative power measurement or relative power ratio measurement
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
Reset: Accepting the current measured value as reference value.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude]:AUTO[?]
Entering the reference value manually
ONCE
Measurement Ref. Val
The reference value can also be directly entered or edited using the Ref Value dialog box.
Measurement menu:
Ref Val…
–(
)
ä
Fig. 4-36
Ref
–(
)
ä ä
Reset
–(
)
ä ä
Ref Value dialog box
For directly entering a new reference value or for editing an old value.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude][?]
<float_value>
The current result is transferred to the reference value memory of the
active window and is displayed. This function is started from the
Measurement menu by using the Reset softkey.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude]:AUTO[?] ONCE
1144.1400.12
4.41
E-3
Configuring measurements
R&S NRP
Limit monitoring
Measurement Limits
An upper and a lower limit for each window with digital (Dig) or digital/analog (D&A) result display can be
set in the Limits dialog box. If either limit is violated, a warning is issued. The warning may be one of
the following:
•
The LIMIT FAIL message is displayed on the screen (always).
•
A warning tone is output (optional, only when Warning Beep is activated, see below)
•
A signal is issued on analog output OUT1 (optional,
Setting the analog outputs on page 4.64).
Measurement menu:
–(
Limits…
)
ä
Fig. 4-37
[ß ]– (
Upper
[ .... ] Upper
–(
)
ä
)
ä
Lower
[ß ]– (
[ .... ] Lower
Warning Beep
–(
ä
–(
Turns monitoring of the upper limit on/off.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:UPPer:STATe[?]
)
ä
)
<float_value>
Turns monitoring of the lower limit on/off.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:LOWer:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
Lower limit
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA][?]
)
ON | OFF
Upper limit.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA][?]
ä ä
1144.1400.12
Limits dialog box
<float_value>
For activating the acoustic alarm.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:BEEP[?]
4.42
ON | OFF
E-3
R&S NRP
Displaying traces
Displaying traces
Many sensors allow you to graphically display the envelope power versus time, and some also allow
you to display the amplitude distribution as CCDF, CDF or PDF. Different settings are required as shown
below:
1.
2.
3.
The important thing is that the selected measurement channel is in the Trace & Statistics mode and is
entered as Prim. Channel.
Trace & Statistics mode
Mode : Trace & Statistics
You can set this mode via the Mode dialog box in the Sensor menu.
Mode dialog box:
Cont Av, Trace &… – (
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-38
Points
–(
)
ä ä
Mode dialog box, Trace & Statistics mode
Desired number of points (pixels). In the Trace mode display, each
point (pixel) represents a time interval whose width is determined by
the length of the measurement window ( Trace display mode,
p. 4.45) and the number of points. In the Statistics mode display, each
point (pixel) represents a level interval whose size is determined by the
displayed level range and the number of points.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:POINts
Reduced to
1144.1400.12
<int_value>
If the desired resolution cannot be attained, the number of
measurement points is automatically reduced. The highest resolution
depends on the sensor and is specified in the data sheet.
4.43
E-3
Displaying traces
R&S NRP
Expanded operation
If the results are graphically displayed in the Trace & Statistics mode, additional control functions are
available via softkeys. They can be accessed when the measurement window is expanded
Fig. 4-39
Display of trace in expanded
window and control elements.
Fig. 4-40
Display of trace in a half-height window
The tabs for the pages of the display mode are now displayed at the position of the menu bar. The
menu bar can be switched on or off any time by pressing the (¶MENU)key.
1144.1400.12
4.44
E-3
R&S NRP
Displaying traces
Trace display mode
In the Trace mode, you can make all the settings that determine the position and the size of the screen
window, the type of display (Peak, Max Hold etc.), Triggering and Filtering.
Max
Vertical
Horiz.
division division
Video
bandwidth
Graph, expanded
T’slots, Trace…
–(
)
ä ä
Trigger level
Min
Fig. 4-41
Config…
–(
)
ä ä
Pos Scale
AB C D
–(
)
Selects a vertical scaling suitable for the screen.
–(
–(
–(
)
Opens the Trigger dialog box (
)
Opens the Filter dialog box.
)
Switches over between sensors that are in the Trace & Statistics mode.
The primary channel will then be changed automatically in the Func &
Unit dialog box.
ä
ä ä
1144.1400.12
Opens a dialog for complete configuration (see below).
Changes the function of the cursor keys. In the Pos setting, you can
use the cursor keys to horizontally and vertically shift the screen. In the
Scale setting, you can use them to horizontally and vertically expand
and compress the screen. When the horizontal scaling is modified, the
points (pixels) at the left of the screen remain unchanged. When the
vertical scaling is modified, the neutral zone depends on the unit
selected: the points in the center of the screen remain unchanged
when dBm, dB and dBJV are used. The points at the bottom of the
screen remain unchanged in all other displays.
ä
Filt…
Trace mode display
)
ä ä
Trig…
Delayed trigger
event
–(
ä ä
Auto
Trigger
event
4.45
Trigger settings, page 4.25).
E-3
Displaying traces
R&S NRP
Trace display mode
–(
Config…
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-42
–(
Display
ä
)
Trace Config dialog box
Selects the type of display. Since each point represents a time interval
and thus usually many samples, the R&S NRP-Z8x wideband power
sensors allow you to select what is to be displayed:
Average
an average power value
flicker-free display, smooth trace
Random
the power of a randomly selected sample
realistic display with signal details
Peak
the highest power measured (peak power)
Average is fixed for all multipath power sensors.
Max Hold
[ß ] – (
)
ä
Reset
Start
–(
–(
ä
Displays the highest value measured for each point (pixel) (no
separate recording for Average, Random and Peak).
)
Resets the stored extreme values and restarts the extreme value
recording.
)
Position of left-hand screen edge relative to the delayed trigger.
ä
The value may be negative so that signal components are displayed
before the trigger event (limited to a few ms, depending on the sensor).
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:OFFSet:TIME[?]
Length
–(
ä
Max
–(
)
Min
–(
)
)
ä
Time/div
–(
ä
Power/div
1144.1400.12
–(
Length of the measurement window (width).
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:TIME[?]
ä
<float_value>
<float_value>
Maximum power that can be displayed.
Remote control
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:TRACe:UPPer[?]
<float_value>
Minimum power that can be displayed.
Remote control
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:TRACe:LOWer[?]
<float_value>
)
The time resolution can be set as an alternative to the length of the
measurement window (Length).
)
The vertical resolution can be set as an alternative to the vertical limits
of the measurement window (Max, Min). If linear display (W, %, 1) is
being used, the Max value will be changed; otherwise both limits of the
screen will be changed. All trace parts in the center of the screen will
then remain unchanged.
ä
4.46
E-3
R&S NRP
Displaying traces
Filter settings
You can smooth the trace in the Av display by means of an averaging filter. For this purpose, a number
of sweeps are recorded and the power of points of the same position in time is averaged (Trace
Averaging). The measurement accuracy is thus increased.
In the Peak display, the maximum value is displayed among all other points of the same position in time.
If signals of stochastic envelope are being used, this may increase the measurement accuracy. The
fluctuations of results caused by the inherent noise of the sensor will also be reduced, but this is
unfavorable for a higher systematic deviation (measured values are too high). Remedy: Reduce the
video bandwidth (see below).
The averaging filter does not affect the Random display.
The averaging process substantially improves zero offset and linearity of the measurement result,
irrespective of the selected display.
To prevent results from being falsified due to instable trigger conditions, you should always check
whether the trace is stable in its time axis. This is should be done without averaging (Trace Avg No = 1).
To meet the requirements for higher reproducibility and accuracy of numeric results, measured power
values for gates can be averaged even more by Numeric Averaging, irrespective of Trace Averaging.
This also achieves higher accuracy for the average power value (Av), while the information given for the
Peak display applies to the peak power (Pk) and the Pk/Av ratio.
The measurement accuracy for the peak power, in particular for low power levels, can be increased by
reducing the effect of the inherent noise. You can do this by using a smaller channel bandwidth (Video
Bw). For the R&S NRP-Z8x wideband power sensors, this can be done in several steps between
300 kHz and 30 MHz (FULL). Reducing the video bandwidth also increases the trigger sensitivity during
signal triggering. As a rule of thumb, the trigger threshold (Level) can be reduced by 3 dB if the video
bandwidth is reduced by the factor of 4.
Note that the video bandwidth must never be smaller than the RF bandwidth of the signal.
Sensor – menu:
Filter…
–(
)
ä
Fig. 4-43
A|B|C|D
–(
)
ä ä
Num Avg No
Remote control: In the following commands, [1..4] stands for the number of the channel.
1 = channel A, 2 = channel B, etc
)
Selects the averaging factor for averaging the gated measurement
results.
–(
)
Selects the averaging factor for averaging the traces.
ä ä
1144.1400.12
Tabs for selecting the sensor.
–(
ä ä
Trace Avg No
Filter dialog box in Trace & Statistics mode
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt[?]
4.47
<int_value>
E-3
Displaying traces
–(
Video BW
R&S NRP
)
ä ä
This setting is used to set the video filter bandwidth.
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:BANDwidth:VIDeo[?]
Timeslots display mode
The timeslot structure defined for the sensor is displayed in this mode. You can additionally select one
timeslot and have the most important power parameters of this timeslot displayed.
Graph, expanded
T’slots, Trace…
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-44
Trace display in the Timeslots display mode
Highlights the selected timeslot.
Measured values for the selected timeslot:
Av
Pk
Pk
Average power (Av), peak power (Pk) and peak power/average power
(Pk/Av) ratio.
/Av
Config…
–(
)
Opens a dialog box for making complete configurations (
the average power of TDMA signals, p. 4.13).
–(
)
Positions and scales the screen by means of the cursor keys (
display mode, p. 4.45).
ä ä
Pos Scale
ä ä
Trigger…
–(
)
Opens the Trigger dialog box (
–(
)
Selects a timeslot.
ä ä
Slot
ä ä
AB C D
–(
)
ä ä
Measuring
Trace
Trigger settings, p. 4.25).
Switches over between sensors that are in the Trace & Statistics mode.
The primary channel will then be changed automatically in the Func &
Unit dialog box.
Tips for power measurement in timeslots
1. Load mobile radio standard ( Loading settings for mobile radio standards, page 4.57) or enter the
parameters of the timeslot structure in the Config menu.
2. Set screen so that the power ramp for a complete frame is displayed.
3. Open Trigger dialog box and set Delay so that the timeslot structure coincides with the measured
power ramp.
1144.1400.12
4.48
E-3
R&S NRP
Displaying traces
4. To increase the measurement accuracy,
a) expand the window horizontally to such an extent that the selected timeslot is displayed in
adequate size
b) perform measurement in the Timeslot Av mode.
Gates display mode
The R&S NRP provides four separately configurable gates for signal evaluation. If the R&S NRP-Z8x
wideband power sensors are used, the measurement window may contain a period to be excluded
(Fence). This allows you to exclude, for example, a midamble from the measurement. The time interval
can be configured via the Config softkey.
Graph, expanded
…Trace, Gates…
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-45
Trace display in Gates display mode
Highlights the selected gate.
Measured values for the selected gate:
Av
Pk
Pk
Average power (Av), peak power (Pk) and peak power/average power
(Pk/Av) ratio.
/Av
Remote control, configuration
CALCulate[1..8]:FEED[1..2] [?]
CALCulate[1..8]:FEED[1..2] [?]
CALCulate[1..8]:FEED[1..2] [?]
"POWer:AVERage ON SWEep[1..4]"
"POWer:PEAK ON SWEep[1..4]"
"POWer:PTAVerage ON SWEep[1..4]"
Read result
FETCh[1..8]?
Displays the length ( T) and limits of the gate ([1][2]) with reference to
the delayed trigger event.
[1]
[2]
T
Config…
–(
)
ä ä
Pos Scale
–(
)
Positions and scales the screen by means of the cursor keys (
display mode, p. 4.45).
–(
)
Changes the function of the cursor keys. If 1 or 2 have been
activated, you can shift the left and right gate limit. If 3 or 4 have
been activated, you can set the Fence (after enabling it in the Config
dialog box; only for the R&S NRP-Z8x wideband power sensors).
ä ä
[1] [2] 3 [4]
ä ä
1144.1400.12
Opens a dialog to completely configure the four available gates.
4.49
Trace
E-3
Displaying traces
Gate
R&S NRP
–(
)
This setting is used to select a gate. This gate is highlighted and
measured values are displayed.
–(
)
Switches over between sensors that are in the Trace & Statistics mode.
The primary channel will then be changed automatically in the Func &
Unit dialog box.
–(
)
ä ä
AB C D
ä ä
Gates display mode
Config…
ä ä
Fig. 4-46
Gate
–(
)
This setting is used to switch over between the four gates.
–(
)
Numeric entry fields for start and length of the gate.
ä ä
Start of Gate
End of Gate
Fence
Gates Config dialog box
ä ä
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:TGATe[1..4]:TIMe[?]
[SENSe[1..4]]:TGATe[1..4]:OFFSet:[TIMe][?]
[ß ] – (
)
Activates the Fence function.
–(
)
Numeric entry fields for start and length of the Fence.
ä ä
Start of Fence
Fence Width
1144.1400.12
ä ä
<float_value>
<float_value>
Remote control
[SENSe[1..4]]:TGATe[1..4][:EXCLude]:MID:TIMe[?]
<float_value>
[SENSe[1..4]]:TGATe[1..4][:EXCLude]:MID:OFFSet:[TIMe][?]
<float_value>
4.50
E-3
R&S NRP
Displaying traces
Marker display mode
This mode allows you to display two markers in the trace. The power of the measurement signal at the
marker positions is displayed together with the time values. The markers can be positioned
automatically to measure the rise and fall times, the length of bursts as well as maximum and minimum
power. Two pages (Mark'1 and Mark'2, see below) are used to configure the markers.
On the Mark'1 page, you can manually position the markers and automatically set them to the extreme
values within the displayed screen.
Graph, expanded
…Gates, Mark’1
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-47
Trace display in Marker (1) display mode
Power and position of first marker
Power and position of second marker
Power ratio and time spacing of the two markers
The positions are with reference to the delayed trigger event.
Config…
–(
)
ä ä
Pos Scale
Opens a dialog box for numerically entering the marker positions.
–(
)
Positions and scales the screen by means of the cursor keys (
display mode, page 4.45).
–(
)
Defines the active marker and positions the marker by means of the
cursor keys.
ä ä
ä ä
–(
)
ä ä
Trace
Sets the two markers to the highest and lowest measured value in the
displayed area each time the key is pressed.
Remote control
...
AB C D
–(
)
ä ä
1144.1400.12
Allows switching between sensors in the Trace & Statistics mode.
The primary channel is automatically changed in the Func & Unit
dialog box.
4.51
E-3
Displaying traces
R&S NRP
Marker display mode
Config…
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-48
Marker Pos
–(
)
ä ä
1144.1400.12
Marker Config dialog box
This setting is used to numerically enter the marker position.
4.52
E-3
R&S NRP
Displaying traces
Statistics display mode
The R&S NRP-Z8x wideband power sensors allow you to statistically analyze the envelope power as
CCDF, CDF or PDF. The measurement either covers one of the four gates or, if not synchronized, a
user-selectable time interval. The measurement is repeated until the desired number of samples is
attained. You can set the video bandwidth in the Trace display mode to reduce noise.
Graph, expanded
…Mark’2,Stat’s
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-49
Config…
–(
)
ä ä
Pos Scale
–(
)
–(
)
ä ä
ä ä
Statistics display
Opens a dialog to configure the statistics display.
Positions and scales the screen by means of the cursor keys (
display mode, page 4.45).
Trace
Defines the type of marker and positions the marker by means of the
cursor keys.
Power marker:
is positioned to a power; the value of the
distribution function is measured.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:STATistics:MARKer:POWer:DATA[?]
<float_value>
CALCulate[1..8]:STATistics:MARKer:RATio:DATA[?]
<float_value>
Result marker:
is positioned to a value of the distribution
(distribution density) function; the power is
measured.
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:STATistics:MARKer:DATA[?]
<float_value>
Gate
–(
ä
1144.1400.12
)
Switches over between the four gates and the unsynchronized time
interval. This interval is selected as gate "0". Its length is identical with
that of the Sampling Window for the Cont Av mode ( Continuous
average-power measurements, page 4.8).
4.53
E-3
Displaying traces
–(
R&S NRP
)
ä
AB C D
–(
)
–(
)
ä ä
Switches over between an absolute and a relative display of power.
The relative display is referenced to the average power (Av) of the
signal.
Switches over between sensors that are in the Trace & Statistics mode.
The primary channel will then be changed automatically in the Func &
Unit dialog box.
Statistics display
Config…
ä ä
Fig. 4-50
Function
–(
)
ä ä
Statistics Config dialog box
Selects the evaluation function:
CCDF
Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function
Displays the probability that the current power is higher than
this value (for each power value).
CDF
Cumulative Distribution Function
Displays the probability that the current power is lower than
this value (for each power value).
PDF
Probability Density Function
Displays the distribution density of the power.
Remote control
SENSe:FUNCtion[?]
XPOWer:CCDFunction | XPOWer:CDFunction | XPOWer:PDFunction
1144.1400.12
4.54
E-3
R&S NRP
Displaying traces
–(
Marker
)
ä ä
Enters the marker position
-1
Result marker: entry in % (CDF, CCDF) or W (PDF)
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:STATistics:MARKer:DATA[?]
<float_value>
Power marker: entry in dBm
Remote control
CALCulate[1..8]:STATistics:MARKer:POWer:DATA[?]
<float_value>
CALCulate[1..8]:STATistics:MARKer:RATio:DATA[?]
<float_value>
Max
Result
Min
Max
–(
ä
–(
Power
Min
Samples
–(
ä
)
Enters the limits for the measurement result (vertical axis)
)
Enters the power limits (horizontal axis)
)
Enters the desired minimum number of samples.
ä
Remote control
SENSe:STATistics:SAMPLes:[MINimum][?]
<float_value>
The exact value is an whole-number multiple of the product of the
sampling rate and length of the selected gate. The sampling rate is
7 -1
8×10 s for the R&S NRP-Z8x wideband power sensors.
Sampling
Window
1144.1400.12
–(
)
ä
Enters the duration of the measurement. This setting is only used if
gate is set to "Free".
4.55
E-3
Management of settings (File menu)
R&S NRP
Management of settings (File menu)
File - menu
Default setting (Preset), p. 4.56.
Loading user-defined settings and
Storing user-defined settings, p. 4.56/4.57.
Loading settings for mobile radio standards, p. 4.57.
Programming aids, p. 4.59
Assigning names to windows, p. 4.59.
Fig. 4-51
File menu
Default setting (Preset)
The Preset softkey in the File menu changes the R&S NRP to its default setting. The black background
of the text indicates that the function can also be started by pressing the ({PRE}SET) hardkey.
In the default setting, a window is opened for each connected sensor. The default setting is sensorspecific.
Storing user-defined settings (Setups)
The R&S NRP provides 19 memory spaces in which complete device settings can be stored (Setup
memory). Settings can be stored by using the Save Setup… dialog box. The memory spaces can be
labeled with a name for identification.
File menu:
Setup
Save
–(
)
ä
Fig. 4-52
[Setup]
Edit Name
–(
)
Selects a setting.
–(
)
Used to rename the selected setting.
ä ä
ä ä
1144.1400.12
Save Setup dialog box
Remote Control
MEMory:STATe:MAP
<string>, 1..19
4.56
E-3
R&S NRP
Save
Management of settings (File menu)
–(
)
ä ä
Stores the current settings under the selected name. After settings are
stored successfully, the dialog box is closed.
Another way to store settings and close the dialog box is to press the
(¶ MENU) key. A dialog can be cancelled by using (ESC/LOCAL).
Remote Control
*SAV
1..19
Loading user-defined settings (Setups)
The Recall Setup… dialog box is used to load stored settings.
File menu:
Setup
Recall
–(
ä
)
Fig. 4-53
Recall Setup dialog box
[Setup]
–(
)
Selects a setting.
Recall
–(
)
Loads the selected setting. After the setting is loaded successfully, the
dialog box is closed.
ä ä
ä ä
The same effect can be achieved by pressing the (¶ MENU) key.
Pressing (ESC/LOCAL) cancels the dialog.
Remote Control
*RCL
0..19
Loading settings for mobile radio standards
Predefined settings for the most common mobile radio standards can be loaded in the Recall Standard
dialog box for quick configuring of messages in the Timeslots and Trace & Statistics modes. In contrast
to Recall Setup, essentially only the parameters that affect the connected sensors are reconfigured
(Sensor menu). The name of the set standard appears in the title bar of all open windows and is also
treated like any other window name ( Assigning names to windows, p.4.59). The name can therefore
be changed and deleted as desired, but above all it is not automatically deleted when one of the preset
parameters is changed and the instrument setting no longer corresponds to the loaded standard.
A table of sensor parameter values for the different standards can be found at the end of Chapter 6
under Standard configurations.
1144.1400.12
4.57
E-3
Management of settings (File menu)
R&S NRP
File menu:
Standard
Recall
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-54
[Standard]
Preserve
Window Settings
Recall Setup dialog box
–(
)
Selects a mobile radio standard.
–(
)
If enabled, only the sensor parameters are loaded but the windows are
not reconfigured.
ä ä
ä ä
Remote Control
SYSTem:STANdard:PWSettings
External Trigger
–(
)
ä ä
ON | OFF
Selects between configurations with an internal or an external trigger.
External triggering should be selected if the test signal yields no clearly
defined or only an unstable trigger event.
If external triggering is used in the timeslot mode, ensure that the
trigger delay setting is such that the start of the first timeslot coincides
with the delayed trigger. ( Trigger settings, p. 4.25).
Remote Control
SYSTem:STANdard:TRIGger:SOURce
INT | EXT
SYSTem:STANdard:PREset
<string>
1144.1400.12
4.58
E-3
R&S NRP
Management of settings (File menu)
Programming aids
File Errorlist…
If you are developing remote control programs, you can display the contents of the SCPI error queue in
the Errorlist dialog box. In addition to the error, the command line that triggered the error is displayed,
along with a question mark highlighted in black at the point where the command interpreter detected the
error.
The dialog box can be left permanently open, and its contents are continuously updated.
File
menu:
–(
Errorlist…
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-55
Errorlist dialog box
If the device is already in the remote state, the menu bar is replaced and the Errorlist can be opened
with the topmost softkey.
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-56
Menu bar in the remote control mode
(DEL/1TRIG)
If the Errorlist is open, the error queue of the
R&S NRP can be deleted by pressing the (DEL/1TRIG)
key.
Remote control
DISPlay:ERRorlist[?]
ON | OFF
To activate extended error messages:
SYSTem:ERRor:EXTended[:STATe][?] <boolean>
Assigning names to windows
File Window Name…
Each display window is automatically labeled with a number (1, 2, 3, 4). In addition, you can enter a
name for each window to more closely indicate the type of measurement result. This is particularly
recommended for settings to be stored in a setup memory. The Window Name dialog box is used to
assign names to windows.
File menu:
Window Name…
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-57
1144.1400.12
Window Name dialog box
4.59
E-3
Management of settings (File menu)
Window 1
–(
)
Assigns a name to window 1. Pressing the softkey will open an editor
for entering a name.
–(
)
Assign names to windows 2 to 4.
ä ä
Window 2…4
ä ä
1144.1400.12
R&S NRP
Remote Control
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:NAME[?]
4.60
<string>
E-3
R&S NRP
System settings (System menu)
System settings (System menu)
System - menu
Configuring the remote control interfaces, page 4.61.
Setting the analog outputs, page 4.64.
Selftest, page 4.67.
Sensor Check Source, page 4.69.
System information, page 4.70.
Miscellaneous, page 4.72.
Fig. 4-58
System menu
Configuring the remote control interfaces
System Remote
Selecting a remote control interface
System
menu:
Remote…
–(
ä
)
Fig. 4-59
GPIB Ethernet
–(
)
ä ä
Remote dialog box
Selects the installed remote control interfaces or turns them off.
Configuring the GPIB
Remote
Remote : GPIB
dialog box:
GPIB USB
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-60
1144.1400.12
Remote dialog box, GPIB
4.61
E-3
System settings (System menu)
GPIB Address
–(
)
ä ä
R&S NRP
A GPIB address in the range 0 to 30 can be selected.
RemoteControl
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess
Remote control via USB
Remote
<NR1>
Remote : USB
dialog box:
GPIB USB
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-61
Remote dialog box, GPIB
Remote control of the R&S NRP via the USB is according to the USBTMC standard. For this purpose, a
VISA library that supports remote control via the USB is required by the remote-control computer. The
VISA library is equipped with the necessary USB device driver. The R&S NRP has a fixed,
unchangeable address comprising a manufacturer number (0x0AAD for Rohde & Schwarz), an
instrument number (2 for the R&S NRP) and the serial number of the R&S NRP. The serial number can
be displayed in the System Info dialog box ( Information about the R&S NRP, page 4.71) and must be
completely, as displayed, included in the address. The VISA address string suitable for the device is
displayed in the dialog box.
Configuring the Ethernet
Remote : VXI 11
Remote control of the R&S NRP via Ethernet is according to the VXI-11 standard. Prerequisite for this
is the installation of the R&S NRP-B5 option. Due to the complexity of the protocol, the use of a VISA
library is also urgently recommended here. The VISA library that is used must support VXI-11.
The R&S NRP must have a unique IP address in the Ethernet. This address can be assigned either
manually or automatically using the DHCP protocol.
Remote
dialog box:
VXI11 Eth
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-62
1144.1400.12
Remote dialog box, GPIB
4.62
E-3
R&S NRP
IP Address
System settings (System menu)
–(
)
ää
Opens the dialog box for the configuration of the IP address.
Fig. 4-63
Manual DHCP
–(
)
ä ä
IP Address
Gateway
Remote control
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess
)
Manual input of IP address.
–(
)
Manual input of network mask.
ä ä
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-64
IP Address dialog box,
DHCP
Selects between configuring the IP address manually or automatically.
–(
ä ä
Mask
IP Address dialog box,
Manual
<NR1>
Gateway computer connecting the local network with other networks.
For automatic assignment, a DHCP server must be accessible in the network.
If the R&S NRP is to be integrated into a larger network, please contact your network administrator
regarding the data to be set.
If the network consists only of the R&S NRP and the control computer, the two units can be connected
with each other directly using a special network crossover cable. The IP addresses are then set
manually and can, for example, be selected according to the following table:
Table 4-1
Example of a network configuration for a direct
R&S NRP – PC connection using a crossover cable.
R&S NRP
IP Address
Mask
Gateway
1144.1400.12
PC
192.168.0.2
192.168.0.1
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
192.168.0.3
192.168.0.3
4.63
E-3
System settings (System menu)
R&S NRP
Setting the analog outputs
System IO…
There are two multifunction BNC connectors at the rear of the R&S NRP. The function of these
connectors is specified in the Analog Out dialog box.
System
menu:
IO…
–(
)
ä
Fig. 4-65
Analog … Pass/Fail – (
ä
)
Analog Out dialog box
Selects the function of port Out 1.
In the case of Analog, a voltage is output that is proportional to the
value currently displayed in the selected window (Window 1...). In the
case of Pass/Fail, a logic signal is output in the selected window (Window
1...) to indicate that a limit value has been exceeded.
Remote control, analog
OUTPut:TTL[1]:STATe[?]
OFF;OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:STATe[?]
Pass/Fail
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:STATe[?]
Window
1234
0 V Equivalent
–(
–(
ä
3 V Equivalent
)
ä
–(
)
)
–(
ä
)
Remote control
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:FEED[?]
OUTPut:TTL[1]:FEED[?]
–(
)
ä
<float_value>
Display value which corresponds to an output voltage of 3 V.
Remote control
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:UPPer[?]
<float_value>
Logic level within the limits that have been set. The valid range is 0 V
to 3.3 V.
<float_value>
Logic level when there is a limit violation. The valid range is 0 V to
3.3 V.
Remote control
OUTPut:TTL[1]:LVOLtage[?]
1144.1400.12
<string>
<string>
Display value which corresponds to an output voltage of 0 V.
Remote control
OUTPut:TTL[1]:HVOLtage[?]
Fail
ON
Specifies the window the output pertains to.
Remote control
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:LOWer[?]
ä
Pass
OFF;OUTPut:TTL[1]:STATe[?]
ON
4.64
<float_value>
E-3
R&S NRP
Analog Out
Trigger In
System settings (System menu)
–(
ä
)
Selects the function of port I/O 2.
In the case of Analog Out, a voltage is output to I/O 2 that is proportional
to the value currently displayed in the selected window (Window 1...).
In the case of Trigger In, I/O 2 serves as an external trigger input.
Remote control, analog
OUTPut:TTL[1]:STATe[?]
ON
Trigger In
OUTPut:TTL[1]:STATe[?]
OFF
Background information
The voltage at the analog outputs does not follow the power fed to the sensor continuously but rather at
discrete points of time. Every time the sensor has transmitted a new measured value to the base unit,
i.e. after a time window has been evaluated ( Filter/averaging, page 4.20), the voltage is adjusted to
the new value.
In the ContAv mode, you can influence the rate at which the voltage is updated with the aid of the
sampling window ( Continuous average-power measurements, page 4.8). The time between two
updates of the output voltage is approximately twice the length of the sampling window. The lower limit
of this length of time, during which the R&S NRP can still regularly update the output voltage, depends
on the number of sensors connected and their measurement mode. With a connected sensor in the
ContAv mode, it is about 1 ms.
Switching on the averaging filter does not affect the refresh rate, but the speed at which the output
voltage changes can be expected to slow down as a result of the filter effect.
For applications having high requirements on the dynamic behavior of the analog outputs, for example
phase-locked loops, it is advisable to freeze the screen of the R&S NRP to avoid discontinuities caused
by writing to the screen memory ( Miscellaneous, page 4.72).
1144.1400.12
4.65
E-3
System settings (System menu)
R&S NRP
Battery operation
System Bat…
The charge status of the battery is displayed in the Battery dialog window and symbolically in every
expanded window. The Battery dialog window also provides information about the battery's remaining
operating or charging time.
System menu:
Bat…
–(
ä
)
Fig. 4-66
Battery– Dialog
Remaining Capacity
This line indicates the battery's remaining charge in percent.
Time of Battery Operation
This line indicates the remaining operating or charging time.
or
Time to full
Note!
After the operating status has been changed, it may take the
display up to one minute to be updated.
Running from Battery
This line indicates the battery's current operating status.
or
Charging
or
Idle
Calibrating the charge counter
From time to time, the battery must be calibrated so that the remaining operating time is not displayed
incorrectly as a result of the battery's decreasing capacity over time. A calibration cycle can take place
in normal operation, if the R&S NRP is fully discharged after being fully charged, without intermittently
connecting the instrument to the AC supply. In this case, no further action on the part of the user is
required.
However, if calibration is not performed in normal operation, the battery will request a calibration cycle
after some time. This request will be displayed after the R&S NRP has been switched on.
1144.1400.12
4.66
E-3
R&S NRP
System settings (System menu)
Switch on the
R&S°NRP:
Fig. 4-67
(¶Menu)
Request for a calibration cycle from the battery
The calibration cycle is performed. First of all, the battery is fully
charged, then fully discharged and finally fully charged again. This
process may take between 11 and 20 hours depending on the charge
status of the battery at the beginning of the calibration cycle. The
higher the charge of the battery at the beginning, the faster the
calibration cycle is performed. Calibration itself takes place at the end
of the discharging process.
ä
During the calibration cycle, or at least until the end of the discharging
phase, the R&S NRP should remain connected to the AC supply and
should always be on. Otherwise the calibration counter is not calibrated, which means that the warning will be displayed again when the
R&S NRP is switched on the next time.
(ESC/LOCAL)
The calibration cycle is not performed. The warning will be displayed
again when the R&S NRP is switched on the next time.
ä
Selftest
System Test…
While booting up, the R&S NRP performs a system test. The system test is described in Chapter 1,
Welcome screen and function test. Hardware faults are reported at this stage.
The Selftest dialog box in the System menu is used to check the keyboard and the display and to start a
selftest function in the sensors.
System menu:
Test…
–(
)
ä
Fig. 4-68
Keyboard…
–(
)
ä ä
1144.1400.12
Selftest dialog box
Opens the dialog box for testing the keyboard.
4.67
E-3
System settings (System menu)
Display Test
Patterns
–(
Sensor A B ...
Test Sensor
–(
)
ä ä
)
ä ä
R&S NRP
Displays a sequence of different test patterns for checking the display.
The procedure can be aborted by pressing any key.
The right-hand softkey starts a hardware test function in the sensor
selected with the left-hand softkey.
Remote Control
SYSTem:SENSor[1..4]:TEST?
Test Sensor
Details
1144.1400.12
–(
)
ä ä
Opens a window containing detailed data of the sensor test.
4.68
E-3
R&S NRP
System settings (System menu)
Keyboard test
Selftest : Keyboard…
In the keyboard selftest dialog box, the keys can be pressed in any order. Each time a key is pressed,
there is acoustic feedback and the detected key is marked. If a key is pressed more than once a
warning is output. This means that specific keys or the whole keyboard can be tested.
This dialog box can be quit only if the [¶] symbol appears on the right of the title bar. This symbol
appears either after all keys have been pressed or when no key has been pressed for 15 seconds.
Selftest
dialog box:
Keyboard…
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-69
Selftest Keyboard dialog box
The first stage in testing the whole keyboard is to press all the keys in any order without checking each
response in the display. If each key has been activated once and only once, an OK message is output
and the test is over. Keys that are not activated during the test do not output a tone and afterwards do
not exhibit any marking. If a keystroke, e.g. due to a short, activates several keys, a warning message
is output during the test. You should then repeat the test, observing the response on the display
intensively.
Sensor Check Source
System Power Ref
How to use the Sensor Check Source (option R&S NRP-B1) for
Zeroing is described on page 4.3.
As it is a high-precision generator with an output power of 1 mW at 50 MHz, it can also be used for
other applications.
System
menu:
Power Ref
Off On
1144.1400.12
–(
)
ä ä
Switches the sensor check source on/off.
Remote Control
OUTPut:ROSCillator[:STATe][?]
4.69
ON | OFF
E-3
System settings (System menu)
R&S NRP
System information
Information about sensors
System Info Sensor
The following information about connected power sensors can be obtained with the Info:Sensor dialog
box:
•
Type and material number of sensor
•
Serial number
•
Software status
•
Date of last calibration
•
Frequency and power ranges
•
Other technical data
System menu:
–(
Info
Sensor…
ä
)
Fig. 4-70
–(
A|B|C|D
)
ä ä
(¶Menu)
ä
(â) (ô)
Sensor Info dialog box
Tabs for selecting the sensor.
This dialog box can be closed with the (¶Menu ) key.
The up/down cursor keys can be used to scroll the window contents if
they cannot all be viewed simultaneously.
Remote control
SYSTem:SENSor[1..4]:INFO?
[<string>]
Tip
The possible values for the <string> parameter are exactly the same as the items
shown in this dialog, e.g. "Manufacturer" or "HWVersion". Thus, the values available for
a specific sensor model are very easy to determine.
1144.1400.12
4.70
E-3
R&S NRP
System settings (System menu)
Information about the R&S NRP
System Info System
The Info:System dialog box displays the following basic-device characteristics:
•
Material number
•
Serial number
•
Software status of system, BIOS and keyboard controller
•
Installed options
•
Memory expansions
•
Ethernet MAC address (for instruments with option R&S NRP-B4 installed)
System menu:
–(
Info
System…
)
ä
Fig. 4-71
(¶Menu)
ä
(â) (ô)
System Info dialog box
The dialog box can be closed with the (¶Menu ) key.
The up/down cursor keys can be used to scroll the window contents if
they cannot all be viewed simultaneously.
Remote Control
SYSTem:INFO?
1144.1400.12
[<string>]
4.71
E-3
System settings (System menu)
R&S NRP
Miscellaneous
System Miscellaneous
The built-in acoustic alarm can be configured in the Misc dialog.
At very low ambient temperatures, the display becomes sluggish and the rapidly changing decimal
places at the end of the reading in particular cannot be reliably determined. To improve readability
under these circumstances, you can reduce the display update rate.
System
menu:
Misc…
–(
)
ä ä
Fig. 4-72
Beep
Overload
–(
)
ä ä
Beep
Limit Warning
–(
Beep
Key Click
–(
ä
Display Update
–(
Normal Slow Freeze ä
Miscellaneous dialog box
Activates an acoustic alarm when the sensor is overloaded.
Remote Control
SYSTem:BEEPer:NOTify:OVERload[?] ON | OFF
)
Activates or deactivates an acoustic alarm when there is a limit
violation simultaneously in all measurement windows.
( Limit monitoring, page 4.42).
)
Activates acoustic feedback to indicate when a key is pressed.
ä
)
ä
Remote Control
SYSTem:BEEPer:NOTify:KEY[?] ON | OFF
Switches the rate at which the new measured values are displayed
between Normal, Slow and Freeze. The Slow setting has been
provided with very low ambient temperatures in mind If one of the
analog outputs is being used and a time resolution of a few
milliseconds is needed, the screen contents can be frozen. Otherwise
the picture setup leads to brief interruptions at the analog output.
Remote Control
DISPlay:UPDate[?] NORMal | SLOW | FREeze
1144.1400.12
4.72
E-3
R&S NRP
Messages and alarms
Messages and alarms
Overload
One or more sensors are subjected to overload.
Caution!
Overload can destroy the sensor
(depending on amount and duration of
overload).
The upper measurement limit is specified in the
data sheet for the sensor. The nominal value of the
upper measurement limit is also displayed in the
Sensor Info dialog box ( System information,
page 4.70).
An alarm sounds when the message is displayed.
The alarm can be disabled in the Misc dialog box
( Miscellaneous, page 4.72).
Overrange
This message is displayed only if the Auto range
function is off. It indicates that the permissible
range has been exceeded. ( Measurement
ranges, page 4.23).
Measurement aborted
Trunc. Meas. is displayed when there is an
overflow of the sensor-internal buffer for samples.
Overflow occurs if a burst is too long.
1144.1400.12
4.73
E-3
Messages and alarms
R&S NRP
Hardware error
A sensor has detected a hardware error.
Automatic window initialization
If an additional sensor is connected to the
R&S NRP during operation and if no currently
open window displays the values measured in the
channel concerned, the R&S NRP automatically
offers to open a window and to configure it for
measurements with the additional sensor
connected.
The previous settings of the newly opened window
are lost. To prevent this, we recommend you to
cancel with the (ESC) key and to manually
configure a window.
1144.1400.12
4.74
E-3
R&S NRP
Table of Contents Chapter 5
Table of Contents
5 Remote Control - Fundamentals ...........................................................................................5.1
Differences between Remote Control and Manual Control..........................................................5.1
Display ........................................................................................................................................5.1
Measurement Modes ..................................................................................................................5.2
Calculate Blocks .........................................................................................................................5.2
Connecting a Controller to the Base Unit ......................................................................................5.3
Settings in Base Unit ..................................................................................................................5.3
Hardware Requirements.............................................................................................................5.3
IEC/IEEE Bus..................................................................................................................5.3
Switchover to Remote Control (REMOTE) .....................................................................................5.3
Return to Manual Operation (LOCAL) ............................................................................................5.3
Automatic Settings When Switching Between Local
Remote ...............................................5.4
Communication on Data Lines........................................................................................................5.5
Interface Messages ....................................................................................................................5.5
Device-Dependent Messages (Commands and Responses) ....................................................5.5
Commands......................................................................................................................5.5
Responses ......................................................................................................................5.6
Structure and Syntax of Device-Dependent Messages ................................................................5.7
SCPI Standard ............................................................................................................................5.7
Command Structure....................................................................................................................5.7
Common Commands ......................................................................................................5.7
Device-Specific Commands............................................................................................5.8
Structure of a Program Message..............................................................................................5.10
Responses to Queries ..............................................................................................................5.11
Parameters ...............................................................................................................................5.12
Device Model and Command Processing ....................................................................................5.14
Input Unit...................................................................................................................................5.14
Command Identification (Parser) ..............................................................................................5.14
Data Base and Device Hardware .............................................................................................5.14
Status Reporting System ..........................................................................................................5.15
Output Unit................................................................................................................................5.15
Command Sequence and Command Synchronization ............................................................5.15
Annex: Automatic Settings for Manual Selection of a Measurement Mode.............................5.16
Annex: Correspondence between Remote Control and Manual Control .................................5.18
1144.1400.12
I-5.1
E-4
List of Figs. and Tables Chapter 5
R&S NRP
Figs.
Fig. 5-1: SCPI command tree ..................................................................................................................5.8
Fig. 5-2: Device model for remote control .............................................................................................5.14
Tables
Table 5-1: Synchronization with *OPC, *OPC? and *WAI...................................................................5.15
Table 5-2: Automatic settings for manual selection of a measurement mode ......................................5.16
Table 5-3: Correspondence between remote control and manual control ............................................5.18
1144.1400.12
I-5.2
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Fundamentals
5 Remote Control - Fundamentals
The Power Meter R&S NRP is equipped with an interface that can be connected to a controller for
remote control.
•
•
•
IEC/IEEE-bus interface (standard equipment) in line with the standards IEC 60625.1 (IEEE 488.1)
and IEC 60625.2 (IEEE 488.2)
Ethernet 10/100 BASE T interface.
USB interface for remote control and firmware update.
Connectors are installed at the rear of the power meter. The two interfaces support the SCPI (Standard
Commands for Programmable Instruments) standard, version 1999.0 of May 1999. The SCPI standard
is based on the IEEE 488.2 standard and defines a standardized command language for controlling
measuring and test instruments with functions beyond the scope of the IEEE 488.2 standard. In addition
to the commands, error handling and status management are also described.
The present Chapter explains the differences between remote control and manual control, familiarizes
the user with fundamentals of remote control and describes the status reporting system as well as the
procedure for connecting a PC for remote control.
Differences between Remote Control and Manual Control
The manual control of the R&S NRP is designed for ergonomic operation. This means, among other
things, that certain parameters are assigned default values that cannot be changed and that specific
changes of device settings influence other settings. In the remote control mode, all settings can be
changed and the user has to make sure that the device is correctly set for the measurement to be
performed. We therefore recommend performing a reset (*RST or
"SYSTem:PRESet",
page 6.106) prior to a remote control measurement so that the device is placed in a defined state.
Display
In the REMOTE mode, the display of measured values can be disabled (SYSTem:SPEed FAST); the
display is cleared except for a status line at the top of the screen. Blanking of menu elements that need
not be continually updated increases the data processing speed. The display can be reactivated with
the SCPI command SYSTem:SPEed NORMal. The backlighting can also be completely switched off
with DISPlay:ILLumination OFF.
In the remote mode, the menu line at the upper screen edge is blanked and replaced by the indication
"Remote Mode". The SCPI error queue can be displayed using the topmost softkey (labelled "Error
List..."). If the LLO character is displayed in the upper status line, the keyboard including (ESC/LOCAL)
has been disabled via the LLO command. In this case, returning to local mode is only possible with the
remote control command GTL or by a power-on reset.
1144.1400.12
5.1
E-4
Remote Control - Fundamentals
R&S NRP
Measurement Modes
To simplify operation in the manual mode, preset values are used in some cases for the trigger system
(TRIGger command) and the timing of the measurement (SENSe[1..4]:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt
and :STOP) when the measurement mode (ContAv, Burst, Timeslot, Scope)
is selected ( Table 5-2). This is not the case in the remote control mode. Here the trigger system and
the timing can be configured by the user as required.
Calculate Blocks
The R&S NRP manages 8 internal calculate blocks. Each calculate block has two input channels
(primary and secondary channel) to which one of up to 4 power sensors can be assigned. The channels
can be processed together by means of a selectable function. The result is available at the output of the
calculate block. In the manual mode, the measurement results of the first four calculate blocks
( "CALCulate System", page 6.11) are shown in windows 1 to 4, while 8 calculate blocks are available
in the remote control mode.
1144.1400.12
5.2
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Fundamentals
Connecting a Controller to the Base Unit
Settings in Base Unit
Before a link can be established between the controller and the R&S NRP, the R&S NRP must be
assigned an IEC/IEEE-bus address. In the manual control mode, this is done in the System Remote
menu.
IEC/IEEE bus configuration:
Select GPIB as the active interface.
Set the GPIB address to the desired value. Any value between 0 and 30 is permissible.
Hardware Requirements
IEC/IEEE Bus
In order to control the R&S NRP via the IEC/IEEE bus, a controller with an IEC/IEEE-bus interface and
an IEC/IEEE-bus cable are required.
Switchover to Remote Control (REMOTE)
A link has been established between the controller and the R&S NRP and is assumed to have been
correctly configured.
After power up, the R&S NRP is always in the manual control mode (LOCAL). The R&S NRP is
switched to remote control irrespective of the selected interface as soon as an SCPI command is sent
to the R&S NRP. All settings are maintained when the device is switched to the REMOTE mode.
Return to Manual Operation (LOCAL)
In the remote mode, all front-panel controls are disabled. except for the (ESC/LOCAL) key and the
topmost toggle softkey used to insert the window with the SCPI error queue. The device remains in this
state until it is switched back to manual control either on the front panel (ESC/LOCAL)) or with the
remote control command GTL.
Note:
1144.1400.12
The remote control command LLO also allows the (ESC/LOCAL) key to be
disabled. In this case, return to manual operation is only possible by remote
control or by switching the R&S NRP off and on again (Power On Reset).
5.3
E-4
Remote Control - Fundamentals
R&S NRP
Automatic Settings When Switching Between
Local
Remote
The table below lists the settings required when switching between the remote and local modes.
Local
Remote
Remote
Local
SENS:AVER:TCON REP
SENS:AVER:TCON MOV
-
ABORT:ALL
INIT:ALL:CONT ON
DISP:MESS OFF
DISP:MESS OFF
In each CALCulate block, where % is set as an output unit
(UNIT:POWer:RATio DPCT), UNIT:POWER:RATio O is
set.
-
The automatic storage of the instrument settings is
deactivated in the nonvolatile memory.
The automatic storage of the instrument settings is reactivated
in the nonvolatile memory.
-
SYST:SPEED NORMal
SENS:BUFF:STAT OFF
SENS:AVER:STAT ON
SENS:TRACe:AVER:STAT ON
SENS:AVER:COUNt:AUTO OFF
-
ContAv:
TRIG:DEL 0
TRIG:HOLD 0
TRIG:SOUR IMM
TRIG:DEL:AUTO OFF
TRIG:COUNt 1
TRIG:ATR OFF
1144.1400.12
5.4
Burst, timegate, timeslot
and scope:
TRIG:DEL:AUTO OFF
TRIG:COUNt 1
TRIG:ATR OFF
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Fundamentals
Communication on Data Lines
The IEC/IEEE bus is the most common remote interface for measuring devices. It has also been
implemented in the R&S NRP. The remote controller and the R&S NRP communicate by means of
messages. The messages sent on the data lines ( section "Interfaces", page 6.136) can be divided
into two groups:
•
•
Interface messages
Device-dependent messages
Interface Messages
Interface messages are transmitted on the data lines of the IEC/IEEE bus when the ATN control line is
active. Interface messages allow the controller and the device to communicate and can only be sent by
a controller which serves as the IEC/IEEE-bus controller. Interface commands can be further classified
as
•
•
common commands
addressed commands
Common commands affect all devices connected to the IEC/IEEE bus without requiring an address,
whereas addressed commands only affect devices addressed as a listener. The interface messages
relevant for the device are described in the annex
"Interface Messages", page 6.139.
Device-Dependent Messages (Commands and Responses)
Device-dependent messages are transmitted on the data lines of the IEC/IEEE bus when the ATN
control line is not active. The ASCII code is used. Device-dependent messages are classified
according to the direction in which they are sent:
Commands
are messages sent by the controller to the R&S NRP. They control the device functions and request
information. The commands are classified
according to the effect they have on the device:
Setting commands
trigger device settings, e.g. an device reset or a configuration of
the trigger system.
Queries
cause device data to be provided in the output queue, where they
can be fetched via the IEC/IEEE bus. Queries are available for
most of the setting commands. They are obtained by adding a
question mark to the setting command.
1144.1400.12
5.5
E-4
Remote Control - Fundamentals
R&S NRP
according to their definition in the IEEE 488.2 and SCPI 1999.0 standard:
Common commands
are precisely defined in the IEEE 488.2 standard in terms of
function and notation. They relate to functions such as the
management of standardized status registers, resetting and self
test.
Device-specific commands
relate to functions that depend on device characteristics such as
the frequency setting. Most of these commands are also
standardized by the SCPI Consortium (
"SCPI Standard",
page 5.7). The standard allows device-specific extensions of
commands.
Parallelism:
Overlapping commands
can be executed while another command is being executed.
Sequential commands
can only be executed when the execution of all other commands
is completed.
Note:
In the R&S NRP, only the remote control commands INIT:IMM
CAL:ZERO:AUTO ONCE can overlap with other commands.
and
Responses
are messages sent by the device to the controller after a query. This may be measurement results, for
instance, or device status information.
1144.1400.12
5.6
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Fundamentals
Structure and Syntax of Device-Dependent Messages
SCPI Standard
SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) describes a standardized command set for
the programming of instruments regardless of the type of instrument or manufacturer. The objective of
the SCPI Consortium is to standardize device-specific commands as far as possible. For this purpose, a
device model has been developed which defines identical functions within a device or between different
devices. Command systems have been created and assigned to these functions so that it is possible to
address identical functions with the same commands.
The command systems have an hierarchical structure. Fig. 5-1 shows this tree structure, using details
from the SENSe command system which selects the measurement to be performed by the device. Most
of the other examples of command syntax and structure are taken from this command system.
SCPI is based on the IEEE 488.2 standard, i.e. it uses the same syntax elements and the common
commands defined in IEEE 488.2. The syntax of the responses is subjected to somewhat stricter rules
than those specified by the IEEE 488.2 standard ( section "Responses to Queries", page 5.11).
Command Structure
Commands consist of a header and usually one or several parameters. Header and parameters are
separated by a white space (ASCII code 0 to 9, 11 to 32 decimal, e.g. space). The headers may be
composed of several keywords. The query is created by appending a question mark directly to the
header.
Common Commands
Device-independent commands consist of a header preceded by an asterisk (*) The header may be
followed by one or several parameters.
Examples:
*RST
Reset, resets the device.
*ESE 253
Event Status Enable, sets the bits of the Standard Event Status Enable Register.
*ESR?
Event Status Query, queries the contents of the Standard Event Status Register.
1144.1400.12
5.7
E-4
Remote Control - Fundamentals
R&S NRP
Device-Specific Commands
Hierarchy
Device-specific commands have a hierarchical structure ( Fig. 5-1). The various
levels are represented by compound headers. Headers at the highest level (root
level) have one keyword only. This keyword describes an entire command system.
Example: SENSe[1..4]
This keyword denotes the command system SENSe<n>.
For lower-level commands, the full path has to be specified, starting with the
highest level in the left-most position. The individual keywords are separated by a
colon ":".
Example: SENSe[1..4]:TRACe:POINts <int_value>
This command is at the third level of he SENSE system and sets the number of
test points for the Scope mode.
SENSe
FREQuency
AVG
FUNCtion
TSLot
POWer
BURSt
SWEep
OFFSet
POINts
Fig. 5-1: SCPI command tree
Some keywords are used at several levels within a command system. Their effect
depends on the command structure, i.e. on their position in the command header.
Example: SENSe1:TRACe:POINts <int_value>
This command contains the POINts keyword in the third level.
Example: SENSe1:TRACe:OFFSet:POINts <int_value>
This command contains the POINts keyword in the fourth level. It defines the time
offset for the display of points in the Scope mode.
Optional
keywords:
In some command systems certain keywords can be inserted into or removed
from the header. These keywords are shown in the manual in square brackets.
For reasons of compatibility with the SCPI standard, the device must be able to
recognize the full length of the command. Some of the commands become
considerably shorter when the optional keywords are omitted.
Example: [SENSe1]:POWer:TSLot:COUNt 6
1144.1400.12
5.8
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Fundamentals
This command sets the number of timeslots in the Timeslot mode to 6. The
following command has the same effect. :POWer:TSLot:COUNt 6
Note: An optional keyword cannot be omitted if its effect is specified in more detail
by a numeric suffix.
Example: SENSe2:POWer:TSLot:COUNt 6 in short form:
SENSe2:POWer:TSLot:COUNt 6
Long and short The keywords have a long and a short form. The keyword may be entered in short
form
or in long form; other abbreviations are not allowed. The short form uses the first
four characters of the long form. If the fourth character is a vowel and the long
form consists of more than four characters, only the first three characters are used
for the short form. The short form is shown by upper-case characters, and the long
form is the entire keyword.
Example: STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle 1 and STAT:QUES:ENAB 1
Note:
Parameters
Upper- and lower-case letters are only used for
identifying the long and short form in the manual; the
device itself does not differentiate between the two types
of characters.
The parameter must be separated from the header by a white space. If a
command contains several parameters, they have to be separated by a comma
(,). Some of the commands allow the specification of the parameters MINimum,
MAXimum and DEFault. For a description of the parameter types see
section "Parameters", page 5.12.
Example: SENSe1:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt? MINimum
Response: 0
This query asks for the minimum setting value.
Numeric suffix
If a device has several identical functions or features, e.g. inputs, the desired
function can be selected by a suffix to the command. Commands without a suffix
are interpreted as having a suffix of 1.
Example: SENSe2:FUNCtion "POWer:AVG"
This command sets the measurement mode of sensor 2 to the ContAv mode
1144.1400.12
5.9
E-4
Remote Control - Fundamentals
R&S NRP
Structure of a Program Message
A program message may contain one or several commands. Several commands in a program message
are separated by a semicolon (;). If the next command belongs to a different command system, the
semicolon is followed by a colon. The colon stands for the root node of the command tree.
Example: SYSTem:TIME 20,30,00;:SENSe:FUNCtion "POWer:AVG"
This program message contains two commands. The first command belongs to the
SYSTem system and is used to set the time of the system clock. The second command
belongs to the SENSe system and must be preceded by a colon. Otherwise confusion
might be caused if the SYSTem tree also had a subordinate SENSe node. In this case, it
would be possible to omit the introductory keyword SYSTem. (see the following
explanation:)
If the successive commands belong to the same system and therefore have one or several common
levels, the program message may be abbreviated. The second command following the semicolon then
starts at the level that is below the common levels. The colon after the semicolon must be omitted in
this case.
Example: SENSe2:TIMing:STARt 10; SENSe2:TIMing:STOP 10
This program message contains two commands separated by a semicolon. Both
commands belong to the SENSe system and its TIMing subsystem, i.e. they have two
common levels.
In the abbreviated program message the second command starts at the level below
SENSe:TIMing. The colon after the semicolon has to be omitted.
The short form of the program message is:
SENSe2:TIMing:STARt 10; STOP 10
A new program message always starts with the full path however.
Example: SENSe2:TIMing:STARt 10
SENSe2:TIMing:STOP 10
Note:
Processing of a program message is aborted if an error occurs. If only
sensor 2 is connected to a multichannel device, for example, the program
message
SENS1:FREQ 50 GHZ;:SENS2:FREQ 50 GHZ
will be aborted after the first command and a second frequency setting will not be
performed.
1144.1400.12
5.10
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Fundamentals
Responses to Queries
Unless otherwise expressly specified, a query is defined for each command. The query is created by
appending a question mark to the associated command. Some of the SCPI rules for query responses
are stricter than those of the IEEE 488.2 standard:
1. The required value is sent without header.
Example: SENSe:AVERage:TCONTrol?
Response: MOV
2. Maximum and minimum values as well as all other quantities queried by a special text parameter
are returned as numeric values.
Example: SENSe:POWer:TSLot:COUNt? MAXimum
Response: 26
3. Numeric values are output without a unit. Physical quantities refer to the basic units or to the units
set with the UNIT command.
Example: SENSe3:FREQuency?
Response: 1.000000E06 (for 1 MHz)
4. Boolean values are returned as 0 (for OFF) and 1 (for ON).
Example: SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe?
Response: 1
5. Character data is returned in short form
( also see section "Parameters", page 5.12).
Example: UNIT2:POWer?
Response: DBM
1144.1400.12
5.11
E-4
Remote Control - Fundamentals
R&S NRP
Parameters
Most commands require the specification of a parameter. Parameters must be separated from the
header by a white space. Parameters may be specified as numeric values, Boolean parameters,
character data, strings or block data. The type of parameter required for the specific command as well
as the permissible value range are described together with the commands.
Numeric values
Numeric values may be entered in any customary form, i.e. with sign, decimal
point and exponent. If the values exceed the resolution of the device, they will
be rounded off. Values between -9.9E37 and +9.9E37 can be entered. The
exponent is denoted by "E" or "e". The exponent alone must not be used.
Units
Physical quantities may be stated with the unit. Permissible prefixes for the unit
are G (Giga), MA (Mega, MHZ is also allowed), K (kilo), M (milli), U (micro) and
N (nano). If no unit is specified, the basic unit will be used.
Some settings allow relative values to be stated in "One" and percent.
According to SCPI, these units are represented by the strings O or DPCT.
The unit DPCT designates the deviation of a measurand from 100%. A power
ratio of 95% thus corresponds to -5 %.
Unit used in the R&S NRP SCPI notation
Watt W
dBm DBM
dBIV DBUV
dB DB
1 O
% DPCT
Hertz HZ
Second S
Example:
SENSe1:FREQuency 1.5 GHZ is equivalent to SENSe1:FREQuency 1.5E9
Special numeric
values
The parameters MINimum, MAXimum, and DEFault are interpreted as special
numeric values. The numeric value is returned in response to a query.
Example:
Command: SENSe2:POWer:APERture MAXimum
Query: SENSe2:POWer:APERture?
Response:
1.000000E02
1144.1400.12
MIN/MAX
MINimum and MAXimum denote the minimum and maximum
value.
DEF
DEFault denotes a preset value. This value is identical to the
basic setting called by the *RST command.
NAN
Not A Number (NAN) stands for 9.91E37. NAN is only sent as a
device response. This value is not defined. NAN is typically
returned for dividing by zero, subtracting a value from infinity and
representing missing data.
5.12
E-4
R&S NRP
Boolean
parameters
Remote Control - Fundamentals
Boolean parameters represent two states. The ON state (logical true) is
represented by ON or a numeric value other than 0. The OFF state (logical
false) is represented by OFF or the numeric value 0. Queries yield 0 or 1.
Example:
Command: SENSe:POWer:BUFFered ON
Query: SENSe:POWer:BUFFered?
Response:
1
Character data
Character data follows the syntax rules for keywords, i.e. it also has both a
short and a long form. They must be separated from the header by a white
space same as any parameter. A query returns the short form of the character
data.
Example:
Command: SENSe2:AVERage:TCONTrol MOVING
Query: SENSe2:AVERage:TCONTrol?
Response:
MOV
Strings
Strings must always be indicated in single or double quotes.
Example:
SENSe1:FUNCtion:ON "POWer:AVG" or
SENSe1:FUNCtion:ON 'POWer:AVG'
Block data
The block data format is suitable for the transmission of large data volumes. A
command with a block data parameter has the following structure:
Example: DISPlay:PIXMap?
Response: #49600xxxxxxxx.....
The ASCII character # denotes the beginning of the data block. The next
numeral specifies the number of subsequent digits defining the length of the
data block. In the example above, the four digits specify a length of 9600 bytes.
The data bytes follow next. During transmission of these data bytes, all
terminators and other control data are ignored.
Coupled commands Setting one command influences the value of another command. According to
SCPI 1999, this should be avoided but it makes sense when user-friendly highlevel measurement commands are to be provided to configure an entire section
of the device at once. The high-level commands CONF, FETCh, READ and
MEASure are therefore an exception to this rule.
1144.1400.12
5.13
E-4
Remote Control - Fundamentals
R&S NRP
Device Model and Command Processing
The device model shown in Fig. 5-2 was prepared from the point of view of the processing of remote
control commands. The individual components operate independently of each other and
simultaneously. They communicate with each other by means of messages.
Data set
IEC/IEEE
Bus
Input unit
Ethernet
Input unit
Command
identification
(parser)
Device hardware
Output unit
IEC/IEEE
Bus
Output unit
Ethernet
Status reporting system
Fig. 5-2: Device model for remote control
Input Unit
The input unit receives the commands in the form of characters from the remote control interface and
collects them in the input buffer. The input unit sends a message to the command identification as soon
as the input buffer is full or as soon as it receives a delimiter. The received data is processed in the
parser (command identification).
Command Identification (Parser)
The parser analyzes the data received from the input unit. Data is processed in the sequence in which it
was received. Syntax errors in the command are recognized and passed on to the status reporting
system. Following the syntax test, the value range of the data is verified and the setting is adapted.
Only after the command has been completely executed will the next command be processed.
Data Base and Device Hardware
The term "device hardware" refers to that part of the device which performs the measurement function.
The data base contains all parameters required for setting the device hardware. Setting commands
cause a modification of the data set. Before the data is entered in the data set, it is verified for
compatibility both with the other data and with the device hardware. If the setting is not possible, an
error message will be sent to the status reporting system and the setting will be ignored. After
successful completion of the verification, the setting will immediately be performed.
If the setting influences the result calculation, the MEASuring bit is set in the status operation register
until new measured values are available. The MEASuring bit is described in more detail in the Status
Reporting System section that follows. This bit may be used for the synchronization of command
processing. Queries cause the data-set management to send the desired data to the output unit.
1144.1400.12
5.14
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Fundamentals
Status Reporting System
The status reporting system collects information on the device status and makes it available to the
output unit on request. Structure and function of this system are described in the following section.
Output Unit
The data output unit collects the information requested by the controller from the data set management.
It processes the information in line with the SCPI rules and makes it available in the output buffer.
Command Sequence and Command Synchronization
All commands are executed in the order in which they are sent. There is no overlapping of command
processing. (Exception: the commands INIT and CAL:ZERO:AUTO ONCE.) The user therefore can
determine the sequence of execution.
If a long program message is terminated by *OPC or *OPC?, the end of command processing is
signalled to the controller, provided the controller has been adequately programmed ( Table 5-1).
Table 5-1: Synchronization with *OPC, *OPC? and *WAI
Command
Effect
Programming of controller
*OPC
Sets the Operation Complete bit in the ESR after
all commands sent prior to *OPC have been
processed.
Set bit 0 in the ESE of the R&S NRP.
Set bit 5 in the SRE of the R&S NRP.
Wait for service request (SRQ).
*OPC?
Writes 1 in the output buffer after all commands
sent prior to *OPC? have been processed.
IEC/IEEE bus: the R&S NRP is addressed as a talker.
*WAI
Commands can be sent but they are only executed
after completion of all commands sent prior to
*WAI.
*WAI is sent directly after the command that should be
completed before other commands can be executed.
Dividing commands timewise before/after *WAI
serializes the command sequence.
1144.1400.12
5.15
E-4
Remote Control - Fundamentals
R&S NRP
Annex: Automatic Settings for Manual Selection of a
Measurement Mode
When the measurement mode of a sensor is manually selected (Sensor Mode), automatic settings are
made for the trigger system and timing, which cannot be changed by manual control. This considerably
simplifies operation. These settings are not changed when the measurement mode is selected by
remote control (SENSe:FUNCtion) and have to be set to the desired value by appropriate SCPI
commands.
The following table lists the respective setting capabilities and the values that are automatically set in
manual control.
Table 5-2: Automatic settings for manual selection of a measurement mode
Mode
ContAv
Burst
Timegate
SCPI command
Value
Remark
TRIGger[1..4]:SOURce
IMMediate
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
TRIGger[1..4]:SLOPe
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
TRIGger[1..4]:COUNt
1
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
TRIGger[1..4]:DELay
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
TRIGger[1..4]:HOLDoff
1 NS
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
TRIGger[1..4]:LEVel
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STOP
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
INITiate[1..4]:CONTinuous
ON
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
TRIGger[1..4]:SOURce
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
TRIGger[1..4]:SLOPe
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
TRIGger[1..4]:COUNt
1
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
TRIGger[1..4]:DELay
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
TRIGger[1..4]:HOLDoff
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:LEVel
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STOP
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
INITiate[1..4]:CONTinuous
ON
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
TRIGger[1..4]:SOURce
EXTernal | INTernal
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:SLOPe
POSitive | NEGative
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:COUNt
1
in der HB nicht veränderbar
TRIGger[1..4]:DELay
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:HOLDoff
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:LEVel
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STOP
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
INITiate[1..4]:CONTinuous
ON
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
1144.1400.12
5.16
E-4
R&S NRP
Mode
Timeslot
Scope
SCPI command
Remote Control - Fundamentals
Value
Remark
TRIGger[1..4]:SOURce
EXTernal | INTernal
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:SLOPe
POSitive | NEGative
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:COUNt
1
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
TRIGger[1..4]:DELay
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:HOLDoff
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:LEVel
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STOP
-
Unchanged, is irrelevant.
INITiate[1..4]:CONTinuous
ON
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
TRIGger[1..4]:SOURce
EXTernal | INTernal
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:SLOPe
POSitive | NEGative
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:COUNt
1
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
TRIGger[1..4]:DELay
0 S
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
TRIGger[1..4]:HOLDoff
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
TRIGger[1..4]:LEVel
Depends on sensor
User-selectable.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt
0 S
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STOP
0 S
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
INITiate[1..4]:CONTinuous
ON
Cannot be modified in manual
mode.
1144.1400.12
5.17
E-4
Remote Control - Fundamentals
R&S NRP
Annex: Correspondence between Remote Control and
Manual Control
Table 5-3 compares the control elements of the graphical user interface for manual control with the
SCPI commands for remote control in order to simplify the transfer of manual control procedures to a
remote control program.
Table 5-3: Correspondence between remote control and manual control
Menu item in manual control
SCPI command in short form
Sensor Mode
SENS[1..4]:FUNCtion
Sensor Mode ContAv Window
SENS[1..4]:POW:APER
Sensor Mode ContAv Sampling Rate
SENS[1..4]:SAMP
Sensor Mode ContAv DutyCycle
SENS[1..4]:CORR:DCYC
Sensor Mode ContAv DutyCycle
SENS[1..4]:CORR:DCYC:STAT
Sensor Mode Burst Dropout
SENS[1..4]:BURSt:DTOL
Sensor Mode Burst Smoothing of Modulated Signals
SENS[1..4]:SMO:STAT
Sensor Mode Burst Exclude Start
SENS[1..4]:TIM:EXCL:STAR
Sensor Mode Burst Exclude Stop
SENS[1..4]:TIM:EXCL:STOP
Sensor Mode Timeslot No. of Timeslots
SENS[1..4]:POW:TSL:COUN
Sensor Mode Timeslot Nominal Width
SENS[1..4]:POW:TSL:WIDT
Sensor Mode Timeslot Exclude Start
SENS[1..4]:TIM:EXCL:STAR
Sensor Mode Timeslot Exclude Stop
SENS[1..4]:TIM:EXCL:STOP
Sensor Mode Timeslot Fence...
SENS[1..4]:TSL:EXCL:MID:...
Sensor Mode T'gate Gate #
SENS[1..4]: TGAT:SEL
Sensor Mode T'gate Start of Gate
SENS[1..4]: TGAT
[1..4]:OFFS:TIME
Sensor Mode T'gate End of Gate
Sum of
SENS[1..4]:TGAT[1..4]:OFFS:TIME and
SENS[1..4]:SWE[1..4]:TIME
Sensor Mode T'Gate Fence...
SENS[1..4]:TGAT[1..4]:EXCL:MID:...
Sensor Mode Scope Points
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:POIN
Sensor Offset Global
SENS[1..4]:CORR:OFFS
1144.1400.12
5.18
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Fundamentals
SENS[1..4]:CORR:OFFS:STAT
Sensor Offset Table
SENS[1..4]:CORR:FDOT
SENS[1..4]:CORR:FDOT:STAT
Sensor Offset Edit Table...
see MEMory
Sensor Offset S Parameter Device
SENS[1..4]:CORR:SPD:STAT
Sensor Filter Auto
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO
In Scope mode:
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO
Sensor Filter Length
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN
In Scope mode:
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN
Sensor Filter Auto Once
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO ONCE
In Scope mode:
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO ONCE
Sensor Filter Auto Config... Normal
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE RES
In Scope mode:
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE
RES
Sensor Filter VideoBW
SENS:BWID:VID
SENS:BWID:VID:LIST?
Menu item in manual control
SCPI command in short form
Sensor Filter Auto Config... Fixed Noise
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE NSR
In Scope mode:
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE
NSR
Sensor Filter Auto Config... Fixed Noise Ref Timeslot #
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:SLOT
In Scope mode:
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO:SLOT
Sensor Filter Auto Config... Fixed Noise Noise Content
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:NSR
In Scope mode:
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO:NSR
Sensor Filter Auto Config... Fixed Noise Max. Settl. Time
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:MTIM
In Scope mode:
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO:MTIM
Sensor Range Auto
SENS[1..4]:RANG:AUTO
Sensor Range Path
SENS[1..4]:RANG
Sensor Range User def'd Crossover
Sensor Range Level
SENS[1..4]:RANG:CLEV
Sensor RF Source Source
SENS[1..4]:SGAM:CORR:STAT
considered
SENS[1..4]:SGAM:PHAS
Sensor RF Source Phase of Source
1144.1400.12
5.19
E-4
Remote Control - Fundamentals
R&S NRP
Sensor RF Source Magnitude of Source
SENS[1..4]:SGAM
Sensor Trigger Delay
TRIG[1..4]:DEL
Sensor Trigger Source
TRIG[1..4]:SOUR
TRIG[1..4]:SLOP
Sensor Trigger Level
TRIG[1..4]:LEV
Sensor Trigger
Holdoff
TRIG[1..4]:HOLD
Sensor Trigger
Hysteresis
TRIG[1..4]:HYST
Sensor Trigger Single
No individual remote-control command is available; the
trigger system has to be configured in such a way that the
function can be implemented (e.g. INIT:CONT
ON;TRIG:SOUR BUS and triggering with *TRG).
Sensor Trigger Dropout
TRIG[1..4]:DTIMe
Windows Window 1234
DISP:SEL
Windows Open/Close
DISP[1..4][:STAT]
Windows Expand/Restore
DISP:SIZE
Windows Dig/D&A/Graph
DISP[1..4]:FORM
Windows Resolution
DISP[1..4]:RES
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES
Windows Timeslot #
Windows T'slot
DISP[1..4]:TSLot
Windows Analog Meter... Auto Once
DISP[1..4]:MET:AUTO ONCE
DISP[1..4]:ANAL:AUTO ONCE
Windows Analog Meter... Left
DISP[1..4]:MET:LOW
DISP[1..4]:ANAL:LOW
Windows Analog Meter...
DISP[1..4]:MET:UPP
DISP[1..4]:ANAL:UPP
Right
Menu item in manual control
SCPI command in short form
Measurement Window 1234
DISP[1..4]:SEL
Measurement Function... Primary Channel
Measurement Function... Secondary Channel
Measurement Function... Function
CALC[1..8]:MATH:EXPR
Measurement Function... Unit
UNIT:POW and UNIT:POW:RAT
Measurement Function... Auxiliary Value
= Max
= Min
= Max - Min
DISP[1..8]:AVAL
CALC[1..8]:MAX:DATA?
CALC[1..8]:MIN:DATA?
CALC[1..8]:PTP:DATA?
1144.1400.12
5.20
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Fundamentals
Measurement W / dBm / dBIV
UNIT:POW
Measurement dB / O% / 1
UNIT:POW:RAT
Measurement Rel On / Off
Measurement Rel Reset
CALC[1..8]:REL:STAT and
CALC[1..8]:REL:AUTO ONCE
Measurement Ref. Val... Ref. Value
CALC[1..8]:REL
Measurement Ref. Val... Ref. Value Reset (Result
Ref)
CALC[1..8]:REL:AUTO ONCE
Measurement Limits... Warning Sound
CALC[1..8]:LIM:BEEP
Measurement Limits... Upper Limit On
CALC[1..8]:LIM:UPP:STAT
Measurement Limits... Upper Limit
CALC[1..8]:LIM:UPP[:DATA]
Measurement Limits... Lower Limit On
CALC[1..8]:LIM:LOW:STAT
Measurement Limits... Lower Limit
CALC[1..8]:LIM:LOW[:DATA]
Measurement Max Hold Reset
CALC[1..8]:EXTR:RES
File
SYST:PRES or *RST
Preset
File Setup Recall... Recall
*RCL
File Setup Save... Save
*SAV
File Setup Save... Edit Name
MEM:STAT:DEF
File Standard Recall... Preserve Window Settings
SYST:STAN:PWS
File Standard Recall... Trigger Source
SYST:STAN:TRIG:SOUR
File Standard Recall... Recall
SYST:STAN:PRES
File Sensor Info...
SYSTem:SENS[1..4]:INFO?
File System Info...
SYSTem:INFO?
File Window Name
DISP:NAME
System Remote...
GPIB GPIB Address
SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR
System I/O...
Out 1 1234
OUTP:REC1:FEED or OUTP:TTL:FEED
System I/O...
Out 1 Analog
OUTP:REC1:STAT ON
System I/O...
Out 1 Pass/Fail
OUTP:TTL:STAT ON
System I/O...
Out 1 Off
OUTP:REC1:STAT ON
OUTP:TTL:STAT ON
System I/O...
Out 1 0 V Equivalent (if Analog is selected)
OUTP:REC1:LIM:LOW...
1144.1400.12
5.21
E-4
Remote Control - Fundamentals
R&S NRP
System I/O...
Out 1 3 V Equivalent (if Analog is selected)
OUTP:REC1:LIM:UPP...
System I/O...
Out 1 Fail (if Pass/Fail is selected)
OUTP:TTL:FAIL HIGH and
OUTP:TTL:HVOLT
System I/O...
Out 1 Pass (if Pass/Fail is selected)
OUTP:TTL:FAIL HIGH and
OUTP:TTL:LVOLT
System I/O...
I/O 2 1234
OUTP:REC2:FEED
System I/O...
I/O 2 Analog Out
OUTP:REC2:STAT ON
System I/O...
I/O 2 Trigger In
OUTP:REC2:STAT OFF
System I/O...
selected)
I/O 2 0 V Equivalent (if Analog Out is
OUTP:REC2:LIM:LOW...
System I/O...
selected)
I/O 2 3 V Equivalent (if Analog Out is
OUTP:REC2:LIM:UPP...
System Errorlist
SYSTem:ERRor?
DISP:ERR:STAT
Menu item in manual control
SCPI command in short form
System Test...
SYST:SENS[1..4]:TEST?
*TST?
Sensor ABCD / Init. Test
System Power Ref
OUTP:ROSC
System Display Update
DISP:UPD
System Misc... Beeper Key
SYST:BEEP:NOT:KEY
System Misc... Beeper Overload
SYST:BEEP:NOT:OVER
( Æ )
DISP:CONT
(DEL/1TRIG)
If the "Single" check box was enabled in the Scope mode,
pressing (DEL/1TRIG) sends a *TRG to the sensor.
({PRE}SET)
Opens the File menu
(FREQ)
SENS[1..4]:FREQ
(ZERO/CAL)
CAL:ZERO:AUTO
1144.1400.12
5.22
E-4
R&S NRP
Table of Contents 6
Table of Contents
6 Remote Control - Commands .................................................................................................6.1
Notation.......................................................................................................................................6.1
Types of Parameters.......................................................................................................6.3
Common Commands to IEEE 488.1 ..........................................................................................6.4
DCL - Device CLear.........................................................................................................6.4
GTL - Go To Local...........................................................................................................6.4
LLO - Local Lock Out ......................................................................................................6.4
PPC - Parallel Poll Configure...........................................................................................6.4
PPD - Parallel Poll Disable ..............................................................................................6.4
PPE - Parallel Poll Enable ...............................................................................................6.4
PPU - Parallel Poll Unconfigure.......................................................................................6.4
SDC - Selected Device Clear...........................................................................................6.4
SPD - Serial Poll Disable .................................................................................................6.5
SPE - Serial Poll Enable ..................................................................................................6.5
Common Commands to IEEE 488.2 ..........................................................................................6.5
*CLS - CLear Status .......................................................................................................6.5
*ESE 0..255 - Standard Event Status Enable.............................................................6.5
*ESE? - Standard Event Status Enable Query...............................................................6.5
*ESR? - Standard Event Status Register Query ............................................................6.5
*IDN? - IDeNtification Query..........................................................................................6.5
*IST? - Individual Status Query.....................................................................................6.6
*OPC - OPeration Complete ...........................................................................................6.6
*OPC? - OPeration Complete Query ..............................................................................6.6
*OPT? - OPTion Query ...................................................................................................6.7
*PRE 0..255 - Parallel Poll Enable Register Command .............................................6.7
*PRE? - Parallel Poll Enable Register Query .................................................................6.7
*PSC 0|1 - Power On Status Clear Command.............................................................6.7
*PSC? - Power On Status Clear Query ..........................................................................6.7
*RCL 0..19 - Recall .....................................................................................................6.7
*RST - Reset...................................................................................................................6.8
*SAV 1..19 - Save .......................................................................................................6.8
*SRE 0..255 - Service Request Enable ......................................................................6.8
*SRE? - Service Request Enable Query ........................................................................6.8
*STB? - Status Byte Query.............................................................................................6.8
*TRG - Trigger.................................................................................................................6.8
*TST? - Self Test Query .................................................................................................6.9
*WAI - Wait .....................................................................................................................6.9
1144.1400.12
I-6.1
E-4
Table of Contents 6
R&S NRP
SCPI Commands ......................................................................................................................6.10
Overview of Command Systems ..................................................................................6.10
High-Level Measurement Commands (CONFigure, MEASure, READ and FETCh) ....6.12
CALCulate (Configuration of Calculate Blocks) ............................................................6.24
CALibration ...................................................................................................................6.33
DISPlay .........................................................................................................................6.34
FORMat.........................................................................................................................6.42
MEMory.........................................................................................................................6.43
OUTPut .........................................................................................................................6.48
SENSe (Sensor Commands) ........................................................................................6.54
SERVice........................................................................................................................6.74
STATus .........................................................................................................................6.76
SYSTem......................................................................................................................6.101
TRIGger ......................................................................................................................6.112
UNIT............................................................................................................................6.118
List of Remote Control Commands ............................................................................................6.119
Compatibility Information ............................................................................................................6.134
Interfaces.......................................................................................................................................6.136
IEC/IEEE Bus Interface ..........................................................................................................6.136
Characteristics of the Interface ...................................................................................6.136
Bus Lines ....................................................................................................................6.137
Interface Functions .....................................................................................................6.138
Interface Messages.....................................................................................................6.139
Ethernet ..................................................................................................................................6.140
VXI11 ..........................................................................................................................6.140
Connection setup ........................................................................................................6.141
Remote control via VXI11 ...........................................................................................6.142
USB.........................................................................................................................................6.144
Standard Configurations .............................................................................................................6.144
1144.1400.12
I-6.2
E-4
R&S NRP
List of Figs. and Tables Chapter 6
Figs.
Fig. 6-1: Overview of SCPI command systems and their mutual interaction ........................................6.10
Fig. 6-2: SENSe system ........................................................................................................................6.11
Fig. 6-3: Command system CALCulate .................................................................................................6.11
Fig. 6-4: Relationship between the commands CONFigure, READ?, FETCh? and MEASure? ...........6.13
Fig. 6-5: Characteristic of analog outputs..............................................................................................6.49
Fig. 6-6: Voltage at TTL output..............................................................................................................6.53
Fig. 6-7: Meaning of drop-out TOLerance. ............................................................................................6.64
Fig. 6-8: MID parameter in the Timegate mode ....................................................................................6.65
Fig. 6-9: Timing parameters for the Timegate mode. ............................................................................6.66
Fig. 6-10: Timeslot parameters..............................................................................................................6.68
Fig. 6-11: Effect of commands SENS[1..4]:TIM:EXCL:STAR and :STOP ......................................6.73
Fig. 6-12: Standard SCPI status register...............................................................................................6.78
Fig. 6-13: Overview on structure of Status Reporting System ..............................................................6.81
Fig. 6-14: Operation Status Register .....................................................................................................6.82
Fig. 6-15: Questionable Status Register ...............................................................................................6.83
Fig. 6-16: Significance of the drop-out time parameter .......................................................................6.115
Fig. 6-17: Pin assignment of IEC/IEEE-bus interface..........................................................................6.136
Fig. 6-18: Ethernet connector ..............................................................................................................6.140
Fig. 6-19: The VXI11 protocol stack in the OSI reference model........................................................6.140
Fig. 6-20: Diagram of a VXI11 connection with several links ..............................................................6.141
Tables
Table 6-1: High-level measurement commands....................................................................................6.15
Table 6-2: Commands of the CALCulate system ..................................................................................6.24
Table 6-3: Output unit of measured value of calculate block. ...............................................................6.31
Table 6-4: Commands of the CALibration system.................................................................................6.33
Table 6-5: Commands of the DISPlay system ......................................................................................6.34
Table 6-6: Commands of the FORMat command system.....................................................................6.42
Table 6-7: Commands of the MEMory system ......................................................................................6.43
Table 6-8: Commands of the OUTPut system ......................................................................................6.48
Table 6-9: Voltage at TTL output...........................................................................................................6.53
Table 6-10: Commands of the SENSe system......................................................................................6.54
Table 6-11: Measurement modes..........................................................................................................6.61
Table 6-12: Commands of the SERVice command system ..................................................................6.74
1144.1400.12
I-6.3
E-4
List of Figs. and Tables Chapter 6
R&S NRP
Table 6-13: Queries for status registers ................................................................................................6.77
Table 6-14: Commands for the configuration of status registers ..........................................................6.77
Table 6-15: Decimal value of individual bits in the SCPI status register ...............................................6.79
Table 6-16: Meaning of bits used in the status byte..............................................................................6.84
Table 6-17: Meaning of bits used in the Device Status Register ..........................................................6.85
Table 6-18: Meaning of bits used in the Questionable Status Register ................................................6.86
Table 6-19: Meaning of bits used in the Standard Event Status Register ............................................6.87
Table 6-20: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Status Register......................................................6.88
Table 6-21: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Calibrating Status Register ...................................6.89
Table 6-22: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Measuring Status Register....................................6.90
Table 6-23: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Status Register......................................................6.91
Table 6-24: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Sense Status Register ..........................................6.92
Table 6-25: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Lower Limit Fail Status Register ...........................6.93
Table 6-26: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Upper Limit Fail Status Register ...........................6.94
Table 6-27: Meaning of bits used in the Questionable Power Status Register .....................................6.95
Table 6-28: Meaning of bits used in the Questionable Window Status Register ..................................6.96
Table 6-29: Meaning of bits used in the Questionable Calibration Status Register..............................6.97
Table 6-30: Initialization of device status ............................................................................................6.100
Table 6-31: Commands of the SENSe system....................................................................................6.101
Table 6-32: Valid parameter values for the SYSTem:KEY command. ..............................................6.104
Table 6-33: Preset and *RST value.....................................................................................................6.106
Table 6-34: Commands for setting the trigger system of a sensor .....................................................6.112
Table 6-35: Commands of the UNIT system .......................................................................................6.118
Table 6-36: Compatibility information about remote control commands .............................................6.134
Table 6-37: Interface functions of IEC/IEEE bus.................................................................................6.138
Table 6-38: Common commands ........................................................................................................6.139
Table 6-39: Addressed commands .....................................................................................................6.139
Table 6-40: Communications channels of a VXI11 connection...........................................................6.141
Table 6-41: VXI11 protocol functions ..................................................................................................6.143
1144.1400.12
I-6.4
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
6 Remote Control - Commands
Notation
In the following sections, all commands implemented in the device are first listed in a table according to
the command system and then described in detail. For the most part, the notation used complies with
SCPI specifications.
Command tables For a quick overview of available commands, the commands are listed in a table
before they are described. Except for the high-level measurement commands and
the STATus commands, these tables contain the following four columns.
Indentations
Command:
The commands and their hierarchical order
(see indentations).
Parameter:
Required parameters.
Unit:
Basic unit of physical parameters.
Remark:
This column indicates which commands
• do not have a query form
• are available as a query only
The various levels of the SCPI command hierarchy are shown in the table by
indentations to the right. The lower the level, the greater the indentation. It should
be noted that the complete notation of the command always includes the higher
levels.
Example:
SENSe[1..4]:AVERage:COUNt is shown in the table as follows:
SENSe[1..4] first level
:AVERage second level
:COUNt
third level
In the individual description, the command is shown in full length. An example of
the command is indicated at the end of the description.
[1 to 4] or [1 to 8] This notation indicates the numeric suffix of a command. With the SENSe
commands the suffix may assume the values 1 to 4; with the CALCulate and highlevel measurement commands the values 1 to 8. If the suffix is not specified, it is
internally set to 1.
1144.1400.12
6.1
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
[]
R&S NRP
Keywords and parameters in square brackets may be omitted in compound
commands. This will not change the meaning of the command. Therefore, not only
is there a short and a long form for the commands (distinguished here by lowercase
and uppercase letters) but also a short form which is created by omitting keywords.
For instance, the following commands are identical:
[SENSe[1..4]]
:CORRection
:GAIN2
[:INPut][:MAGNitude] 1
SENSe1:CORRection:GAIN2:INPut:MAGNitude 1
SENSe1:CORRection:GAIN2:INPut 1
SENSe1:CORRection:GAIN2 1
SENSe:CORRection:GAIN2 1
:CORRection:GAIN2 1
[?]
?
A question mark in square brackets at the end of a command indicates that this
command can either be used as a setting command (without question mark) or as a
query (with question mark). If the question mark is not in square brackets, the
command is a query only.
Example:
[SENSe[1..4]]:POWer[:AVG]:APERture[?]
SENS1:POW:AVG:APER 1ms sets the integration time in the ContAv mode to 1 ms.
SENS1:POW:AVG:APER? returns the currently set integration time.
SYSTem:SENSor3:INFO? queries information of sensor C which cannot be
modified. For this reason, this command is only available as a query.
|
(for commands)
A selection of keywords with an identical effect exists for several commands. These
keywords are entered in the same line and separated by a vertical bar. Only one of
these keywords has to be indicated in the header of the command. The effect of the
command is independent of the keyword entered.
Example:
SENSe[1..4] first level
:FREQuency second level
[:CW|:FIXed] third level
SENSe[1..4]:FREQuency:CW 1E6 is equivalent to
SENSe[1..4]:FREQuency:FIXed 1E6
|
(for parameters)
A vertical bar in the notation of parameters is used to separate alternative options
and is to be seen as an "or". The effect of the command differs depending on the
parameter stated.
Example:
Selection of parameter for the command INITiate:CONTinuous ON | OFF
ON or OFF can be specified as a parameter.
{}
1144.1400.12
Parameters in braces may be included in the command once, several times or not
at all.
6.2
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Types of Parameters
<NR1>
Stands for integers with sign.
Examples:
• 1
• -33
• 32767
<NRf>
Stands for floating point numbers that can also be written in
exponential notation.
Examples:
• 1
• 1.0
• -21.2345553e-6
<int_value>
Is an abbreviation for <NR1>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault.
<float_value>
Is an abbreviation for <NRf>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault.
<boolean>
Stands for ON|OFF|0|1, where ON and 1 are identical in meaning as
are OFF and 0.
<string>
Stands for character strings that have to be within single or double
quotes.
Examples:
• 'Harry Potter'
• "Sirius Black"
<block_data>
Stands for block data (
<non-decimal_numeric>
Is a non-decimal value in one of the following representations:
• binary (e. g. #b0111010101001110 or #B0111010101001110)
• hexadecimal (e.g. #h754e or #H754E)
• octal (e.g. #q72516 or #Q75216)
1144.1400.12
6.3
section "Parameters" on page 5.12).
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Common Commands to IEEE 488.1
The following messages are interface commands developed for the IEC/IEEE bus, which can be sent
when the ATN line is active ( section "IEC/IEEE Bus Interface", page 6.136).
DCL - Device CLear
All commands and messages in progress are aborted. The TRIGger system goes to the IDLE state,
input and output queues are cleared, and the parser is reset and waits for the beginning of a new
command. When INITiate:CONT ON is set, a new measurement is started. This command makes the
device ready to receive commands.
GTL - Go To Local
The device is set to local mode and can again be operated manually.
LLO - Local Lock Out
Deactivates the front-panel keypad with the exception of the power key ( Ø ) . In the LLO state, it is
possible to return to the LOCAL mode only by remote control (GTL command) or switching the
R&S NRP off and on again.
PPC - Parallel Poll Configure
Sets the device to the "Parallel Poll Addressed to Configure State" (PACS).
PPD - Parallel Poll Disable
In the PACS, the parallel poll function is deactivated with PPD.
PPE - Parallel Poll Enable
In the PACS, the parallel poll function is activated with PPE and the bit position and the sense bit are
set.
PPU - Parallel Poll Unconfigure
This command deactivates the parallel poll function without previous addressing.
SDC - Selected Device Clear
Same as DCL except that it applies to all devices that are currently in the listen mode.
1144.1400.12
6.4
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
SPD - Serial Poll Disable
Terminates the serial poll mode.
SPE - Serial Poll Enable
Activates the serial poll mode. When addressed as a talker, the device sends the status byte.
Common Commands to IEEE 488.2
The Common Commands to IEEE 488.2 are device commands that can be sent via the IEC/IEEE bus.
*CLS - CLear Status
Clears the status of the R&S NRP by resetting the following registers:
•
•
•
•
Status byte register
Standard event status register
Error / event queue
All SCPI status registers
Note:
The enable and transition registers (NTRansition and PTRansition) are not
changed!
*ESE 0..255 - Standard Event Status Enable
Sets the ENABle register of the Standard Event Status Register (ESR) to the specified value(
command STATus).
SCPI
*ESE? - Standard Event Status Enable Query
Returns the content of the ENABle register of the Standard Event Status Register
STATus).
SCPI command
*ESR? - Standard Event Status Register Query
Returns the content of the EVENt register of the Standard Event Status Register
STATus).
SCPI command
*IDN? - IDeNtification Query
Returns a string with information on the R&S NRP identity (device identification code). The string has
the following format <string1>,<string2>,<string3>,<string4>.
1144.1400.12
6.5
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Definition of string components:
<string1>
designation
<string2>
manufacturer
<string3>
serial number of the R&S NRP
<string4>
firmware version
*IST? - Individual Status Query
Returns the current value of the IST flag. The IST flag is described in section
Poll Enable Register (PPE)" on page 6.85.
"IST Flag and Parallel
*OPC - OPeration Complete
Sets the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register as soon as all currently executed
commands have been completed. This bit can be used to trigger a service request. *OPC must be at
the end of a program message.
*OPC? - OPeration Complete Query
After completion of all currently executed commands, the R&S NRP writes a "1" into the output queue.
Since *OPC? waits until all previous commands are executed, "1" is returned in all cases. *OPC?
basically functions like the *WAI command, but *WAI does not return a response. *OPC? is preferred to
*WAI because with *OPC?, the execution of commands can be queried from a controller program
before new commands are sent. This avoids an overflow of the input queue when too many commands
are sent that cannot be executed.
Unlike *WAI, *OPC? must be at the end of a program message.
1144.1400.12
6.6
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
*OPT? - OPTion Query
Returns a string to the output queue containing information about all options installed.
Option
Response string
1
"NRP-B1: Test generator installed"
2
"NRP-B2: Second channel interface installed"
3
"NRP-B3: Battery installed"
4
"NRP-B4: Ethernet interface installed"
5
"NRP-B5: Four channel interface installed"
6
"NRP-B6: Sensor A/B rear socket"
*PRE 0..255 - Parallel Poll Enable Register Command
Sets the Parallel Poll Enable Register to the defined value.
*PRE? - Parallel Poll Enable Register Query
Returns the current content of the Parallel Poll Enable Register.
*PSC 0|1 - Power On Status Clear Command
Determines whether the content of the ENABle registers is retained or cleared upon power-up.
*PSC 0
causes the status registers to retain their content. With appropriate configuration of the ESE
and SRE status registers, a service request may be triggered upon power-up.
*PSC 1
clears the registers.
*PSC? - Power On Status Clear Query
The query *PSC? reads out the content of the power-on-status-clear flag. The response can be "0" or
"1" .
*RCL 0..19 - Recall
Calls the device state which has been stored with the *SAV command under the indicated number. The
effect of *RCL 0 to 19 is the same as if one of the setups 0 to 19 had been selected in manual control.
*RCL 0 resets the device to the default state.
1144.1400.12
6.7
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
*RST - Reset
Sets the device to the defined default state and has almost the same effect as the SCPI command
SYSTem:PRESet. (Table 6-33). The table also provides default settings. The following table documents
the difference. SYST:PRES acts like the frontpanel key (PRES).
INITiate:CONTinuous
SENSe:AVERage:TCONtrol
*RST
OFF
REPeat
SYSTem:PRESet
ON
MOVing
*SAV 1..19 - Save
Stores the current device state under the indicated number.
*SRE 0..255 - Service Request Enable
Sets the Service Request Enable Register bits. This command determines the conditions under which a
service request is triggered.
*SRE? - Service Request Enable Query
Returns the value of the Service Request Enable Register.
*STB? - Status Byte Query
Returns the current value of the Status Byte Register.
*TRG - Trigger
Generates a BUS-trigger event. If the sensor is in the WAIT_FOR_TRG state and the source for the
trigger is set to BUS (TRIG:SOUR BUS), the sensor enters the MEASURING state. *TRG invalidates all
current measuring results. A query of measurement data following *TRG will thus always return the
measured value determined in response to *TRG.
Error messages:
-211
"Trigger ignored": No sensor is in the WAIT_FOR_TRG state.
-211
"Trigger ignored": A sensor is in the WAIT_FOR_TRG state but the trigger source is not BUS.
1144.1400.12
6.8
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
*TST? - Self Test Query
Triggers a selftest and returns 0 (no error found) or 1 (an error has occurred).
*WAI - Wait
Prevents the execution of new commands until one of the following criteria is met:
•
•
•
All previous commands have been executed.
A DCL command is received.
The device is switched off and on again (power-on-reset).
1144.1400.12
6.9
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
SCPI Commands
Overview of Command Systems
The SCPI commands described below are grouped in command systems according to their function.
Only the most important functions are shown in the figures.
M e a s u re d
v a lu e s
M E A S u r e m e n t ( h ig h - le v e l m e a s u r e m e n t c o m m a n d s )
D IS P la y
S E N S e
S Y S T e m
C A L C u la te
U N IT
F O R M a t
T R IG g e r
s e n s o r re fe re n c e d
c o m m a n d s y s te m s
M a n u a l c o n tro l
M E M o ry
S T A T u s
O U T P u t
In fo r m a tio n flo w
R e m o te c o n tro l
- IE C -B u s
- E th e rn e t
A n a lo g O u t
P o w e r R e fe re n c e
Fig. 6-1: Overview of SCPI command systems and their mutual interaction
Fig. 6-1 gives an overview of the SCPI command systems of the R&S NRP. The measured values are
forwarded to the SENSe block where they are processed and handed to the CALCulate blocks. The
values from the SENSe block are not immediately made available to the user, but only after they have
been processed in the CALCulate blocks. In the CALCulate blocks, the values of several sensors can
be processed together before they are output. MEASurement commands may be used to configure
SENSe and CALCulate blocks with a single command. This may considerably simplify operation of the
R&S NRP. The frequency-dependent correction tables for the measured values are managed by the
MEMory command system. The other command systems have the following functions:
DISPlay: Configures the reading on the R&S NRP display.
FORMat:
Sets the data format on the remote control interfaces.
OUTPut:
Switches the test generator on/off and calibrates it.
STATus:
Configures and queries the "Status Reporting System" (
SYSTem:
Makes different system settings that affect the operation of the R&S NRP.
UNIT:
Sets the output unit of the measured values.
1144.1400.12
6.10
page 5.15.).
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
SENSe System
Command system SENSe (incl. CALibration)
:RANGe
CALibration
:CORRection
:FREQuency
:APERture
:TIMing
:FUNCtion
- ContAv
- BurstAv
- Timeslot
- Scope
:AVERage
Measured values
:BUFFer
to CALCulate blocks
Fig. 6-2: SENSe system
This command system is used for configuring the sensors and determines the processing of measured
data in the sensors. The blocks have the following functions:
:RANGe
Shifts the range boundaries to increase the measurement accuracy.
CALibration Is a command system of its own and responsible for sensor calibration.
:CORRection
:FREQuency
Corrects measured values in three steps (fixed offset value, frequency-dependent
offset value and duty cycle).
:APERture
:TIMing
Determines the timeslot in which power values are averaged.
:FUNCtion
Determines a measurement mode.
:AVERage
Filters the measured values.
:BUFFer
Stores the measured values temporarily to optimize the speed of data transmission to
the remote controller.
CALCulate System
S E N
S E N
S E N
S E N
S e 1
S e 2
S e 3
S e 4
S E N
S E N
S E N
S E N
S e 1
S e 2
S e 3
S e 4
P r im a r y C h a n n e l
:F E E D 1
S e c o n d a ry C h a n n e l
:F E E D 2
:M A
- "(
- "(
- "(
- "(
- "S
- "R
- "R
T H :E X P R e s s io n
S E N S n )"
S E N S n - S E N S m )"
S E N S n + S E N S m )"
S E N S n / S E N S m )"
W R (S E N S n ,S E N S m )"
E F L (S E N S n ,S E N S m )"
L O S (S E N S n ,S E N S m )"
:R E L a tiv e
:D A T
:M IN
:M A X
:P T P
A ?
im u m :D A T A ?
im u m :D A T A ?
e a k :D A T A ?
U N IT
D a ta o u tp u t
:L IM it
C A L C u la te [1 ..8 ]
Fig. 6-3: Command system CALCulate
Eight CALCulate blocks are available to process the data supplied by the sensors. These blocks
process the results of up to 2 sensors (primary and secondary channel) together. A calculation function
can be selected for this purpose with the aid of :MATH:EXPRession. The result can then be correlated
to a reference value (:RELative) before it is made available to the user by the UNIT block. Measured
values can be monitored with the :LIMit commands.
1144.1400.12
6.11
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
High-Level Measurement Commands (CONFigure, MEASure, READ and FETCh)
The high-level measurement commands CONFigure, MEASure, READ and FETCh combine several
setting commands and thus simplify programming of the R&S NRP. The most convenient command is
MEASure. This command configures sensors and calculate blocks, initiates a measurement and
provides measurement results. The other commands perform only portions of these functions and thus
allow the user to make specific modifications between the individual steps.
Strictly speaking, the CONFigure command is not a measurement command because it does not yield
data and only configures a measurement. It differs from the other three high-level measurement
commands as follows: a question mark at the end of the command provides information on current
settings. With other commands, the question mark is compulsory and shows that the measured data is
queried.
The commands have different functions:
CONFigure:...
The calculate blocks and the associated sensors are configured by means of the
parameter list. A measurement is not started. A question mark at the end of the
command provides information on the parameters transferred by the last
CONFigure or MEASure command, respectively. Since the device settings can be
changed after a CONFigure, the query does not return the current device setup1.
CONFigure is performed internally by SENSe and CALCulate commands. One or
several measurement channels are configured as follows:
Measurement mode:
ContAv
Burst
Timeslot
Scope
INIT:CONT
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
TRIG:SOUR
IMM
INT
EXT
IMM
TRIG:COUN
1
1
1
1
TRIG:DEL:AUTO
ON
ON
ON
ON
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO
ON
ON
ON
-
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE
ON
ON
ON
-
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:SLOT
-
-
1
-
ON
ON
ON
ON
SENS:AVER:STAT
Is set as a function of the selected calculation
function.
UNIT:POW
UNIT:RAT
1 See also Annex "Compatibility Information".
1144.1400.12
6.12
E-4
R&S NRP
FETCh:...?
Remote Control - Commands
The last valid result is returned. The command is only completed after a valid
measurement has been performed. When BUS is set as the trigger source, a
measurement cannot be started after the FETCh command and an SCPI error is
output (-214, Trigger deadlock).
In compliance with SCPI 1999.0, different results can be queried with FETCh
without having to restart a measurement. This is only possible if the SENSe block is
not reconfigured. This is the case if only the calculation function (e.g.
:RATio:RELative) changes. In all other cases, an SCPI error (-221, Setting
conflict) is returned and the command aborted.
READ:...?
A measurement is started without further configuration and the measurement result
is returned. The parameter list is compared to the current settings before the
measurement is started. If the list does not agree, an SCPI error (-221, Setting
conflict) is returned and the command aborted. Apart from this check, READ
corresponds to the program message INIT:IMM; FETCh[1..8]:...?
MEASure:...?
Combines CONFigure and READ.
FETCh?
The FETCh? command without parameters has a special meaning. While
suppressing parameters normally means that default values are used and checked,
the current measured value under FETCh? is supplied when it is valid. If a
measured value is not yet available, processing is suspended until a valid result is
available.
READ?
Can be compared with FETCh?. READ?; starts a measurement and returns a
measured value without checking the current settings.
C O N F i g u r e
I N I T
F E T C h ?
C O N F i g u r e
R E A D ?
M E A S u r e ?
Fig. 6-4: Relationship between the commands CONFigure, READ?, FETCh? and MEASure?
1144.1400.12
6.13
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Syntactical Structure of High-Level Measurement Commands
The high-level measurement commands can be divided as follows:
<head><function>[<expression>][?] <parameter_list>
<head>
CONFigure[1..8], READ[1..8], MEASure[1..8], FETCh[1..8]
<function>
Selection of one of the measurement modes ContAv, ContAv with data
buffering, Burst, Timeslot or Scope. ( SENSe[1..4]:FUNCtion command
on page 6.61).
Keywords:
• [:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]
• [:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot
• [:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt
• :ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]
• :XTIMe[:POWer]
<expression>
Specification of a calculation function for the addressed CALCulate block (
CALCulate[1..8]:MATH:EXPRession command on page 6.29).
If <expression> is not specified, the measured value of the primary channel
is output.
Keywords:
• :RELative
• :DIFFerence
• :DIFFerence:RELative
• :SUM
• :SUM:RELative
• :RATio
• :RATio:RELative
• :RLOSs
• :SWR
• :REFLection
[?]
Queries must be terminated with an "?".
<parameter_list>
A list with parameters whose meaning is determined by the selected
<function>.
Since all four high-level measurement commands use the same parameter lists, they are described
together in this section.
1144.1400.12
6.14
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Table 6-1: High-level measurement commands
CONFigure commands
Measurement commands
Parameters
CONFigure[1..8]?
FETCh[1..8]?
READ[1..8]?
ContAv mode
CONFigure[1..8]
[:SCALar]
[:POWer]
[:AVG]
:RELative
:DIFFerence
:RELative
:SUM
:RELative
:RATio
:RATio:RELative
:SWR
:REFLection
:RLOSs
READ[1..8] | MEASure[1..8] |
FETCh[1..8]
[:SCALar]
[:POWer]
[:AVG]?
<contav_parameter_list>
:RELative?
<contav_parameter_list>
:DIFFerence?
<contav_parameter_list>
:RELative?
<contav_parameter_list>
:DIFFerence?
<contav_parameter_list>
:RELative?
<contav_parameter_list>
:RATio?
<contav_parameter_list>
:RATio:RELative?
<contav_parameter_list>
:SWR?
<contav_parameter_list>
:REFLection?
<contav_parameter_list>
:RLOSs?
<contav_parameter_list>
Timeslot mode
CONFigure[1..8]
[:SCALar]
[:POWer]:TSLot
[:AVG]
:RELative
:DIFFerence
:RELative
:SUM
:RELative
:RATio
:RATio:RELative
:SWR
:REFLection
:RLOSs
READ[1..8] | MEASure[1..8] |
FETCh[1..8]
[:SCALar]
[:POWer]:TSLot
<timeslot_parameter_list>
[:AVG]?
:RELative?
<timeslot_parameter_list>
:DIFFerence?
<timeslot_parameter_list>
:RELative?
<timeslot_parameter_list>
:DIFFerence?
<timeslot_parameter_list>
:RELative?
<timeslot_parameter_list>
:RATio?
<timeslot_parameter_list>
:RATio:RELative?
<timeslot_parameter_list>
:SWR?
<timeslot_parameter_list>
:REFLection?
<timeslot_parameter_list>
:RLOSs?
<timeslot_parameter_list>
Burst mode
CONFigure[1..8]
[:SCALar]
[:POWer]:BURSt
[:AVG]
:RELative
:DIFFerence
:RELative
:SUM
:RELative
:RATio
:RATio:RELative
:SWR
:REFLection
:RLOSs
1144.1400.12
READ[1..8] | MEASure[1..8] |
FETCh[1..8]
[:SCALar]
[:POWer]:BURSt
[:AVG]?
<burst_parameter_list>
:RELative?
<burst_parameter_list>
:DIFFerence?
<burst_parameter_list>
:RELative?
<burst_parameter_list>
:DIFFerence?
<burst_parameter_list>
:RELative?
<burst_parameter_list>
:RATio?
<burst_parameter_list>
:RATio:RELative?
<burst_parameter_list>
:SWR?
<burst_parameter_list>
:REFLection?
<burst_parameter_list>
:RLOSs?
<burst_parameter_list>
6.15
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
ContAv mode (with data buffering)
CONFigure[1..8]
:ARRay
[:POWer]
[:AVG]
:RELative
:DIFFerence
:RELative
:SUM
:RELative
:RATio
:RATio:RELative
:SWR
:REFLection
:RLOSs
READ[1..8] | MEASure[1..8] |
FETCh[1..8]
:ARRay
[:POWer]
[:AVG]?
<buffered_parameter_list>
:RELative?
<buffered_parameter_list>
:DIFFerence?
<buffered_parameter_list>
:RELative?
<buffered_parameter_list>
:DIFFerence?
<buffered_parameter_list>
:RELative?
<buffered_parameter_list>
:RATio?
<buffered_parameter_list>
:RATio:RELative?
<buffered_parameter_list>
:SWR?
<buffered_parameter_list>
:REFLection?
<buffered_parameter_list>
:RLOSs?
<buffered_parameter_list>
Scope mode
CONFigure[1..8]
:XTIMe
[:POWer]
1144.1400.12
READ[1..8] | MEASure[1..8] |
FETCh[1..8]
:XTIMe
[:POWer]?
<scope_parameter_list>
6.16
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Calculation Functions (<function>)
The CALCulate blocks receive measurement data from the sensors via input channels which are called
primary and secondary channel. The following functions are available for calculating the primary
channel (PC) and the secondary channel (SC).
One-parameter functions ( <source_list> = (@n); n = 1,2,3,4 )
-
PC
Yields the measured average power of the sensor assigned to
the PC.
:RELative
PC / reference value
The value measured in the PC is divided by the reference value
determined with the aid of one of the following commands:
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude]
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative:AUTO.
Two-parameter functions ( <source_list> = (@n),(@m); n = 1,2,3,4; m = 1,2,3,4 )
:DIFFerence
PC - SC
Yields the difference between the PC and SC. This means that
two sensors must be specified in <source_list>. This also
applies to the following functions.
:DIFFerence:RELative
(PC - SC) / reference value
The difference between the PC and SC is divided by the
reference value determined with the aid of one of the following
commands:
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude]
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative:AUTO.
:SUM
PC+ SC
Yields the sum of the PC and SC. The <source_list> must
therefore contain two sensors. This also applies to the following
functions.
:SUM:RELative
(PC + SC) / reference value
The sum of the PC and SC is divided by the reference value
determined with the aid of one of the following commands:
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude]
or
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative:AUTO.
:RATio
PC / SC
Yields the ratio of PC to SC.
:RATio:RELative
(PC / SC) / reference value
The ratio of the PC and SC is divided by the reference value
determined with the aid of one the following commands:
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude]
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative:AUTO.
1144.1400.12
6.17
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
:SWR
R&S NRP
1 + SC / PC
1
SC / PC
If the forward power of a wave is measured in the PC and the
reflected power in the SC, the measurement command yields the
standing wave ratio. The output unit is set to "One" (UNIT:RAT
O).
:REFLection
SC / PC
If the forward power of a wave is measured in the PC and the
reflected/transmitted power in the SC, the calculate block yields
the reflection coefficient/transmission factor of the DUT. The
output unit is set to "One" (UNIT:RAT O).
:RLOSs
20 log10 SC / PC
If the forward power of a wave is measured in the PC and the
reflected or transmitted power in the SC, the calculate block
yields the return loss/transmission loss of the DUT.
This function principally yields the same result as the :RATio
function. The only difference is the output unit which is
automatically set to dB by means of this command (UNIT:RAT
DB).
1144.1400.12
6.18
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Parameters (<parameter_list>)
Five different parameter lists are used in the command table, depending on the selected measurement
mode. The elements of these lists can be omitted starting at the end and working backward. They will
then be replaced by their default values. The parameter lists are defined as follows:
ContAv mode
<contav_parameter_list>
[<expected_value>
[,<resolution>]]
[,<source_list>]
Timeslot mode
<timeslot_parameter_list>
<tslot_width>,
<no_slots>,
<start_exclude> ,
<end_exclude>
[,<expected_value>
[,<resolution>]]
[,<source_list>]
Burst mode
<burst_parameter_list>
<dtolerance>,
<start_exclude> ,
<end_exclude>
[,<expected_value>
[,<resolution>]]
[,<source_list>]
ContAv mode
(with data buffering)
<buffered_parameter_list>
(<buffered_size>),
[<expected_value>
[,<resolution>]]
[,<source_list>]
Scope mode
<scope_parameter_list>
(<scope_size>),
<capture_time>
[,<source_list>]
The elements of the parameter lists have the following meaning:
<expected_value>
Value range: <float_value> | DEF
According to the SCPI-1999.0 standard, a value in the order of the
expected measured value can be specified. This allows the device to set
an adequate measurement range. This is not required in the R&S NRP
because the measurement is performed simultaneously in all measurement
ranges. Any value can therefore be specified for the <expected_value>
parameter, especially the DEFault value. The value is always ignored.
<resolution>
Value range:1 | 0.1 | 0.01 | 0.001 |
1 | 2 | 3
|
4
Default value: 3 (0.01)
Specifies the limit up to which the measurement result should be free of
noise. The R&S NRP tries to set an adequate window for the averaging
filter. This does not affect the accuracy of the measured data. The window
can only be set if automatic setting of the filter window has not been
disabled by the user (SENSe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO OFF). Since the
automatic setting is activated by CONF and MEAS? as a default, the user
normally does not need to alter this setting.
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:RESolution[?] 1 | 2
| 3 | 4,
1144.1400.12
6.19
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:RESolution[?]
1|2|3|4 and
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:RESolution[?]
| 0.001
1 | 0.1 | 0.01
Example:
If <resolution> is set to 3 or 0.01, three significant points are assigned
to the value when it is displayed on a linear scale. When a log scale is
used, 2 places are displayed after the decimal point.
<source_list>
Value range: (@n) | (@n),(@m)
Default value: (@1) or (@1),(@2)
n and m may assume the values 1, 2, 3 or 4.
With this list, sensors are assigned to the primary and possibly to the
secondary channel of a calculate block. The number for each sensor is
preceded by the character @ and the entire expression is enclosed in
parentheses.
Example:
(@1)is used for sensor A.
Example:
The values (@3),(@2) are set for <source_list>. Sensor C is
assigned to the primary channel and sensor B to the secondary channel.
The calculate blocks process the primary channel together with the
secondary depending on the desired function. If :RATio is selected as the
calculation function, the result from the calculate block is the ratio of the
values measured by sensor C and sensor B.
<tslot_width>
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
Width of a timeslot in the Timeslot mode.
SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot[:EXCLude]:MID:OFFSet[:TIME
][?]
<float_value>
Together with SENS:TSL:MID:TIME, this command allows a time interval
in the timeslots to be blanked out. SENS:TSL:MID:OFFS:TIME
determines the distance from the start of the timeslots to the start of the
interval to be blanked out (see also Fig. 6-10).
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot[:EXCLude]:MID[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
Activates or deactivates the blanking out of time intervals in the timeslots.
There is no direct command equivalent in the command groups of the
power sensors. Instead, the length of the interval is internally set to zero.
1144.1400.12
6.20
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
If the *RST value of SENS:TSL:MID:TIME equals zero, the *RST value of
SENS:TSL:MID:STAT is OFF, otherwise it is ON.
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot[:EXCLude]:MID:TIME[?]
<float_value>
Together with SENS:TSL:MID:OFFS:TIME, this command allows a time
interval in the timeslots to be blanked out. SENS:TSL:MID:TIME
determines the length of the interval to be blanked out (see also Fig. 6-10).
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot:[AVG]:WIDTh[?]
<float_value>
<no_slots>
Value range: depending on sensor
Default value: depending on sensor
Unit: Number of timeslots to be measured in the Timeslot mode.
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSlot:CHOPper[:STATe][?]
OFF
ON |
Activates and deactivates differentiation in the Timeslot mode when the
measured values are calculated. Zero offsets can be compensated by
differentiation. However, this adversely affects measurement speed
because differentiation must be performed for each measurement.
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:BURSt:CHOPper OFF implicitly deactivates
averaging, which is superfluous when differentiation is switched off.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot:COUNt[?] <int_value>
<start_exclude>
<end_exclude>
Value range: depending on sensor
Default value: depending on sensor
Unit: S
Amount of time at the beginning and the end of a timeslot or integration
period that should not be taken into account.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt[?] <float_value>
and
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STOP[?] <float_value>
1144.1400.12
6.21
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
<dtolerance>
R&S NRP
Value range: depending on sensor.
Unit: S
Default value: depending on sensor.
The length of a time interval in which the power level may drop below the
trigger level without the end of a power pulse being detected.
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:BURSt:CHOPper[:STATe][?]
OFF
ON |
Activates and deactivates differentiation in the Burst mode when the
measured values are calculated. Zero offsets can be compensated by
differentiation. However, this adversely affects measurement speed
because differentiation must be performed for each measurement.
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:BURSt:CHOPper OFF implicitly deactivates
averaging, which is superfluous when differentiation is switched off.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:BURSt:DTOLerance[?]
<float_value>
<capture_time>
Value range: depending on sensor.
Unit: S
Default value: depending on sensor.
Period within which measured data are captured in the Scope mode.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:TIME[?]
<float_value>
(<buffered_size>) Value range: depending on sensor.
Default value: depending on sensor.
Unit: Number of requested measured values.
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:BUFFer:SIZE[?]
<int_value>
(<scope_size>)
Value range: depending on sensor.
Default value: depending on sensor.
Unit: Number of measured values in one data set.
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:POINts
Note:
1144.1400.12
<int_value>
Refer to annex "Programming Measurements with the R&S NRP" for
application examples for the high level measurement commands.
6.22
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Error messages
24 "Sensor mode not supported": A sensor does not support a measurement mode.
-221 "Settings conflict": This error is generated when a FETCH or READ command is sent and the
current device settings do not correspond to the transmitted parameters. The parameters
transmitted in these two commands are not used for device configuration but rather to check the
settings.
-108 "Parameter not allowed": The parameter list contains unexpected parameter types or the
parameters are not sent in the correct order.
-127 "Invalid numeric data": An invalid value was specified for <resolution>.
-171 "Invalid expression": Error in the <source_list> parameter. Two sensors were specified
instead of one, or the specified sensor is not correct.
1144.1400.12
6.23
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
CALCulate (Configuration of Calculate Blocks)
The calculate blocks calculating the measurement results from the sensor data are configured with the
CALCulate command. Eight blocks are available, each with two input channels (primary and
secondary channel). The available sensors (1 to 4, depending on device configuration and connected
sensors) can be assigned to the channels. With the aid of a selectable function (CALC:MATH), the
channels can be processed together.
Table 6-2: Commands of the CALCulate system
Command
Parameter
Unit
CALCulate[1..8]
:DATA?
-
Remark
Query only.
The unit is the current
measurement result.
Query only.
The unit is the current
measurement result.
Query only.
The unit is the current
measurement result.
Query only.
The unit is the current
measurement result.
Query only.
The unit is the current
measurement result.
Query only.
The unit is the current
measurement result.
Query only.
The unit is the current
measurement result.
No query
unit of the
:MINimum:DATA?
-
-
:MAXimum:DATA?
-
-
:PTPeak:DATA?
-
-
:MEAN:DATA?
-
-
:SDEViation:DATA?
-
-
:COUNt:DATA?
-
-
:EXTRemes:RESet
:FEED[1..2][?]
:LIMit
:BEEP[?]
:CLEar[:IMMediate]
:AUTO[?]
:FAIL?
:FCOunt?
:UPPer
[:DATA][?]
<string>
-
ON|OFF
-
-
No query
<float_value>
-
The value range of the parameter
depends on the output unit of the
measured value.
:POWer[?]
<float_value>
:RATio[?]
<float_value>
DBM|
W|DBUV
DB|
DPCT|O
-
:STATe[?]
:LOWer
[:DATA][?]
ON|OFF
<float_value>
-
:POWer[?]
<float_value>
:RATio[?]
<float_value>
DBM|
W|DBUV
DB|
DPCT|O
-
:STATe[?]
:MATH
[:EXPRession][?]
:CATalog?
1144.1400.12
ON|OFF
<string>
-
-
6.24
unit of the
unit of the
unit of the
unit of the
unit of the
unit of the
No query
Query only
Query only
The value range of the parameter
depends on the output unit of the
measured value.
Query only
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Command
Parameter
:RELative
[:MAGNitude][?]
Unit
Remark
The value range of the parameter
depends on the output unit of the
measured value.
<float_value>
-
:AUTO[?]
:POWer[:MAGNitude][?]
OFF|ONCE
<float_value>
:RATio[:MAGNitude][?]
<float_value>
:STATe[?]
ON|OFF
DBM|
W|DBUV
DB|
DPCT|O
-
CALCulate[1..8][:MINimum | :MAXimum | :PTPeak | :MEAN |
:SDEViation | :COUNt]:DATA?
With this command the current output value of a calculate block can be queried.
If one of the optional keywords MAXimum, :MINimum, :PTPeak,:MEAN, :SDEViation or
:COUNt is specified, other values can be queried instead of the current measured value.
:MAXimum
:MINimum
Maximum and minimum of all measured values that previously occurred in this
calculate block. The two limit values are set to the current measured value when
• the device is switched on
• a reset is performed (*RST)
• the values are explicitly set to the current measured value using the command
CALCulate[1..8]:EXTRemes:RESet.
:PTPeak
Peak-to-peak distance (maximum to minimum) of the measured values of the
calculate block.
:MEAN
Mean value of all measured values of the calculate block. The mean value is reset
when the auxiliary values are reset. The following formula applies:
x=
:SDEViation
Unit:
N
i =1
xi
Standard deviation
of all measured values of the calculate block. The standard
deviation is calculated together with the mean value and reset. The following formula
applies:
2
:COUNt
1
N
=
1
N 1
N
i =1
(xi
x)
2
The number of measured values that are included when the mean value and
standard deviation are calculated (in the formulas above referred to as N).
Table 6-3 on page 6.31.
1144.1400.12
6.25
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
CALCulate[1..8]:EXTRemes:RESet2
The R&S NRP stores the maximum and minimum values for each calculate block. The current
measured value is stored with CALC[1..8]:EXTR:RES as the new minimum and maximum value.
The extreme values can be queried with CALC[1..8]:MIN:DATA? and CALC[1..8]:MAX:DATA?.
CALCulate[1..8]:FEED[1..2][?]
<string>
The sensors connected with the calculate block via the primary and secondary channel can yield
differently processed data: peak value, average value, peak-to-average value or even a measurement
sequence, as is the case in the Scope mode. The CALC:FEED determines which of this data is to be
processed by the calculate block. Depending on the measurement mode, the following settings are
possible:
Primary channel
measurement
mode
<string>
Meaning
ContAv
"POWer:AVERage"
Average value
Burst
"POWer:AVERage"
Average value
Timeslot
"POWer:AVERage"
Average value
Timegate
"POWer:AVERage"
Average value
"POWer:TRACe"
"POWer:AVERage ON SWEep[1..4]"
"POWer:PTAVerage ON SWEep[1..4]"
"POWer:PEAK ON SWEep[1..4]"
Measurement sequence
Average value in time gate 1, 2, 3 or 4
Peak-to-average value in time gate 1, 2, 3 or 4
Peak value in time gate 1, 2, 3 or 4
Scope
CALC:FEED is only important if used in the Scope mode. Average values are processed exclusively in
all other modes.
*RST value: "POW:AVER"
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:BEEP
ON | OFF
Switches the acoustic warning for limit violations on or off.
*RST value: OFF
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:CLEar[:IMMediate]
Resets the limit monitoring state and the internal counter for limit violations.
2 CALC:EXTR:RES is identical to CALC:PHOLd:CLEar. See Annex "Compatibility Information".
1144.1400.12
6.26
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:CLEar:AUTO
ON | OFF | ONCE
Automatically resets the limit monitoring state and the internal counter for limit violations if any of the
following events occurs:
•
•
•
•
INITiate[:IMMediate] is executed
INITiate:CONTinuous ON is executed
A MEASure? or MEASure:...? query is executed.
A READ? or READ:...? query is executed.
If the automatic function is set to ONCE, the counter is reset only when the next of these events occurs.
*RST value: OFF
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:FAIL?
Queries whether upper or lower limits have been exceeded. The status is reset by the following events
(0 = no limit violation):
•
•
•
The device is switched on
A reset is performed (*RST)
The CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:CLEar command is sent.
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:FCOunt?
This query returns the number of limit violations that occurred. The counter is zeroed when the following
events occur:
•
•
•
The device is switched on
A reset is performed (*RST)
The CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:CLEar command is sent.
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA][?]
<float_value>
This command sets a lower limit for the measured values. The R&S NRP can respond when the values
drop below this limit (see other CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit commands).
The parameter unit is determined according to Table 6-3.
The value range depends on the current output unit of the calculate block's measured value:
Unit of
measured
value
W
DBM
DBUV
DPCT
DB
O
Value range
-9.99999E5
..
9.99999E5
-120
..
90
-13.0103
..
196.897
-100
..
999.99
-200
..
200
-1E20
..
1E20
Unit:
Table 6-3 on page 6.31.
*RST value: 0 DBM or 0 DB
1144.1400.12
6.27
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]:POWer[?]
<float_value>
This command sets a lower limit for the measured power (unit W, DBM or DBUV). The R&S NRP can
respond when the values drop below this limit (see other CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit commands).
Unit: DBM | W | DBUV
Default unit: DBM
Value range: -120 DBM to 90 DBM
*RST value: 0 DBM
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]:RATio[?]
<float_value>
This command sets a lower limit for the measured power ratios (unit DB, DPCT or O). The R&S NRP
can respond when the ratios drop below this limit (see other CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit commands).
Unit: DB | DPCT | O
Default unit: DB
Value range: -200..200 DB
*RST value: 0 DB
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:LOWer:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
This command switches the monitoring function for the lower limit on or off.
*RST value: OFF
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA][?]
<float_value>
This command sets an upper limit for the measured values. The R&S NRP can respond when this limit
is exceeded (see other CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit commands).
The value range depends on the current output unit of the measured value of the calculate block.
Unit of
measured
value
W
DBM
DBUV
DPCT
DB
O
Value range
-9.99999E5
..
9.99999E5
-120
..
90
-13.0103
..
196.897
-100
..
999.99
-200
..
200
-1E20
..
1E20
Unit:
Table 6-3 on page 6.31.
*RST value: 0 DBM or 0 DB
1144.1400.12
6.28
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]:POWer[?]
<float_value>
This command sets an upper limit for the measured power (unit W, DBM or DBUV). The R&S NRP can
respond when this limit is exceeded (see other CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit commands).
Unit: DBM | W | DBUV
Default unit: DBM
Value range: -120 DBM to 90 DBM
*RST value: 0 DBM
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]:RATio[?]
<float_value>
This command sets an upper limit for the measured power ratios (unit DB, DPCT or O). The R&S NRP
can respond when this limit is exceeded (see other CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit commands).
Unit: DB | DPCT | O
Default unit: DB
Value range: -200 DB to 200 DB
*RST value: 0 DB
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:UPPer:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
This command switches the monitoring function for the upper limit on or off.
*RST value: OFF
CALCulate[1..8]:MATH[:EXPRession][?]
<string>
The <string> parameter may assume the following values (1, 2, 3 and 4 for n and m). A sensor must
be connected to the respective channel.
<string>
Meaning
"(SENS1)"
"(SENS2)"
"(SENS3)"
"(SENS4)"
The calculate block outputs the measured value of sensor A.
The calculate block outputs the measured value of sensor B.
The calculate block outputs the measured value of sensor C.
The calculate block outputs the measured value of sensor D.
"(SENSn-SENSm)"
The calculate block outputs the difference between the measured values of sensor n and
sensor m.
"(SENSn+SENSm)"
The calculate block outputs the sum of the measured values of sensor n and sensor m.
"(SENSn /SENSm)"
The calculate block outputs the quotient of the values measured by sensor n and m.
"SWR(SENSn,SENSm)"
1 + SENSm / SENSn
1
SENSm / SENSn
If sensor n measures the forward power of a wave and sensor m the reflected power, the
calculate block outputs the standing wave ratio of this wave. The output unit is set to percent
(UNIT:RAT PCT).
1144.1400.12
6.29
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
<string>
R&S NRP
Meaning
"REFL(SENSn,SENSm)"
SENSm / SENSn
If sensor n measures the forward power of a wave and sensor m the reflected/transmitted
power, the calculate block outputs the reflection coefficient/transmission factor of a DUT. The
output unit is set to percent (UNIT:RAT PCT).
20 log10
"RLOS(SENSn,SENSm)"
SENSm / SENSn
If sensor n measures the forward power of a wave and sensor m the reflected/transmitted
power, the calculate block outputs the return loss/transmission loss of a DUT. This function
principally supplies the same result as the (SENSn/SENSm) function. The difference is that
the output unit is automatically set to dB.
(UNIT:RAT DB).
This command selects a measurement function that processes one sensor or two together. The result
of this calculation is made available as a measured value and can be queried with FETch[1..8]? or
CALCulate[1..8]:DATA?.
*RST value:
CALC1:MATH
CALC2:MATH
CALC3:MATH
CALC4:MATH
CALC5:MATH
CALC6:MATH
CALC7:MATH
CALC8:MATH
"(SENS1)",
"(SENS2)",
"(SENS3)",
"(SENS4)",
"(SENS1)",
"(SENS1)",
"(SENS1)",
"(SENS1)".
Error messages:
-151
"Invalid string data": An invalid <string> parameter was transmitted.
CALCulate[1..8]:MATH[:EXPRession]:CATalog?
Lists all supported calculation functions. All functions are sent in the form of strings which are allowed
as parameters for the CALCulate[1..8]:MATH:EXPRession command.
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude][?]
<float_value>
This command determines a value that is used as a divisor (logarithmic subtraction) for all measured
values of the calculate block in the CALC:REL:STAT ON state. The unit of this value is equal to the unit
of the output value of the calculate block and is defined according to Table 6-3:
1144.1400.12
6.30
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Table 6-3: Output unit of measured value of calculate block.
CALC:MATH?
CALC:REL:STAT OFF
CALC:REL:STAT ON
"(SENSn)"
DBM | W | DBUV
DB | DPCT | O
"(SENSn-SENSm)"
DBM | W | DBUV
DB | DPCT | O
"(SENSn+SENSm)"
DBM | W | DBUV
DB | DPCT | O
"(SENSn/SENSm)"
DB | DPCT | O
DB | DPCT | O
"SWR(SENSn,SENSm)"
O
-
"REFL(SENSn,SENSm)"
O
-
"RLOS(SENSn,SENSm)"
DB
-
The value range depends on the current output unit of the measured value of the calculate block.
Unit of
measured
value
W
DBM
DBUV
DPCT
DB
O
Value range
-9.99999E5
..
9.99999E5
-120
..
90
-13.0103
..
196.897
-100
..
999.99
-200
..
200
-1E20
..
1E20
Unit:
Table 6-3.
*RST value: 0 DBM or 0 DB
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative:POWer[:MAGNitude] [?]
<float_value>
Has the same direct effect as CALC:REL on the reference value for measured values that share the unit
of a power.
Unit: DBM | W
Default unit: DBM
Value range: 1e-18..1e18 W | -150..210 DBM
*RST value: 0 DBM
1144.1400.12
6.31
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative:RATio[:MAGNitude] [?]
<float_value>
Has the same direct effect as CALC:REL on the reference value for measured values that share the unit
of a power ratio.
Unit: DB | PCT
Default unit: DB
Value range: -200..200 DB | 1e-18..1e22 PCT
*RST value: 0 DB
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude]:AUTO[?]
OFF | ONCE
Sets the current measured value as the reference value. When used as a setting command, this
command can only be called by the parameter ONCE. OFF will be ignored. OFF is always returned in
response to a query.
*RST value: OFF
Error messages:
-230
"Data corrupt or stale": The current measured value is invalid.
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
Determines whether a reference value is used. If this command is called with ON, all results of the
calculate block are divided by the reference value set with
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude].
*RST value: OFF
1144.1400.12
6.32
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
CALibration
Table 6-4: Commands of the CALibration system
Command
Parameter
CALibration[1..4|:ALL]
:ZERO
:AUTO[?]
:DATA[?]
Unit
ON|OFF|ONCE
<block_data>
CALibration[1..4|:ALL]:ZERO:AUTO[?]
Remark
ON | OFF | ONCE
The CALibration[1..4]:ZERO:AUTO ONCE command performs zeroing using the signal at the
sensor input. The sensor must be disconnected from all power sources. If the signal at the input
considerably deviates from 0 W, an error message is issued and the command is aborted (SCPI error 231, "Data questionable; ZERO ERROR").
When used as a setting command, CAL[1..4]:ZERO:AUTO accepts only the parameter ONCE (start of
zeroing); OFF is ignored and ON is not accepted. A query returns ON if a calibration is running, in all
other cases OFF.
The command is overlapping, i.e. other commands can be sent to the R&S NRP while one or more
calibrations are running.
Zeroing is recommended if
•
•
•
•
the temperature has varied by more than about 5 °C,
the sensor has been replaced,
no zeroing was performed in the last 24 hours,
signals of very low power are to be measured, for instance, if the expected measured value is less
than 10 dB above the lower measurement range limit.
*RST value: OFF
Error messages:
-224
"Illegal parameter value": The transfer parameter is a numeric value unequal 0 (corresponds to
OFF).
CALibration[1..4|:ALL]:DATA[?] <block_data>
This command is used to read and write binary calibration data sets for the sensors.
1144.1400.12
6.33
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
DISPlay
The DISPlay command system is mainly used to configure the display of windows on the R&S NRP.
The WINDow commands are assigned to the calculate blocks 1 to 4. The values calculated from the
sensor values by the respective calculate block with the aid of the measurement function are displayed.
Table 6-5: Commands of the DISPlay system
Command
Parameter
DISPlay
:ILLumination[?]
<boolean>
-
<boolean>
-
-
-
-
-
:ERRorlist[:STATe][?]
:MESSage
[:STATe][?]
:TEXT
:CLEar
[:DATA]
:TYPE[?]
:PIXMap?
:UPDate[?]
[:WINDow][1..4]
:AVALue[?]
:FORMat[?]
:METer | :ANALog
:AUTo[?]
:LOWer[?]
QUERy|MESSage
NORMal|SLOW|FREeze
NONE
|
NORMal
|
EXTRemes | STATistics
DIGital|ANALog|
GRAPhical
-
ONCE|OFF
<float_value>
-
:POWer[?]
<float_value>
:RATio[?]
<float_value>
:UPPer[?]
<float_value>
:RATio[?]
<float_value>
:UPPer[?]
:TSLot[?]
:WINDow
:SELect[?]
:SIZE[?]
No query
No query
Query only
-
The value range of the parameter
depends on the output unit of the
measured value.
depends on the output unit of the
measured value.
<string>
1|0.1|0.01|0.001
ON|OFF
<float_value>
DBM|
W|DBUV
DB|
DPCT|O
DBM|
W|DBUV
DBM|
W|DBUV
-
<float_value>
<int_value>
1|2|3|4
NORMal|ZOOMed
DISPlay:ILLumination[?]
Remark
DBM|
W|DBUV
DB|
DPCT|O
The value range of the parameter
-
<float_value>
:POWer[?]
:NAME[?]
:RESolution[?]
[:STATe][?]
:TRACe
:LOWer[?]
Unit
-
ON | OFF3
This command switches the backlighting (ON) or (OFF). Backlighting is switched on again in case of a
reset.
*RST value: ON
3 DISP:ILL is identical to DISP:ENABle. See Annex "Compatibility Information".
1144.1400.12
6.34
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
DISPlay:ERRorlist[?]
ON | OFF
Displays (ON) or removes (OFF) a windows which contains the contents of the SCPI error queue. The
queue may be deleted by pressing the ( DEL ) key.
*RST-Value: OFF
DISPlay:MESSage[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
Displays a window containing a user-defined message. The message text is defined via
DISP:MESS:TEXT. In addition, DISP:MESS:TYPE can select between two types of message windows.
Calling the command with the OFF parameter is ignored if DISP:MESS:TYPE QUERy is set, because in
this case a window must be closed by pressing the (¶MENU) key.
*RST value: OFF
DISPlay:MESSage:TEXT:CLEar
Deletes the stored text for user-defined messages.
DISPlay:MESSage:TEXT[:DATA]
<string>
Defines the text that can be displayed in a message window. The text can contain ASCII characters
from code 32 (" ") to code 126 ("~"). The string "\n" is interpreted as a line break. Up to 4 lines
(DISP:MESS:TYPE MESS) or up to 2 lines (DISP:MESS:TYPE QUERy) can be shown. The length of a
line depends on the characters used, because a proportional font is used. Lines that are too long are
cut off, which is indicated by "..." at the end of the line.
*RST value: none
DISPlay:MESSage:TYPE
QUERy | MESSage
Sets the mode for the expected user response, if the window with the user-defined message is
displayed:
QUERy
The message window must be closed by pressing the (¶MENU) key. The execution of
remote control commands is blocked until this has been done.
MESSage
Remote control command processing is immediately continued. The message window
must be closed with DISP:MESS OFF if it is no longer needed.
*RST value: MESSage
1144.1400.12
6.35
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
DISPlay:PIXMap? <block_data>
Supplies the display content as binary block data. The content is sent line by line with one bit
corresponding exactly to one pixel.
Example:
DISP:PIXM? returns: #49600xxxxxxx...x, with x in binary format comprising the display contents.
DISPlay:UPDate[?] NORMal | SLOW | FREeze
Adjust the update frequency of the measured values in the display. In case of discontinuities in the
voltage progress at the analog outputs display updates may be suspended with DISP:UPD FREeze.
The display won't consume CPU time in this state.
*RST-Value: NORMal
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:AVALue[?] NONE| NORMal |
EXTRemes | STATistics
Determines which additional information about the measured values is shown in the display (right-hand
side, next to the main measured values).
NONE
No additional information about the measured values is displayed.
NORMal
The display is a function of the SENS:FUNCtion of the measurement mode of the
primary channel and the CALC:FEED setting.
Primary channel in the Scope mode:
The top line displays the frequency of the primary channel. The two lower lines and
the main measured value window display Average, Peak and PeakToAverage.
CALC:FEED determines which of the three quantities is displayed in the main
measured value window. The other two quantities are displayed on the right-hand
side, below the frequency.
Primary channel not in the Scope mode:
Only the frequency of the primary channel and, if applicable, the frequency of the
secondary channel are displayed.
EXTRemes
Minimum, maximum and peak-to-peak (maximum to minimum) of all measured values
displayed since the last CALC:EXTR:RES, PowerOn or AuxVal Reset are shown
(manual operation). With logarithmic units, the peak-to-peak value equals the quotient
of the measured values converted into linear units.
STATistics
The mean value, the standard deviation and the number of all measured values
displayed since the last CALC:EXTR:RES, PowerOn or AuxVal Reset are shown
(manual operation) (see also CALCulate:...:DATA? on page 6.24).
*RST value: NONE
1144.1400.12
6.36
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:FORMat[?]
DIGital | ANALog | GRAPhical
Selects the display mode for measured data.
DIGital
Measured values are displayed in numeric format.
ANALog
Measured values are indicated by a marker on a scale. The values at the upper and
lower scale end as well as the type of scaling (linear or logarithmic) are set with the
following :METer commands.
GRAPhical
Measured values are plotted over time. This kind of presentation is possible only if the
Primary Channel is operated in Scope mode.
*RST value: DIGital
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:AUTo[?]
ONCE | OFF
DISP:AUTO ONCE automatically determines scaling for the analog display. The upper and the lower
limit value of the display is set as a function of the current measurement data. Only the ONCE parameter
is permissible; a query always supplies the value OFF.
*RST value: OFF
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:LOWer[?]
<float_value>
Sets the lower limit value of the analog scale.
The value range depends on the current output unit of the measured value of the window.
Unit of measured value
Value range for
<float_value>
W
DBM
PCT
DB
1e-18..1e18
-150..210
1e-18..1e22
-200..200
Unit:
Table 6-3 on page 6.31.
*RST value: -90 DBM or -120 DB
1144.1400.12
6.37
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:LOWer:POWer[?]
<float_value>
Sets the lower limit value of the analog scale. This value is used if the unit of the measurement result is
Watt, dBm or dBIV, i.e. the measurement result is a power.
Unit: DBM | W | DBUV
Default unit: DBM
Value range: see DISPlay[:WINDow]:METer|:ANALog:LOWer[?]
*RST value: -90 DBM
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:LOWer:RATio[?]
<float_value>
Sets the lower limit value of the analog scale. This value is used if the unit of the measurement result is
dB, percent or the number 1, i.e. the measurement result is a power ratio.
Unit: DB | DPCT | O
Default unit: DB
Value range: see DISPlay[:WINDow]:METer|:ANALog:LOWer[?]
*RST value: -120 DB
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:UPPer[?]
<float_value>
Sets the upper limit value of the analog scale.
The value range depends on the current output unit of the measured value of the window.
Unit of
measured
value
W
DBM
DBUV
DPCT
DB
O
Value range
-9.99999E5
..
9.99999E5
-120
..
90
-13.0103
..
196.897
-100
..
999.99
-200
..
200
-1E20
..
1E20
Unit:
Table 6-3 on page 6.31.
*RST value: 30 DBM or 60 DB
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:UPPer:POWer[?]
<float_value>
Sets the upper limit value of the analog scale. This value is used if the unit of the measurement result is
Watt, dBm or dBIV, i.e. the measurement result is a power.
Unit: DBM | W | DBUV
Default unit: DBM
Value range: see DISPlay[:WINDow]:METer|:ANALog:UPPer[?]
*RST value: 30 DBM
1144.1400.12
6.38
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:UPPer:RATio[?]
<float_value>
Sets the upper limit value of the analog scale. This value is used if the unit of the measurement result is
dB, percent or the number 1, i.e. the measurement result is a power ratio.
Unit: DB | DPCT | O
Default unit: DB
Value range: see DISPlay[:WINDow]:METer|:ANALog:UPPer[?]
*RST value: 60 DB
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:NAME[?]
<string>
Determines the string to be displayed in the titlebar of the respective window. The reset values depend
on the window (<n> = 1, 2, 3 or 4).
*RST value: ""
Example:
DISP1:NAME "Power In"
DISP2:NAME "Power Out"
The measured values in the display are now visually assigned to the different test points in the test
setup. (Input power in window 1, output power in window 2).
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:RESolution[?]
1 | 0.1 | 0.01 | 0.001
Specifies the number of significant places of the mantissa when the measurement result is displayed on
a linear scale. The R&S NRP tries to adjust the averaging filter range so that the display noise
decreases with increasing resolution. The values of the transfer parameter have the following meaning:
Parameter
Linear scale of measurement result
Logarithmic scale of measurement result
1
1 significant place
No decimal place
0.1
2 significant places
1 decimal place
0.01
3 significant places
2 decimal places
0.001
4 significant places
3 decimal places
Note:
Automatic
filter
ranging
must
be
switched
on
(SENSe[1..4]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO ON). DISP[1..8]:RES has an
effect on the setting SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES of the sensors
used in the measurement function (CALC[1..8]:MATH). However, the
resolution setting of the sensors does not affect the resolution of values in
the display.
This command corresponds to the <resolution> option of the high-level measurement commands
CONFigure, FETCH, READ and MEASure.
*RST value: 0.01
1144.1400.12
6.39
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Error messages:
-127
"Invalid numeric data": An invalid number was specified for the resolution.
Example:
DISP:WIND1:RES 0.1
With a measured value of 123.456789 W, the first two places are free of noise and thus 120 W is
displayed.
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4][:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
Opens or closes a window. When a window is closed the other windows are automatically expanded so
that the free space is utilized. Likewise, open windows become smaller when a new one is opened.
*RST value: ON (Window 1)
OFF (Window 2,3,4)
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:TRACe:LOWer[?]
<float_value>
Sets the lower limit for the power axis in the Scope mode. The value range depends on the unit.
Unit of measured value
W
DBM
DBUV
Value range
-999.999E3
..
999.999E3
-120
..
90
-13.010
..
136.990
Default unit: DBM
Unit: DBM | W | DBUV
Value range: see above
*RST value: -120 DBM
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:TRACe:UPPer[?]
<float_value>
Sets the upper limit for the power axis in the Scope mode. The value range depends on the unit.
Unit of measured value
W
DBM
DBUV
Value range
-999.999E3
..
999.999E3
-120
..
90
-13.010
..
136.990
Default unit: DBM
Unit: DBM | W | DBUV
Value range: see above
*RST value: 30 DBM
1144.1400.12
6.40
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:TSLot[?]
<int_value>
Sets the displayed timeslot, if the primary or secondary channel is operated in the Timeslot mode.
Value range: depends on sensor
*RST value: 1
DISPlay:WINDow:SELect[?]
1 | 2 | 3 | 4
Selects a window.
*RST value: 1
DISPlay:WINDow:SIZE[?]
NORMal | ZOOMed
Sets the window size.
NORMal
The window size is determined automatically and depends on the total number of open
windows.
ZOOMed
The selected window (DISP:WIND:SEL[?]) is set to maximum size, regardless of the
the number of visible windows. Any other open windows are covered.
*RST value: NORMal
1144.1400.12
6.41
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
FORMat
The FORMat command system sets the format of numeric data (measured values) that is exchanged
beween the remote control computer and the R&S NRP if high-level measurement commands are
used.
Table 6-6: Commands of the FORMat command system
Command
Parameter
FORMat[:READings]
:BORDer[?]
[:DATA][?]
NORMal | SWAPped
ASCii | REAL
FORMat[:READings]:BORDer[?]
Unit
Remark
-
NORMal | SWAPped
Influences the order of bytes in 64-bit binary data.
NORMal
The 1st byte is the MSB (most significant byte), the 8th byte the LSB (least significant
byte).
This fulfills the Big Endian convention (Big Endian: "the big end comes first").
SWAPped
The 1st byte is the LSB (least significant byte), the 8th byte the MSB (most significant
byte).
This fulfills the Little Endian convention.
*RST value: NORMal
FORMat[:READings][:DATA][?]
ASCii | REAL
Specifies whether numeric data is sent as block data in binary form (REAL) or as character strings in
plain text (ASCII).
*RST value: ASCii
1144.1400.12
6.42
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
MEMory
The MEMory system is used for storing device states (:STATe) and correction tables (:TABLe).
:STATe
To allow a rapid and convenient changeover between device setups for different applications,
up to 20 setups can be stored in the device. The setup with the number 0 is the default setup
made in the factory. This setup can neither be changed nor cleared.
:TABLe
Tables can be stored for a frequency-dependent correction of measured values. Up to 10
tables with two columns and up to 80 entries (lines) can be created. Thus, not only the
sensors but also the frequency response of various test assemblies can be compensated for
during the measurement.
The tables are selected with [SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOT[:SELect]and then
activated and deactivated with [SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOT[?]:STATe.
Names can be assigned to the tables. Some commands which do not specify a table name
affect the table currently selected with MEM:TABL:SEL <name>.
Note:
Stored data is not affected by an *RST command.
Table 6-7: Commands of the MEMory system
Command
MEMory
:CATalog
[:ALL]?
:STATe?
:TABLe?
:CLEar
[:NAME]
:TABLe
:FREE
[:ALL]?
:STATe?
:TABLe?
:NSTates?
:STATe
:CATalog?
:DEFine|:MAP[?]
:TABLe
:FREQuency[?]
:POINts?
:GAIN
[:MAGNitude][?]
:POINts?
:MAP[?]
:MOVE
:SELect[?]
1144.1400.12
Parameter
Unit
Remark
-
-
Query only
Query only
Query only
<name>
-
-
No query
No query
-
-
Query only
Query only
Query only
Query only
<string>, 0..19
-
Query only
<NRf>{,<NRf>}
-
HZ
-
<NRf>{,<NRf>}
<string>, 0..9
<string>,<string>
<string>
6.43
Query only
DB|PCT
Query only
No query
-
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
MEMory:CATalog[:ALL]?
Lists the names of all stored device states and correction tables. The length of the response depends
on how many device states and tables are stored. It has the following format:
<NR1>, <NR1> {,"<string>"}
The first two values denote the length in bytes of the occupied RAM and of the RAM still available for
storing states and tables. These values are followed by a string for each stored state and then for each
stored table; this string again consists of two strings and a numeric value:
<string>, <type>, <NR1>
<string> gives the name of the stored data item, <type> the type (TABL or STAT) and <NR1> the length
of the data item in bytes.
Example:
The response to query MEM:CAT? could be:
956,99044,"REFL,STAT,408","NRPZ21,TABL,432","SPLITTER1,TABL,116"
MEMory:CATalog:STATe?
This query only gives a
MEMory:CATalog[:ALL]?.
list
of
stored
device
states
and
is
otherwise
identical
with
MEMory:CATalog:TABLe?
This query only gives a list of stored correction tables and is otherwise identical with
MEMory:CATalog[:ALL]?.
MEMory:CLEar[:NAME]
<string>
Clears the content of the correction table or the stored device state with the designation <name>. The
table is maintained but does not contain entries.
Caution:
This command cannot be cancelled. Cleared values are irretrievably lost.
MEMory:CLEar:TABLe
This command may be used as an alternative to MEMory:CLEar[:NAME] <string>. The content of the
table currently selected with MEMory:TABLe:SELect[?] <string> is cleared.
MEMory:FREE[:ALL]?
Returns the number of bytes available in memory for storing correction tables and device states as well
as the memory already used.
1144.1400.12
6.44
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
MEMory:FREE:STATe?
Returns the number of bytes available in memory for storing device states as well as the memory
already used for device states.
MEMory:FREE:TABLe?
Returns the number of bytes available in memory for storing device states as well as the memory
already used for device states.
MEMory:NSTates?
Returns the number of storable device states. Since 20 device states can be stored, 20 is always
returned.
MEMory:STATe:CATalog?
Returns a list of names of stored device states in the format
<string>{,<string>}
MEMory:STATe:DEFine|:MAP <string>, 1..19
MEMory:STATe:DEFine|:MAP? <string>
The value 0 to 19 are assigned to the memory locations of the device states, where the memory
location with the number 0 is the factory-set state and cannot be changed. Names (<string>) can be
assigned to these numbers with MEM:STAT:DEF (except for the factory-set state). The command
MEM:CLE[:NAME] expects parameters that are actually strings rather than the numbers of the memory
locations. The default names of these memory locations are "Setup 0" to "Setup 19". The name may
contain the characters A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9 and "_".
The query of this command returns the number of the memory location with the name of <string>.
MEMory:TABLe:FREQuency[?]
<NRf>{,<NRf>}
This command enters frequencies in the first column of the table selected with MEM:TABL:SEL.
Existing data for frequencies will be overwritten. The number of frequencies should match the number
of offset values. If the number of frequencies differs from the number of offset values, the shorter
column length will be used.
SENS[1..4]:FREQ can be used to determine a frequency for which a correction factor is then defined by
means of the offset table. If the exact frequency selected is not in the table, the values in the table are
interpolated. If the selected frequency is outside the specified frequency range, the frst or last offset
value of the table is selected. Interpolation is linear in the units HZ and DB.
Unit: HZ
*RST values: Tables are not changed in case of a *RST.
1144.1400.12
6.45
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
MEMory:TABLe:FREQuency:POINts?
Returns the number of entries (lines) in the table selected with MEM:TABL:SEL <name>.
MEMory:TABLe:GAIN[:MAGNitude][?] <NRf>{,<NRf>}
This command enters offset values in the second column of the table selected with MEM:TABL:SEL.
Existing data for offset values will be overwritten. The number of frequencies should match with the
number of offset values. If the number of frequencies differs from the number of offset values, the
shorter column length will be used.
A frequency can be determined with SENS[1..4]:FREQ, for which a correction factor is then
calculated by means of the offset table. If the exact frequency selected is not in the table, the values in
the table are interpolated. If the selected frequency is outside the specified frequency range, the first or
last offset value of the table is selected. Interpolation is linear in the units HZ and DB.
Unit: DB | PCT
Default unit: DB
*RST values: Tables are not changed in case of *RST.
MEMory:TABLe:GAIN:POINts?
Returns the number of entries (lines) in the table selected with MEM:TABL:SEL <string>.
MEMory:TABLe:MAP <string>, 1..9
MEMory:TABLe:MAP? <string>
The numbers 0 to 9 are permanently assigned to the memory locations for device states. Names
(<string>) can be assigned to the numbers with MEM:TABL:MAP. The MEM:CLE[:NAME],
MEM:TABL:MOVE and MEM:TABL:SEL commands expect these names as parameters, not the
numbers of the memory locations. By default the tables are assigned the names "Table 1" to "Table
10". The name can contain the characters "A" to "Z", "a" to "z", "0" to "9" and "_".
The query form of this command returns the number of the memory location with the name <string>.
MEMory:TABLe:MOVE
<string>,<string>
This command allows tables to be renamed. The first parameter specifies the old name, the second the
new name. No data is copied, i.e. only the name of the table changes.
Example:
The command MEM:TABL:MOVE "Table 1","Test setup" renames the table "Table 1" into "Test
setup" .
1144.1400.12
6.46
E-4
R&S NRP
MEMory:TABLe:SELect[?]
Remote Control - Commands
<string>
Selects the table name < string>. The following commands affect this table:
•
•
•
MEMory:CLEar[:NAMe] <string>
MEMory:CLEar:TABLe
all MEMory:TABLe commands
The selection is not changed in case of an *RST or a SYSTem:PRESet.
*RST value: none
Error messages:
-256
"File name not found": A table named <string> is not known.
1144.1400.12
6.47
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
OUTPut
The OUTPut system serves for generator configuration. The R&S NRP can be equipped with an
optional RF test generator which produces a reference power of 1 mW at 50 MHz. Moreover, the
analog outputs at the rear of the power meter can be configured.
Table 6-8: Commands of the OUTPut system
Command
Parameter
Unit
OUTPut
:RECorder[1|2]
:FEED[?]
:LIMit
:LOWer[?]
<string>
-
<float_value>
-
:POWer[?]
<float_value>
:RATio[?]
<float_value>
:UPPer[?]
<float_value>
:POWer[?]
<float_value>
:RATio[?]
<float_value>
:STATe[?]
:ROSCillator
[:STATe][?]
:CALibration
:READ?
:WRIte
:TTL[1]
:ACTive[?]
:FAIL[?]
:FEED[?]
:HVOLtage
:LVOLtage
:STATe[?]
ON|OFF
The value range of the parameter
depends on the output unit of the
measured value.
DBM|
W|DBUV
DB|
DPCT|O
The value range of the parameter
depends on the output unit of the
measured value.
DBM|
W|DBUV
DB|
DPCT|O
-
ON|OFF
<NR1>
<NR1>,<NR1>
-
LOW|HIGH
HIGH|LOW
<string>
<float_value>
<float_value>
ON|OFF
V
V
-
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:FEED[?]
Remark
Option R&S NRP-B1
Option R&S NRP-B1
Option R&S NRP-B1
<string>
Assigns a calculate block to one of the two analog outputs. On the basis of the set characteristic, the
measured value is converted to a DC voltage that can be tapped at the appropriate output.
Value range: "CALC1", "CALC2", "CALC3", "CALC4"
*RST value:
output 1: "CALC1"
output 2: "CALC2"
1144.1400.12
6.48
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:LOWer[?]
<float_value>
Voltage
3.3 V
3.0 V
Power
0.0 V
OUTP:REC:LIM:LOW
OUTP:REC:LIM:UPP
Fig. 6-5: Characteristic of analog outputs
Specifies the lower power limit of the characteristic for one of the two analog outputs (
unit corresponds to the output unit of the measured value.
Fig. 6-5). The
The value range also depends on which output unit the measured value in the window currently has:
Unit of
measured
value
W
DBM
DBUV
DPCT
DB
O
Value range
-9.99999E5
..
9.99999E5
-120
..
90
-13.0103
..
196.897
-100
..
999.99
-200
..
200
-1E20
..
1E20
Unit:
Table 6-3 on page 6.31.
*RST value: -20 DBM or 0 DB
Note:
The characteristic is linear in the selected unit of the measured value.
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:LOWer:POWer[?]
<float_value>
Specifies the lower power limit of the characteristic for one of the two analog outputs if the associated
calculate block returns a power (unit DBM, W or DBUV) as measured value
( Fig. 6-5).
Value range: -120 DBM to 90 DBM
Unit: DBM | W | DBUV
Default unit: DBM
*RST value: -20 DBM
1144.1400.12
6.49
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:LOWer:RATio[?]
<float_value>
Specifies the lower power limit of the characteristic for one of the two analog outputs if the associated
calculate block returns a power ratio (unit DB, DPCT or O) as the measured value ( Fig. 6-5).
Value range: -200 DB .. 200 DB
Unit: DB | DPCT | O
Default unit: DB
*RST value: 0 DB
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:UPPer[?]
<float_value>
Specifies the upper power limit of the characteristic for one of the two analog outputs (
unit corresponds to the output unit of the measured value.
Fig. 6-5). The
The value range also depends on the current output unit of the measured value in the window:
Unit of
measured
value
W
DBM
DBUV
DPCT
DB
O
Value range
-9.99999E5
..
9.99999E5
-120
..
90
-13.0103
..
196.897
-100
..
999.99
-200
..
200
-1E20
..
1E20
Unit:
Table 6-3 on page 6.31.
*RST value: 20 DBM or 10 DB
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:UPPer:POWer[?]
<float_value>
Specifies the upper power limit of the characteristic for one of the two analog outputs if the associated
calculate block returns a power (unit DBM, W or DBUV) as the measured value
( Fig. 6-5).
Value range: -120 DBM to 90 DBM
Unit: DBM | W | DBUV
Default unit: DBM
*RST value: 20 DBM
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:UPPer:RATio[?]
<float_value>
Specifies the upper power limit of the characteristic for one of the two analog outputs if the associated
calculate block returns a power ratio (unit DB, DPCT or O) as the measured value ( Fig. 6-5).
Value range: -200 DB .. 200 DB
Unit: DB | DPCT | O
Default unit: DB
*RST value: 10 DB
1144.1400.12
6.50
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
Switches the analog outputs (OUT1 and OUT2/TRIG on rear panel) ON or OFF. The magnitude of the
output voltage (0 V to 3.3 V) depends on the measured power of the assigned calculate block
(OUTP:REC:FEED) and the configuration of the characteristic (OUTP:REC:LIM). As in manual
operation, this setting is coupled to other operating modes of the outputs. Only one mode can be active
at any one time:
Connector
Analog output
(OUTP:REC)
TTL output
(OUTP:TTL)
Off
Ext. Trigger In
OUT1
x
x
x
-
OUT2/TRIG
x
-
-
x
*RST value:
output 1: ON
output 2: OFF
OUTPut:ROSCillator[:STATe][?] ON | OFF
The command switches the optional RF generator (ON) or (OFF).
*RST value: OFF
OUTPut:ROSCillator:CALibration:READ?
<NR1>
Reads the setting of one of the internal electronic potentiometers of the test generator (option
R&S NRP-B1). The number of the potentiometer (1 to 4) is indicated with the parameter <NR1>. The
response is an 8-bit integer with a sign (-128 to 127).
*RST value: none
OUTPut:ROSCillator:CALibration:WRIte
<NR1>,<NR1>
Sets the test generator (option R&S NRP-B1). Refer to the following table for the meaning of the two
parameters:
1st parameter <NR1>
01: Generator on/off (2nd parameter 0: on / 1: off)
02: Power stage (2nd parameter 0: -20 dBm, 1: 0 dBm)
03: LED state (2nd parameter 0: off, 1: on, 0x02: blinking)
04: Start of calibration
05: Setting of potentiometer 1 (2nd parameter –128 to 127)
06: Setting of potentiometer 2 (2nd parameter –128 to 127)
07: Setting of potentiometer 3 (2nd parameter –128 to 127)
08: Setting of potentiometer 4 (2nd parameter –128 to 127)
09: Confirm calibration
10: Abort calibration
2nd parameter <NR1>
Data if 1st parameter 01, 02, 03, 05, 06, 07 or 08.
0 if 1st parameter 04, 09 or 10.
*RST value: none
1144.1400.12
6.51
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
OUTPut:TTL[1]:ACTive[?]
R&S NRP
LOW | HIGH
Specifies whether the value set via OUTP:TTL:LVOL (LOW) or via OUTP:TTL:HVOL (HIGH) should be
applied if the measured value causes a limit violation at the TTL output.
*RST value:
LOW
OUTPut:TTL[1]:FAIL[?]
LOW | HIGH
Specifies whether the value set via OUTP:TTL:LVOL (HIGH) or via OUTP:TTL:HVOL (LOW) should be
applied if the measured value causes a limit violation at the TTL output.
*RST value:
HIGH
Note:
The OUTP:TTL:ACT and OUTP:TTL:FAIL commands are identical, except
for the opposite meaning of the parameters.
OUTPut:TTL[1]:FEED[?]
<string>
Sets the calculate block whose limit handling controls the TTL voltage. If the measured value of this
calculate block violates a limit and limit monitoring is active, the voltage specified in
Table 6-9 (first
line) is output.
Value range:
*RST value:
"CALC1:LIM","CALC2:LIM","CALC3:LIM","CALC4:LIM"
"CALC1:LIM"
OUTPut:TTL[1]:HVOLtage[?]
<float_value>
Sets the high voltage for the TTL output.
Unit: V
Value range:
*RST value:
0 V to 3.3 V
3.3 V
OUTPut:TTL[1]:LVOLtage[?]
<float_value>
Sets the low voltage for the TTL output.
Unit: V
Value range:
*RST value:
0 V to 3.3 V
0 V
Note:
1144.1400.12
The value for the lower TTL level may be greater than the value for the
upper TTL level.
6.52
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
OUTPut:TTL[1]:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
Activates (ON) or deactivates (OFF) the TTL operating mode of the OUT1 connector (rear panel). The
magnitude of the two possible output voltages can range from 0 V to 3.3 V (OUTP:TTL:HVOL and
OUTP:TTL:LVOL). Refer to
Table 6-9 and
Fig. 6-6 to determine which voltage is available at the
output:
OUTP:TTL:ACT LOW
(OUTP:TTL:FAIL HIGH)
OUTP:TTL:ACT HIGH
(OUTP:TTL:FAIL LOW)
Measured value violates
limit
OUTP:TTL:LVOL
OUTP:TTL:HVOL
Measured value is within
limit
OUTP:TTL:HVOL
OUTP:TTL:LVOL
Table 6-9: Voltage at TTL output
O U T P : T T L : A C T H I G H
( O U T P : T T L : F A I L L O W )
V o lta g e
O U T P : T T L : H V O L T
O U T P : T T L : A C T
( O U T P : T T L : F A I L
L O W
H I G H )
P o w e r
O U T P : T T L : L V O L T
D I S P : L I M : L O W
D I S P : L I M : U P P
D I S P : L I M : L O W
D I S P : L I M : U P P
Fig. 6-6: Voltage at TTL output
*RST value:
1144.1400.12
OFF
6.53
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
SENSe (Sensor Commands)
The commands of the SENSe group configure the power sensors with the exception of the trigger
system. This includes the measurement modes (ContAv, Burst, Timeslot or Scope), the offset
corrections and the filter settings.
Note:
When the sensors are connected to the R&S NRP, they inform the device
about the SENSe and TRIGger commands supported and about the value
ranges for parameters. This applies to both numeric and text parameters.
For this reason, no fixed ranges are specified with these commands; the
ranges can be obtained from the respective sensor manual.
Table 6-10: Commands of the SENSe system
Command
[SENSe[1..4]]
:AUXiliary[?]
:AVERage
:COUNt[?]
:AUTO[?]
:MTIMe[?]
:RESolution[?]
:SLOT[?]
:NSRatio[?]
:TYPE[?]
:RESet
[:STATe][?]
:TCONtrol[?]
:BANDwidth|:BWIDth:VIDeo[?]
:LIST?
:CORRection
:OFFSet[?]
:STATe[?]
:DCYCle
[:INPut][:MAGNitude][?]
:STATe[?]
:FDOFfset
[:INPut][:MAGNitude]?
:FDOTable
[:SELect][?]
:STATe[?]
:SPDevice
:STATe[?]
:SELect[?]
:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed][?]
:FUNCtion[:ON][?]
[:POWer]
[:AVG]
:APERture[?]
:CHOPper[:STATe][?]
:BUFFer:SIZE[?]
:BUFFer:STATe[?]
:RANGe[?]
:AUTO[?]
:CLEVel[?]
:SMOothing:STATe[?]
:BURSt
:CHOPper[:STATe][?]
:DTOLerance[?]
1144.1400.12
Parameter
NONE|MINMax
Unit
-
<int_value>
ON|OFF|ONCE
<float_value>
1|2|3|4
<int_value>
<float_value>
RESolution|NSR
ON|OFF
MOVing|REPeat
<string>
-
S
DB|PCT
-
<float_value>
ON|OFF
DB|PCT
-
<float_value>
ON|OFF
PCT
-
-
DB
<string>
ON|OFF
No Query
Query only
Query only
-
ON|OFF
<NR1>
<float_value>
<string>
HZ
<float_value>
ON|OFF
<int_value>
ON|OFF
0|1|2
ON|OFF
<float_value>
ON|OFF
S
DB|PCT
-
ON|OFF
<float_value>
S
6.54
Remark
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Command
Parameter
:TGATe[1..4]
:OFFSet[:TIME][?]
:TIME[?]
[:EXCLude]:MID
:OFFSet[:TIME][?]
:TIME[?]
:TGATe
[:EXCLude]:MID[:STATe][?]
:SELect[?]
:TSLot
:CHOPper[:STATe][?]
:COUNt[?]
[:EXCLude]:MID
:OFFSet[:TIME][?]
[:STATe][?]
:TIME[?]
:WIDTh[?]
:RGAMma
[:MAGNitude][?]
:PHASe[?]
:SAMPLing[?]
:SGAMma
[:MAGNitude][?]
:PHASe[?]
:CORRection:STATe[?]
:TRACe
:AVERage
[:STATe][?]
:COUNt[?]
:AUTO[?]
:MTIMe[?]
:RESolution[?]
:POINt[?]
:NSRatio[?]
:TYPE[?]
:TCONtrol[?]
:OFFSet:TIME[?]
:POINts[?]
:REALtime[?]
:TIME[?]
:TIMing:EXCLude
:STARt[?]
:STOP[?]
[SENSe[1..4]]:AUXiliary[?]
Unit
<float_value>
<float_value>
S
S
<float_value>
<float_value>
S
S
ON|OFF
1|2|3|4
-
ON|OFF
<int_value>
-
<float_value>
ON|OFF
<float_value>
<float_value>
S
<float_value>
<float_value>
FREQ1|FREQ2
-
<float_value>
<float_value>
ON|OFF
-
ON|OFF
<int_value>
ON|OFF|ONCE
<float_value>
1|2|3|4
<int_value>
<float_value>
RESolution|NSR
MOVing|REPeat
<float_value>
<int_value>
ON|OFF
<float_value>
S
DB|PCT
S
S
<float_value>
<float_value>
S
S
Remark
NONE | MINMax
Activates the measurement of additional measured values that are determined together with the main
measured value.
NONE
MINMax
No additional values are measured.
By averaging the measured values in the sensors, extreme values are lost.
Using [SENSe[1..4]]:AUXiliary MINMax , a sensor can be assigned to
transmit to the R&S NRP the minima and maxima that occurred in the Scope
mode together with the measured value. If CALCulate:FEED "POWer:PEAK
ON SWEep[1..4]" is set, peak (instead of average) values are used for
calculating.
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.55
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
This command activates or deactivates the filter function of a sensor. If the filter is switched on, the
individual measured values set with SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt are averaged. This reduces the
impact of noise and helps to achieve measured values that are more stable.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt[?]
<int_value>
This command sets the filter length i.e. the number of readings to be averaged for one measured
value.. The higher the count the lower the noise and the longer it takes to obtain a measured value.
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO[?]
ON | OFF | ONCE
This command can be used to automatically determine a value for the filter legth
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt. If the command is called with the parameter ONCE, the filter
length is automatically detected during the next measurement and set to that value. Thereafter
automatic filter length detection is switched off. The setting can then be queried via
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN?. If the automatic switchover is activated with the ON parameter, the sensor
always defines a suitable filter length which can also be queried via SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN?.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:MTIMe[?]
<float_value>
If the R&S NRP has to determine the filter length automatically, the filter length can become large and
thus also the measurement time.
An upper time limit can be set via SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:MTIME (maximum time). It should
never be exceeded. Undesired long measurement times can thus be prevented (in the
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE NSR mode) if the automatic filter length switchover is on.
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:RESolution[?] 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
Defines the number of significant places for linear units and the number of decimal places for
logarithmic units which should be free of noise in the measurement result. This setting is also performed
by the DISP[1..4]:RES command (
page 6.39) that tries to set the sensors involved in the
measurement results accordingly. (For further details, see Chapter 4.)
The setting is only taken into account, if SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE is set to RES
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO is ON.
and
1144.1400.12
E-4
6.56
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
However, SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES does not affect the DISPlay command. The
parameters of the two commands are different but have the same meaning.
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES
1
2
3
4
DISP[1..4]:RES
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:SLOT[?]
<int_value>
Sets a timeslot whose measured value is used to automatically determine the filter length.
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:NSRatio[?]
<float_value>
Indicates the maximum noise ratio in the measurement result.Achieving the same result by filter length
setting is attempted only if
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO ON and SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE NSR are set.
Unit: DB | PCT
Default unit: DB
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:TYPE[?]
RESolution | NSR
Selects a method by which the automatic filter length switchover can operate:
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE
Setting taken into account
RESolution
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES
NSR
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:NSR
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.57
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:RESet
Initializes the digital filter by deleting the stored measured values.
*RST value: none
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:TCONtrol[?]
MOVing | REPeat
As soon as a new single value is determined, the filter window is advanced by one value so that the
new value is taken into account by the filter and the oldest value is forgotten.
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:TCONtrol (terminal control) then determines whether a new result is
calculated immediately after a new measured value is available (MOVing) or only after an entire range of
new values is available for the filter (REPeat).
*RST-Wert: (PRES) and SYST:PRES:
*RST:
Note:
MOV
REP
In the MOVing mode, data from a point of time before the start of the
current measurement can influence the measurement result if the data is
still in the filter.
[SENSe[1..4]]:BANDwidth:VIDeo[?] <string>
[SENSe[1..4]]:BWIDth:VIDeo[?] <string>
Sets the video bandwidth for the Scope mode.
Value range: "FULL", "5 MHz", "1.5 MHz", "300 kHz"
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:BANDwidth:VIDeo:LIST?
[SENSe[1..4]]:BWIDth:VIDeo:LIST?
Provides a list of strings with permissible settings for the[SENSe[1..4]]:BWIDth:VIDeo command.
Value range: *RST value: none
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:OFFSet[?]
<float_value>
With this command a fixed offset value can be defined for multiplying (logarithmically adding) the
measured value of a sensor. If the parameters are specified without a unit, the unit set by
UNIT:POW:RAT will be used.
Unit: DB | PCT
Default unit: DB
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.58
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:OFFSet[?]:STATe
ON | OFF
This command switches the offset correction on or off.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:DCYCle[:INPut][:MAGNitude][?]
<float_value>
This command informs the R&S NRP about the duty cycle of the power to be measured. The duty cycle
correction is only applied in the ContAv mode where measurements are performed continuously without
taking the timing of the signal into account.
Unit: PCT
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:DCYCle:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
This command switches duty cycle correction for the measured-value on or off.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOFfset[:INPut][:MAGNitude]?
<float_value>
This command is a query only. The frequency-dependent measured-value correction is set by selecting
a
table
with
the
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOTable[:SELect]
and
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOTable:STATe ON commands. The respective frequencydependent correction factor is determined by means of the active tables (if necessary by interpolation)
and can be queried with [SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOFfset[:INPut][:MAGNitude]?
(frequency-dependent offset).
Unit: DB
*RST value: none
1144.1400.12
6.59
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOTable[:SELect][?]
<string>
The name of the current frequency-dependent offset table can be set or queried by the
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOTable[:SELect][?] command. The R&S NRP can manage up
to ten such tables (MEMory commands). The frequency-dependent offset tables consist of two
columns; the first containing the frequencies, the second the associated correction values. When the
R&S NRP
is
informed
about
the
signal
frequency
with
command
[SENSe[1..4]]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed] <float_value>, an appropriate correction factor is
determined
by
means
of
the
table.
If
the
table
was
activated
with
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOTable:STATe[?] ON , the measurement result obtained by the
sensor is multiplied by this factor.
*RST value: Settings are not changed in case of *RST.
Error messages:
-256
"File name not found": A table named <name> is not known.
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOTable:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
This command activates and deactivates the current frequency-dependent offset table. The current
table is selected with the [SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOTable[:SELect] command. Only one
table can be active at a time.
*RST value: OFF
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:SPDevice:SELect[?] <NR1>
Several S-parameter tables can be stored in a sensor.
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:SPDevice:SELect selects one of these tables. The
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:SPDevice:STATe ON command activates measured-value
correction.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:SPDevice:STATe[?] ON | OFF
Instructs the sensor to perform a measured-value correction by means of one of the stored S-parameter
tables (S-parameter device).
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed][?] <float_value>
This command informs the R&S NRP about the frequency of the power to be measured since this
frequency is not automatically determined. The frequency is used to determine a frequency-dependent
correction factor for the measurement results.
Unit: HZ
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.60
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
[SENSe[1..4]]:FUNCtion[:ON][?]
<string>
This command sets the sensor to one of the measurement modes of Table 6-11.
Table 6-11: Measurement modes
<string>
Measurement mode
"POWer:AVG"
ContAv
After a trigger event, the power is integrated over a time interval (averaging) set with
SENS:POW:APER.
"POWer:TSLot:AVG"
Timeslot
The power is simultaneously measured in up to 26 time windows. The number of time windows
is set with SENS:POW:TSL:COUN. The length of a time window is determined via
SENS:POW:TSL:WIDT. The measurement result is represented by a vector that can contain
up to 26 indices and contains the power of a time window at each index.
"POWer:TGATe:AVG"
Timegate
The Timegate mode is a pseudo-mode. It is used to determine accurate measured values in
the gates defined with the aid of the Scope mode in manual operation. If one of the four gates
is selected (SENS:TRAC:SEL), the sensor is internally put into the Timeslot mode and
configured such that it determines the average power in this gate with high accuracy.
"POWer:BURSt:AVG"
Burst
In remote control, this measurement mode is very similar to the ContAv mode. The integration
time is, however, not predefined but determined by the sensor with the aid of a burst detector.
The start of a burst is detected when the measurement signal rises above the set trigger level.
The end is set when the signal drops below the trigger threshold. SENS:POW:BURS:DTOL
defines the time interval during which a signal drop below the trigger level is not interpreted as
the end of the burst. In the Burst mode, the set trigger source is ignored and TRIG:SOUR
INT is implicitly assumed.
"XTIMe:POWer"
Scope
A sequence of measurements is performed. The individual measured values are determined as
in the ContAv mode. The length of an individual measurement is determined from the ratio of
the total time (SENS:TRAC:TIME) and the number of individual test points
(SENS:TRAC:POIN).
In remote control, the timing (SENS:TIM:EXCL:STAR and -:STOP) and the trigger system of all
measurement modes (except the Burst mode) are user-selectable.
Note:
To increase measurement accuracy, the sensors measure each signal
twice in the Burst, Timeslot and Scope measurement modes (exception: in
the Scope mode, with SENS:TRAC:REAL ON). As long as the trigger
system is set to internal or external triggering, this is usually of no
importance to the user. If TRIG:SOUR HOLD or BUS is used, however, then
each measurement must be triggered twice (with *TRG or TRIG:IMM).
*RST value: depending on sensor
Error messages:
24 "Sensor mode not supported": A sensor does not support a measurement mode.
28 "Sensor not idle": The sensor is not in the IDLE state.
-151 "Invalid string data": An invalid parameter was transmitted for <string>.
1144.1400.12
6.61
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:APERture[?] <float_value>
This command determines the integration time for a single measurement in the ContAv mode. To
increase the measurement accuracy, this integration is followed by a second averaging procedure in a
window with a selectable number of values. The filter window is configured with the
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage commands.
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:BUFFer:SIZE[?] <int_value>
Sets the number of desired values for the buffered ContAv mode.
Unit: Value range: 1..400000
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:BUFFer:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
Switches on the buffered ContAv mode, after which data blocks rather than single measured values are
then returned. In this mode a higher data rate is achieved than in the non-buffered ContAv mode.
The number of desired measured values is set with the SENSe[1..4]:POWer:ARR:SIZE command.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:CHOPper[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
Activates and deactivates differentiation in the ContAv mode when the measured values are calculated.
Zero offsets can be compensated by differentiation. However, this adversely affects measurement
speed
because
differentiation
must
be
performed
for
each
measurement.
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:BURSt:CHOPper OFF implicitly deactivates averaging, which is
superfluous when differentiation is switched off.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:RANGe[?]
0 | 1 | 2
Selects a measurement range in which the corresponding sensor is to perform a measurement. This
setting will only become effective if SENS[1..4]:RANG:AUTO OFF is set.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:RANGe:AUTO[?]
ON | OFF
Sets the automatic selection of a measurement range to ON or OFF.
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.62
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:RANGe:CLEVel[?] <float_value>
Sets the cross-over level. Shifts the transition ranges between the measurement ranges. This may
improve the measurement accuracy for special signals, i.e. signals with a high crest factor.
Unit: DB | PCT
Default unit: DB
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer][:AVG]:SMOothing:STATe[?] ON | OFF
Activates digital lowpass filtering of the sampled video signal.
The problem of instable display values due to a modulation of a test signal described under
SENS[1..4]:SAMP can also be eliminated by lowpass filtering of the video signal. The lowpass filter
eliminates the variations of the display even in case of unperiodic modulation and does not require any
other setting.
If the modulation is periodic, the setting of the sampling window is the better method since it allows for
shorter measurement times.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:BURSt:CHOPper[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
Activates and deactivates differentiation in the Burst mode when the measured values are calculated.
Zero offsets can be compensated by differentiation. However, this adversely affects measurement
speed
because
differentiation
must
be
performed
for
each
measurement.
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:BURSt:CHOPper OFF implicitly deactivates averaging, which is
superfluous when differentiation is switched off.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:BURSt:DTOLerance[?] <float_value>
The end of a burst (power pulse) is recognized when the signal level drops below the trigger level.
Especially with modulated signals, this may also happen for a short time within a burst. To prevent the
supposed end of the burst from being recognized too early or incorrectly at these positions, a time
interval can be defined via SENS[1..4]:BURS:DTOL (drop-out tolerance) in which the pulse end is only
recognized if the signal level no longer exceeds the trigger level. This is shown in Fig. 6-7: the drop-out
time, i.e. the time in which the signal remains below the trigger level, is shorter than the drop-out
tolerance. The burst end is thus recognized correctly.
1144.1400.12
6.63
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Power
Trigger level
Time
Drop-out time
BURSt:DTOLerance
BURSt:DTOLerance
Pulse interval
Fig. 6-7: Meaning of drop-out TOLerance.
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TGATe[1..4][:EXCLude]
:MID:OFFSet[:TIME][?]
<float_value>
Together with SENS:TGAT:MID:TIME, this command allows a time interval in a timegate to be blanked
out. SENS:TGAT:MID:OFFS:TIME determines the distance from the start of the measurement to the
start of the interval to be blanked out (see also Fig. 6-8).
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TGATe[:EXCLude]:MID[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
(De-)activates the blanking out of time intervals in the timegates. This command affects all gates.
Unit: Value range: ON | OFF
*RST value: OFF
1144.1400.12
6.64
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TGATe[1..4][:EXCLude]:MID:TIME[?]
<float_value>
Together with SENS:TGAT:MID:OFFS, this command allows a time interval in a timegate to be blanked
out. SENS:TGAT:MID:TIME determines the distance from the start of the measurement to the start of
the interval to be blanked out (see also Fig. 6-8).
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
Power
Trigger event
Trigger level
Time
Gate 1
Gate 4
Gate 2
SENS:TRAC2:MID:OFFS:TIME
SENS:TRAC2:MID:TIME
SENS:TRAC2:TIME
SENS:TRAC2:OFFS:TIME
Fig. 6-8: MID parameter in the Timegate mode
1144.1400.12
6.65
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TGATe[1..4]:OFFSet:TIME[?]
<float_value>
This command is used for configuring the Timegate mode. It specifies the start of one of the four gates
(sweeps) relative to the delayed trigger point. If this value is negative, the gate starts before the trigger
point. This is possible because the sensor stores samples of the measured powers and can thus
transfer the start of a measurement to the past. In manual operation, the start and duration of the gates
can also be defined graphically if the sensor is operated in the Scope mode.
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
Power
Trigger event
Trigger level
Delayed
trigger point
Time
Trigger
delay
Gate 1
Gate 2
Gate 3
Gate 4
SENS:TRAC1:OFFS:TIME SENS:TRAC1:TIME
SENS:TRAC2:OFFS:TIME
SENS:TRAC2:TIME
Fig. 6-9: Timing parameters for the Timegate mode.
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TGATe:SELect[?]
1 | 2 | 3 | 4
This command selects one of the four gates in which the average power is measured if the Timegate
mode is selected.
*RST value: 1
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TGATe[1..4]:TIME[?]
<float_value>
This command is used for configuring the Timegate mode. It specifies the duration of one of the four
gates (sweeps) relative to the delayed trigger point. In manual operation, the start and duration of the
gates can also be defined graphically if the sensor is operated in the Scope mode.
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.66
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSlot:CHOPper[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
Activates and deactivates differentiation in the Timeslot mode when the measured values are
calculated. Zero offsets can be compensated by differentiation. However, this adversely affects
measurement speed because differentiation must be performed for each measurement.
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:BURSt:CHOPper OFF implicitly deactivates averaging, which is
superfluous when differentiation is switched off.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot:COUNt[?] <int_value>
Sets the number of simultaneously measured timeslots in the Timeslot mode (see also Fig. 6-10).
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot[:EXCLude]:MID:OFFSet[:TIME][?]
<float_value>
Together with SENS:TSL:MID:TIME, this command allows a time interval in the timeslots to be
blanked out. SENS:TSL:MID:OFFS:TIME determines the distance from the start of the timeslots to the
start of the interval to be blanked out (see also Fig. 6-10).
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot[:EXCLude]:MID[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
Activates or deactivates the blanking out of time intervals in the timeslots. There is no direct command
equivalent in the command groups of the power sensors. Instead, the length of the interval is set to
zero.
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor. If the *RST value of SENS:TSL:MID:TIME is zero, the *RST value
of SENS:TSL:MID:STAT is OFF, otherwise it is ON.
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot[:EXCLude]:MID:TIME[?]
<float_value>
Together with SENS:TSL:MID:OFFS:TIME, this command allows a time interval in the timeslots to be
blanked out. SENS:TSL:MID:TIME determines the length of the interval to be blanked out (see also
Fig. 6-10).
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.67
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
[SENSe[1..4]][:POWer]:TSLot:[AVG]:WIDTh[?] <float_value>
Sets the length of the timeslot in the Timeslot mode (see also Fig. 6-10).
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
SENS:TSLOT:COUNT 3
T'Slot 1
T'Slot 2
T'Slot 3
Power
Trigger event
Trigger level
Time
SENS:TSLOT:MID:OFFS:TIME
SENS:TSLOT:MID:TIME
SENS:TSLOT:WIDTH
Fig. 6-10: Timeslot parameters
[SENSe[1..4]]:RGAMma[:MAGNitude][?]
<float_value>
The SENSe:RGAMma command group compensates for the reflection of the load at the signal output.
Such a compensation is necessary if the VSWR exceeds a value of 1.05. Otherwise data sheet
specifications for absolute accuracy cannot be met reliably.
To compensate for reflection, the magnitude of the reflection coefficient of the load with the
SENSe:RGAMma:MAGNitude setting and the phase angle with the SENSe:RGAMma:PHASe setting
must be transferred. To deactivate reflection compensation, SENSe:RGAMma:MAGNitude 0 must be
set. Unlike with mismatch correction, there is no special activation/deactivation command. Reflection
compensation should remain deactivated if the values measured for the load reflection coefficient are
disputable.
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.68
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
[SENSe[1..4]]:RGAMma:PHASe[?]
<float_value>
SENSe:RGAMma:PHASe defines the phase angle (in degrees) of the complex reflection factor of the
load at the signal output.
Unit: - (only the unit degree is accepted)
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:SAMPling[?]
FREQ1 | FREQ2
If the signal to be measured has modulation sections just above the video bandwidth of the sensor
used, measurement errors might be caused due to aliasing effects. In this case, the sampling rate of the
sensor can be set to a safe lower value (FREQ2). However, the measurement time required to obtain
noise-free results is extended compared to the normal sampling rate (FREQ1).
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:SGAMma[:MAGNitude][?]
<float_value>
The R&S NRP can perform a measured-value correction taking the complex reflection coefficient
(source gamma) of the signal source into account. SENS[1..4]:SGAM:CORR:STAT ON must be set.
The magnitude of the reflection coefficient is set with SENS[1..4]:SGAM[:MAGN].
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:SGAMma:PHASe[?]
<float_value>
The R&S NRP can perform a measured-value correction taking the complex reflection coefficient
(source gamma) of the signal source into account. SENS[1..4]:SGAM:CORR:STAT ON must be set.
The phase angle of the reflection coefficient is set with SENS[1..4]:SGAM:PHAS.
Unit: - (Degree is assumed as unit)
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:SGAMma:CORRection:STATe[?]
ON | OFF
Switches the measured-value correction of the reflection coefficient effect of the source gamma ON or
OFF.
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.69
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
For the Scope mode, this command switches the filter function of a sensor on or off. When the filter is
switched on, the number of measured values set with [SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt is
averaged. This reduces the effect of noise so that more reliable results are obtained.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt[?]
<int_value>
This command sets the length of the filter for the Scope mode. The wider the filter, the lower the noise
and the longer it takes to obtain a measured value.
n
<int_value> can only be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16,..., 2 . If <int_value> is not a power of two, the value is
n
rounded to the next 2 value without an error message.
Note:
The SENS:TRAC:AVER:COUN command switches the automatic filter length
switchover off (SENS:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO OFF).
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt[?]:AUTO[?]
ON | OFF | ONCE
This command can be used to automatically determine a value for [SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt
for the Scope mode. If the command is called with the parameter ONCE, automatic switchover is
deactivated (setting OFF) and the suitable filter length will then be defined and set automatically. The
setting can then be queried via SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN?. If the automatic switchover is activated
with the ON parameter, the sensor always defines a suitable filter length which can also be queried via
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN?.
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:MTIMe[?]
<float_value>
If the R&S NRP has to determine the filter length automatically in the Scope mode, the filter length can
become large and thus also the time to fill the filter. An upper time limit (maximum time) can be set via
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:MTIME. It should never be exceeded. Undesired long measurement
times can thus be prevented (in the SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE NSR mode) if the automatic filter
length switchover is on.
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.70
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:RESolution[?] 1|2|3|4
Defines the number of significant places for the Scope mode for linear units and the number of decimal
places for logarithmic units which should be free of noise in the measurement result. This setting is also
performed by the DISP[1..4]:RES command ( page 6.39) which tries to set the sensors involved in
the measurement result accordingly. (For further details, see Chapter 4.) However,
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES does not affect the DISPlay command. The parameters of the
two commands are different but have the same meaning.
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES
1
2
3
4
DISP[1..4]:RES
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:POINt[?]
<int_value>
Specifies the measured value in the Scope mode used for the automatic determination of the filter
length.
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:NSRatio[?] <float_value>
Indicates the maximum noise ratio in the measurement result for the Scope mode. The setting is taken
into account only if SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO ON and SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:
COUN:AUTO:TYPE NSR are set.
Unit: DB | PCT
Default unit: DB
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.71
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:TYPE[?]
RESolution | NSR
Selects a method for the Scope mode by which the automatic filter length switchover can operate:
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE
Setting taken into account
RESolution
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES
NSR
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:NSR
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:MTIM
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:TCONtrol[?]
MOVing | REPeat
As soon as a new single value is determined, the filter window is advanced by one value so that the
new value is taken into account by the filter and the oldest value is forgotten.
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:TCONtrol (terminal control) then determines in the Scope mode whether
a new result will be calculated immediately after a new measured value is available (MOVing) or only
after an entire range of new values is available for the filter (REPeat).
*RST-Wert: (PRES) and SYST:PRES:
*RST:
MOV
REP
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:OFFSet:TIME[?]
<float_value>
This command determines the relative position of the trigger event in relation to the beginning of the
Scope measurement sequence.
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:POINts
<int_value>
Sets the number of desired values per Scope sequence.
Unit: Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
Error messages:
28 "Sensor not idle": The sensor is not in the IDLE state.
1144.1400.12
6.72
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:REALtime[?]
ON | OFF
In the default state (OFF), each measurement from the sensor is averaged. With
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe::REALtime ON , this behaviour can be switched off, which may increase
the measurement speed. This ensures that the measured values of an individual measurement are
immediately delivered. (See also Chapter 4.)
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:TIME[?]
<float_value>
Sets the time to be covered by the Scope sequence.
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt[?]
<float_value>
Sets a time that is to be excluded at the beginning of the integration (
Fig. 6-11).
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STOP[?]
<float_value>
Sets a time that is to be excluded at the beginning of the integration (
Fig. 6-11).
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
Power
Time
EXCLude:STARt
EXCLude:STOP
Integration period
Fig. 6-11: Effect of commands SENS[1..4]:TIM:EXCL:STAR and :STOP
1144.1400.12
6.73
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
SERVice
The commands of the SERVice system are used for maintenance or test purposes. They were
implemented primarily to support device development. The numeric suffix refers to the sensors.
Note:
Before commands of the SERVice system can be sent to a sensor, they
must be enabled via the SERVice:UNLock 1234 command.
Table 6-12: Commands of the SERVice command system
Command
Parameter
SERVice[1..4]
:CALibration
:TEST?
:TEMP
:TEMP:DATA?
:RCOunt[?]
:RESult[?]
:SERRors[?]
:UNLock[?]
<NR1>
ONCE
<NR1 >
<NR1>
<NR1>
ON|OFF
1234
SERVice[1..4]:CALibration:TEST?
Unit
Kelvin
-
Remark
Query only
No query
Query only
<NR1>
Tests the consistency of the calibration data set according to three criteria:
If the following bit is set in <NR1>,
the following action is executed.
0
The serial number of the calibration data set is tested.
1
The checksum of the calibration data set is tested.
2
The header of the calibration data set is tested.
If an inconsistency of the data set is detected, the query returns a 1, otherwise a 0.
Value range: 0 to 255
*RST value: none
SERVice[1..4]:CALibration:TEMP
ONCE
Initiates a temperature measurement of the sensor in question. The temperature can be queried with
SERV:CAL:TEMP:DATA?.
1144.1400.12
6.74
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
SERVice[1..4]:CALibration:TEMP:DATA?
<NR1>
Returns the temperature of the sensor in Kelvin if a temperature measurement was previously initiated
by means of SERV:CAL:TEMP ONCE.
SERVice[1..4]:RCOunt[?]
SERVice[1..4]:RESult[?]
<NR1>
<NR1>
These commands allow simulated measured values to be specified for test purposes. SERV:RCO
specifies the number of SERV:RES pairs to follow. The first SERV:RES command specifies the
measured value in watts, the second SERV:RES command determines how often the measured value
should be obtained. The measurement sequences defined in this way are repeated until the sensor is
disconnected from the R&S NRP and reconnected.
Example:
The command sequence
SERV2:RCO
SERV2:RES
SERV2:RES
SERV2:RES
SERV2:RES
2
3
2
4
1
makes sensor 2 return the measured values 3 W, 3 W, 4 W (, 3 W, 3 W, 4W, ....) from now on.
*RST value: none. The simulation mode is not exited in the case of *RST. To again obtain real
measured values, SERV:RCO 0 must be set.
SERVice[1..4]:SERRors[?]
ON | OFF
The sensors signal an error to the R&S NRP if samples are lost while a signal is sampled (sampling), as
may be the case with high sampling rates. In such a case, the measurement is less accurate. Since this
error is signaled as an SCPI error, smooth operation of a remote-control program may be disrupted. For
this reason, sampling errors can be suppressed by means of SERVice[1..4]:SERRors OFF.
*RST value: The R&S NRP BIOS setting is adopted.
SERVice[1..4]:UNLock[?]
1234
Before other SERVice system commands are accepted, they must be enabled with SERV:UNL 1234.
1144.1400.12
6.75
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
STATus
The status registers of the R&S NRP can be read and configured with commands of the STATus
system. The R&S NRP uses the following status registers:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Standard Event Status Register (specified in IEEE 488.2. Reading and configuring with *ESR? and
*ESE. This register is not handled by the STATus system.)
Device Status Register
Questionable Status Register
Questionable Power Status Register
Questionable Window Status Register
Questionable Calibration Status Register
Operation Status Register
Operation Calibrating Status Register
Operation Measuring Status Register
Operation Trigger Status Register
Operation Sense Status Register
Operation Lower Limit Fail Status Register
Operation Upper Limit Fail Status Register
Except for the Standard Event Status Register, each of these registers comprises five subregisters with
which the function of the register can be configured. These subregisters are called
•
•
•
•
•
EVENt
CONDition
NTRansition
PTRansition
ENABle
The registers are 16 bits wide but only the lower 15 bits are used. This prevents problems with
programs that cannot handle integers without sign.
For the sake of conciseness, not all commands are listed here. For a complete
"List of Remote
Control Commands" see page 6.119. The STATus system uses the following types of commands:
15
Queries
return a decimal value between 0 and 32767 (=2 -1).
Configuration
commands
set the ENABle, PTRansition, NTRansition registers of a status register and
thus determine the response of the register to status changes in the
R&S NRP.
1144.1400.12
6.76
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Queries
Table 6-13: Queries for status registers
Command
Status register
STATus
:DEVice?
:OPERation?
:CALibrating[:SUMMary]?
:LLFail[:SUMMary]?
:ULFail[:SUMMary]?
:MEASuring[:SUMMary]?
:SENSe[:SUMMary]?
:TRIGger[:SUMMary]?
:QUEStionable?
:CALibration[:SUMMary]?
:POWer[:SUMMary]?
:WINDow[:SUMMary]?
Device Status
Operation Status
Operation Calibrating
Operation Lower Limit Fail
Operation Upper Limit Fail
Operation Measuring
Operation Sense
Operation Trigger
Questionable Status
Questionable Calibration
Questionable Power
Questionable Window
Configuration Commands
If the status register queries are extended by the character strings [:EVENt], :CONDition,
:ENABle, :PTRansition or NTRansition (without a question mark "?" at the end), the respective
subregisters can be accessed. The enable and transition registers can also be set with these
commands. The effect of the status reporting system can thus be adapted to user requirements. The
parameters have the following meaning:
<status_register_summary_command>
One of the status register queries from Table 6-13 is to be
used here (without a terminating question mark "?").
<NR1>
Is a decimal value between 0 and 32767. The values DEFAULT, MINIMUM
and MAXIMUM are not permissible.
<non-decimal numeric>
Is a non-decimal value in one of the following formats, where the decimal
value must be between 0 and 32767:
• binary (e. g. #b0111010101001110 or #B0111010101001110)
• hexadecimal (e.g. #h754e or #H754E)
• octal (e.g. #q72516 or #Q75216)
Table 6-14: Commands for the configuration of status registers
Command
<status_register_summary_command>
[:EVENt]?
:CONDition?
:ENABle[?]
:NTRansition[?]
:PTRansition[?]
STATus:PRESet
1144.1400.12
Parameter
Remark
Query only
Query only
0..32767 | <non-decimal numeric>
0..32767 | <non-decimal numeric>
0..32767 | <non-decimal numeric>
Table 6-30
6.77
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
The status reporting system stores all information about the current operating status of the device and
errors that occur. The information is stored in the status registers and the error queue. The contents of
the status registers and error queue can be queried via the IEC/IEEE bus. The information is
hierarchically structured. The highest level is formed by the Status Byte Register (STB) defined by IEEE
488.2 and the associated Service Request Enable (SRE) register. The STB receives its information
from the Standard Event Status Register (ESR) also defined by IEEE 488.2 and the associated
Standard Event Status Enable (ESE) Register, as well as from the SCPI-defined Operation Status
Register and the Questionable Status Register, which contain detailed information on the device, and
from the Device Status Register.
The status reporting system also includes the IST flag (Individual STatus) and the Parallel Poll Enable
Register (PPE) assigned to it. The IST flag, like the SRQ, combines the complete device status in a
single bit. The PPE has the same function for the IST flag as the SRE has for the service request.
The output buffer (output queue) contains the messages the device returns to the controller. It is not
part of the status reporting system but since it determines the value of the MAV bit in the STB it is also
shown in Fig. 6-13.
Structure of SCPI Status Register
Each SCPI register consists of five 16-bit registers which have different functions ( Fig. 6-12). The
individual bits are independent of each other, i.e. each hardware status is assigned a bit number which
is the same for all five registers. For instance, bit 4 of the operation status register is assigned to the
hardware status "Measurement" in all five registers. Bit 15 (the most-significant bit) is set to zero in all
registers. This prevents problems some controllers have with the processing of unsigned integers.
States, events or
summary bits of other registers
CONDition register
3
2
1
0
15 14 13 12
PTRansition register
3
2
1
0
15 14 13 12
NTRansition register
3
2
1
0
+
15 14 13 12
15 14 13 12
&
&
&
&
15 14 13 12
EVENt register
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
ENABle register
&
3
2
1
0
&
&
&
&
3
2
1
0
Logic OR
of all bits
+
Logic AND of
EVENT and ENABle bits
Simplified
diagram
Summary bit of SCPI register,
written into a bit of the STB or
into the CONDition bit of a
superordinate register.
Fig. 6-12: Standard SCPI status register
1144.1400.12
6.78
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Table 6-15: Decimal value of individual bits in the SCPI status register
Bit
No.
Decimal value
Bit No.
Decimal value
Bit No.
Decimal value
Bit No.
Decimal value
0
1
4
16
8
256
12
4096
1
2
5
32
9
512
13
8192
2
4
6
64
10
1024
14
16384
3
8
7
128
11
2048
15
32768
CONDition
register
The CONDition register is directly written by the hardware or the summary bit of
the next lower register. Its content reflects the current device status.
This register can only be read; it cannot be written to or cleared. Reading the
register does not change its contents.
PTRansition
register
The Positive TRansition register acts as a transition filter. When a bit of the
CONDition register changes from 0 to 1, the associated PTR bit determines
whether the EVENt bit will be set to 1.
PTR bit = 1: the EVENt bit is set.
PTR bit = 0: the EVENt bit is not set.
This register can be written to and read. Reading the register does not change its
contents.
NTRansition
register
The Negative TRansition register also acts as a transition filter. Upon transition of
a bit of the CONDition register from 1 to 0, the associated NTR bit determines
whether the EVENt bit is set to 1.
NTR bit = 1: the EVENt bit is set.
NTR bit = 0: the EVENt bit is not set.
This register can be written to and read. Reading the register does not change its
contents.
With the aid of these two transition filter registers the user can define the status
change of the CONDition register (none, 0 to 1, 1 to 0 or both) that is to be
recorded in the EVENt register.
EVENt register
The EVENt register reports whether an event has occurred since its last reading;
it is the "memory" of the CONDition register. It only registers events that have
been reported by the transition filters. The EVENt register is continuously updated
by the device.
It can only be read by the user. Reading this register clears its contents.
This register is frequently referred to as the overall register.
1144.1400.12
6.79
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
ENABle register
R&S NRP
The ENABle register determines whether the associated EVENt bit influences the
summary bit (see below). Each bit of the EVENt register is ANDed (symbol '&')
with the associated ENABle bit. The events of all logical operations of this register
are ORed (symbol '+') and passed on to the summary bit.
ENABle bit = 0: the associated EVENt bit does not affect the summary bit. bit = 1:
if the associated EVENT bit is "1", the summary bit is also set to "1".
This register can be written to and read as required. Reading the register does not
change its contents.
Summary bit
Note:
1144.1400.12
As stated above, the summary bit for each register is derived from the EVENt and
ENABle registers. The result is entered into a bit of the CONDition register of the
next higher register. The device automatically generates the summary bit for each
register. An event may thus cause a service request through all hierarchical
levels.
The Service Request Enable register (SRE) defined by IEEE488.2 can be
viewed as the ENABle register of the STB. Accordingly, the ESE can be
viewed as the ENABle register of the ESR.
6.80
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
STAT:DEV
Questionable Status
Register
Standard Event Status
Register
*ESE
Operation Status
Register
STAT:OPER
Output Queue
(output buffer)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Error-/Event Queue
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Operation CAL Summary
0
0
0
Operation MEAS Summary
Operation TRIG Summary
0
0
0
0
Operation SENSe Summary
Lower Limit Fail
Uper Limit Fail
0
0
0
0
0
&
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
&
1
2
&
2
3
&
3
MAV
&
4
ESB
&
+
Operation Complete
0
Query Error
Device dependent Error
Execution Error
Command Error
User Request
Power On
Service Request Enable
*SRE
Status Byte
*STB
RQS/MSS
+
STAT:QUES
0
0
0
Questionable Power Summary
Questionable Window Summary
0
0
0
Questionable Calibration Summary
POST Failure
0
0
0
0
Warning
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
+
0
Sensor A connected
Sensor B connected
Sensor A error
Sensor B error
Sensor A Front/Rear
Sensor B Front/Rear
Sensor C connected
Sensor D connected
Sensor C error
Sensor D error
Sensor C Front/Rear
Sensor D Front/Rear
0
Key pressed
0
+
Device Status
Register
7
5
X
&
7
+
Service Request
to controller
at transition from 0 to 1
Fig. 6-13: Overview on structure of Status Reporting System
1144.1400.12
6.81
E-4
Operation Trigger
Status Register
STAT:OPER:TRIG
Operation Sense
Status Register
STAT:OPER:SENS
Operation Lower Limit Fail
Status Register
STAT:OPER:LLF
Operation Upper Limit Fail
Status Register
STAT:OPER:ULF
0
1
2
3
4
...
15
0
Sensor A waiting for trigger
Sensor B waiting for trigger
Sensor C waiting for trigger
Sensor D waiting for trigger
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
...
15
0
Sensor A initializing
Sensor B initializing
Sensor C initializing
Sensor D initializing
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
...
15
0
Window 1 Lower Limit Fail
Window 2 Lower Limit Fail
Window 3 Lower Limit Fail
Window 4 Lower Limit Fail
Window 5 Lower Limit Fail
Window 6 Lower Limit Fail
Window 7 Lower Limit Fail
Window 8 Lower Limit Fail
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
0
Window 1 Upper Limit Fail
Window 2 Upper Limit Fail
Window 3 Upper Limit Fail
Window 4 Upper Limit Fail
Window 5 Upper Limit Fail
Window 6 Upper Limit Fail
Window 7 Upper Limit Fail
Window 8 Upper Limit Fail
0
0
5
6
7
8
...
15
+
Summary
+
Summary
Operation Status
Register
Summary
Summary
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
to bit 7
of
status byte
register
(STB)
+
STAT:OPER:MEAS
0
Sensor A measuring
Sensor B measuring
Sensor C measuring
Sensor D measuring
0
0
+
Operation Measuring
Status Register
0
1
2
3
4
...
15
+
STAT:OPER:CAL
0
Sensor A calibrating
Sensor B calibrating
Sensor C calibrating
Sensor D calibrating
0
0
Summary
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
...
15
+
Operation Calibrating
Status Register
R&S NRP
+
Remote Control - Commands
Summary
Fig. 6-14: Operation Status Register
1144.1400.12
6.82
E-4
Questionable Power
Status Register
STAT:QUES:POW
Remote Control - Commands
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
...
15
0
Sensor A Power
Sensor B Power
Sensor C Power
Sensor D Power
Sensor A please zero
Sensor B please zero
Sensor C please zero
Sensor D please zero
0
0
+
R&S NRP
Questionable Status
Register
STAT:QUES:WIND
Questionable Calibrating
Status Register
STAT:QUES:CAL
0
Sensor A Calibration
Sensor B Calibration
Sensor C Calibration
Sensor D Calibration
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
...
15
0
1
2
3
4
...
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
to bit 3
of
status byte
register
(STB)
+
0
Window 1 Power
Window 2 Power
Window 3 Power
Window 4 Power
Window 5 Power
Window 6 Power
Window 7 Power
Window 8 Power
0
0
+
Questionable Window
Status Register
+
0
Fig. 6-15: Questionable Status Register
Description of Status Registers
In the following sections the SCPI status registers shown in Fig. 6-13 to Fig. 6-15 are described in
detail:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Status Byte (STB)
Service Request Enable Register (SRE)
Device Status Register
Questionable Status Register
Standard Event Status Register (ESR) with ENABle register (ESE)
Operation Status Register
Operation Calibrating Status Register
Operation Measuring Status Register
Operation Trigger Status Register
Operation Sense Status Register
Operation Lower Limit Fail Status Register
Operation Upper Limit Fail Status Register
Questionable Power Status Register
Questionable Window Status Register
Questionable Calibration Status Register
1144.1400.12
6.83
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE)
The STB is already defined in IEEE 488.2. It gives a rough overview of the device status, collecting
information from the lower-level registers. It is comparable with the CONDition register of a
SCPI-defined register and is at the highest level of the SCPI hierarchy. Its special feature is that bit 6
acts as the summary bit of all other bits of the Status Byte Register.
The status byte is read by the query *STB? or a serial poll. The SRE is associated with the STB. The
function of the SRE corresponds to that of the ENABle register of the SCPI registers. Each bit of the
STB is assigned a bit in the SRE. Bit 6 of the SRE is ignored. If a bit is set in the SRE and the
associated bit in the STB changes from 0 to 1, a service request (SRQ) will be generated on the
IEC/IEEE bus, which triggers an interrupt in the controller configured for this purpose, and can be
further processed by the controller.
The SRE can be set by the command *SRE and read by the query *SRE?.
Table 6-16: Meaning of bits used in the status byte
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Not used
1
Device Status Register summary bit
Depending on the configuration of the device status register, this bit is set when a sensor is connected or
disconnected, when an error has occurred in a sensor or when a key has been pressed.
2
Error Queue not empty
The bit is set if the error queue has an entry. If this bit is enabled by the SRE, each entry of the error queue will
generate a service request. An error can thus be recognized and specified in detail by querying the error queue. The
query yields a conclusive error message. This procedure is recommended since it considerably reduces the problems
of IEC/IEEE-bus control.
3
Questionable Status Register summary bit
This bit is set if an EVENt bit is set in the QUEStionable Status Register and the associated ENABLe bit is set to 1. A
set bit denotes a questionable device status which can be specified in greater detail by querying the QUEStionable
Status Register.
4
MAV-Bit (Message available)
This bit is set if a readable message is in the output queue. This bit may be used to automate reading of data from the
device into the controller.
5
ESB: Standard Event Status Register summary bit
This bit is set if one of the bits in the Standard Event Status Register is set and enabled in the Event Status Enable
Register. Setting this bit denotes a serious error which can be specified in greater detail by querying the Standard
Event Status Register.
6
MSS: Master-Status summary bit
This bit is set if the device triggers a service request. This is the case if one of the other bits of this register is set
together with its enable bit in the Service Request Enable register SRE.
7
Operation Status Register summary bit
This bit is set if an EVENt bit is set in the Operation Status Register and the associated ENABLe bit is set to 1. A set
bit denotes that an action is being performed by the device. Information on the type of action can be obtained by
querying the Operation Status Register.
1144.1400.12
6.84
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
IST Flag and Parallel Poll Enable Register (PPE)
Similar to the SRQ, the IST flag combines the complete status information in a single bit. It can be
queried by a parallel poll ( section "Parallel Poll", page 6.99) or by the *IST? command.
The Parallel Poll Enable Register (PPE) determines which bits of the STB affect the IST flag. The bits of
the STB are ANDed with the corresponding bits of the PPE; bit 6 is also used - in contrast to the SRE.
The IST flag is obtained by ORing all results together.
The PPE can be set by the *PRE command and read by the *PRE? query.
Device Status Register
This register contains information on current device states (CONDition register) or states that occurred
since the last query (EVENt register).
The register can be read by the queries STATus:DEVice:CONDition? or
STATus:DEVice[:EVENt]?.
Table 6-17: Meaning of bits used in the Device Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Not used
1
Sensor A connected
2
Sensor B connected
3
Sensor A error
Sensor A is erroneous.
4
Sensor B error
Sensor B is erroneous.
5
Sensor A Front/Rear
Indicates whether sensor A is connected at the front (bit is not set) or rear (bit is set) of the device.
6
Sensor B Front/Rear
Indicates whether sensor B is connected at the front (bit is not set) or rear (bit is set) of the device.
7
Sensor C connected
8
Sensor D connected
9
Sensor C error
Sensor C is erroneous.
10
Sensor D error
Sensor D is erroneous.
11
Sensor C Front/Rear
Indicates whether sensor C is connected at the front (bit is not set) or rear (bit is set) of the device.
1144.1400.12
6.85
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
Bit
No.
R&S NRP
Meaning
12
Sensor D Front/Rear
Indicates whether sensor D is connected at the front (bit is not set) or rear (bit is set) of the device.
13
Not used
14
Key pressed
This bit is always set if a key on the front panel is pressed (CONDition) or was pressed (EVENt).
15
Bit 15 will never be used.
Questionable Status Register
This register contains information on questionable device states. Such states may occur when the
device is not operated in compliance with its specifications. The register can be read by the queries
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? or STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?.
Table 6-18: Meaning of bits used in the Questionable Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0 to 2
Not used
3
Questionable Power Status Register summary bit
Corresponds to the summary bit of the Questionable Power Status Register.
4
Questionable Window Status Register summary bit
Corresponds to the summary bit of the Questionable Windows Status Register.
5 to 7
Not used
8
Questionable Calibration Status Register summary bit
Corresponds to the summary bit of the Questionable Calibration Status Register.
9
POST Failure
The built-in test of the R&S NRP carried out automatically upon power-up has generated an error.
10 to
13
Not used
14
Warning
15
Bit 15 will never be used.
1144.1400.12
6.86
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Standard Event Status Register (ESR)
Standard Event Status Enable Register (ESE)
The ESR is already defined in the IEEE 488.2 standard. It is comparable to the EVENt register of an
SCPI register. The Standard Event Status Register can be read out by the query *ESR?.
The ESE forms the associated ENABle register. It can be set by the command *ESE and read out by
the query *ESE?.
Table 6-19: Meaning of bits used in the Standard Event Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Operation Complete
When the *OPC command is received, this bit is set if all previous commands have been executed.
1
Not used
2
Query Error
This bit is set in either of the two following cases: the controller wants to read data from the device but has not sent a
query, or it sends new commands to the device before it retrieves existing requested data. A frequent cause is a
faulty query which cannot be executed.
3
Device-dependent Error
This bit is set if a device-dependent error occurs. An error message with a number between -300 and -399 or a
positive error number denoting the error in greater detail will be entered in the error queue.
4
Execution Error
This bit is set if the syntax of a received command is correct but the command cannot be executed due to various
marginal conditions. An error message with a number between -200 and -300 denoting the error in greater detail will
be entered in the error queue.
5
Command Error
This bit is set if an undefined command or a command with incorrect syntax is received. An error message with a
number between -100 and -200 denoting the error in greater detail will be entered in the error queue.
6
User Request
This bit is set upon pressing the [LOCAL] key, i.e. when the device is switched to manual control.
7
Power On
This bit is set when the device is switched on.
1144.1400.12
6.87
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Operation Status Register
The CONDition register contains information on the operations currently being performed by the device,
while the EVENt register contains information on the operations performed by the device since the last
readout of the register.
These two registers can be read by the queries STATus:OPERation:CONDition? or
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?.
Table 6-20: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Status Register
Bit
No.
0
1 to 3
Meaning
Operation Calibrating Status Register summary bit
This bit is set if one of the sensors is being calibrated.
Not used
4
Operation Measuring Status Register summary bit
This bit is set if one of the sensors is performing a measurement.
5
Operation Trigger Status Register summary bit
This bit is set if a sensor is in the WAIT_FOR_TRG state, i.e. waiting for a trigger event.
6
Not used
7 to 9
Not used
10
Operation Sense Status Register summary bit
This bit is set if a sensor is initialized.
11
Operation Lower Limit Fail Status Register
This bit is set if a displayed value has dropped below a lower limit value.
12
Operation Upper Limit Fail Status Register
This bit is set if a displayed value has exceeded an upper limit value.
13 to
14
15
Not used
Bit 15 will never be used.
1144.1400.12
6.88
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Operation Calibrating Status Register
The CONDition register contains information as to whether a sensor is currently being calibrated and,
depending on the configuration of the transition register, the EVENt register indicates whether a
calibration was started or completed since the last readout of this register.
The Operation Calibration Status Register can be read by the following commands:
STATus:OPERation:CALibrating[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:CALibrating[:SUMMary][:EVENt]? .
Table 6-21: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Calibrating Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Not used
1
Sensor A is being calibrated
2
Sensor B is being calibrated
3
Sensor C is being calibrated
4
Sensor D is being calibrated
5 to
14
15
Not used
Bit 15 will never be used.
1144.1400.12
6.89
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Operation Measuring Status Register
The CONDition register contains information as to whether a measurement is being performed by a
sensor and, depending on the configuration of the transition register, the EVENt register indicates
whether a measurement was started or completed since the last readout of this register.
The Operation Measuring Status Register can be read by the following commands:
STATus:OPERation:MEASuring[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:MEASuring[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?.
Table 6-22: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Measuring Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Not used
1
Sensor A measuring
Sensor A is performing a measurement.
2
Sensor B measuring
Sensor B is performing a measurement.
3
Sensor C measuring
Sensor C is performing a measurement.
4
Sensor D measuring
Sensor D is performing a measurement.
5 to14
15
Not used
Bit 15 will never be used.
1144.1400.12
6.90
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Operation Trigger Status Register
The CONDition register contains information as to whether a sensor is currently in the
WAIT_FOR_TRG state, i.e. expecting a trigger event and, depending on the configuration of the
transition register, the EVENt register indicates whether the WAIT_FOR_TRG state was entered or quit
by a sensor since the last readout of the register.
The Operation Trigger Status Register can be read by the following commands:
STATus:OPERation:TRIGger[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:TRIGger[:SUMMary][:EVENt]? .
Table 6-23: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Not used
1
Sensor A waiting for trigger
Sensor A is in the WAIT_FOR_TRG state and is waiting for a trigger event that will change it to the MEASURING
state.
2
Sensor B waiting for trigger
Sensor B is in the WAIT_FOR_TRG state and is waiting for a trigger event that will change it to the MEASURING
state.
3
Sensor C waiting for trigger
Sensor C is in the WAIT_FOR_TRG state and is waiting for a trigger event that will change it to the MEASURING
state.
4
Sensor D waiting for trigger
Sensor D is in the WAIT_FOR_TRG state and is waiting for a trigger event that will change it to the MEASURING
state.
5 to
14
15
Not used
Bit 15 will never be used.
1144.1400.12
6.91
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Operation Sense Status Register
The CONDition register contains information as to whether a sensor is currently being initialized and,
depending on the configuration of the transition register, the EVENt register indicates whether a sensor
initialization was started or completed since the last readout of this register. This status is assumed by a
sensor if one of the following conditions is met:
•
•
•
the supply voltage is switched on (power up)
the sensor was just connected
a reset was performed (*RST or SYSTem:PRESet)
The Operation Sense Status Register can be read by the following commands:
STATus:OPERation:SENSe[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:SENSe[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
Table 6-24: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Sense Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Not used
1
Sensor A initializing
Sensor A is being initialized.
2
Sensor B initializing
Sensor B is being initialized.
3
Sensor C initializing
Sensor C is being initialized.
4
Sensor D initializing
Sensor D is being initialized.
5 to
14
15
Not used
Bit 15 will never be used.
1144.1400.12
6.92
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Operation Lower Limit Fail Status Register
The CONDition register contains information as to whether a displayed value is currently below a
configured lower limit and the EVENt register indicates whether a measured value dropped below a limit
value since the last readout of the Operation Lower Limit Fail Status Register. Details of the behaviour
are defined by the transition register.
The limit value can be set with the command CALC:LIM:LOW:DATA <float_value> . Command
CALC:LIM:LOW:STAT ON configures the PTRansition and NTRansition registers so that the
corresponding bit is set in the EVENt register when the displayed value drops below the limit.
The Operation Lower Limit Fail Status Register can be read by the following commands:
STATus:OPERation:LLIMit[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:LLIMit[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
Table 6-25: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Lower Limit Fail Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Not used
1
Window 1 Lower Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the first Calculate block drops below the lower limit value.
2
Window 2 Lower Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the second Calculate block drops below the lower limit value.
3
Window 3 Lower Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the third Calculate block drops below the lower limit value.
4
Window 4 Lower Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the fourth Calculate block drops below the lower limit value.
5
Window 5 Lower Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the fifth Calculate block drops below the lower limit value.
6
Window 6 Lower Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the sixth Calculate block drops below the lower limit value.
7
Window 7 Lower Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the seventh Calculate block drops below the lower limit value.
8
Window 8 Lower Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the eighth Calculate block drops below the lower limit value.
9 to
14
15
Not used
Bit 15 will never be used.
1144.1400.12
6.93
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Operation Upper Limit Fail Status Register
The CONDition register contains information as to whether a displayed value is currently above a
configured upper limit and the EVENt register indicates whether a limit value was exceeded since the
last readout of the Operation Upper Limit Fail Status Register. Details of the behaviour are defined by
the transition register. The limit value can be set with the command CALC:LIM:UPP:DATA
<float_value> . Command CALC:LIM:UPP:STAT ON configures the PTRansition and NTRansition
registers so that the corresponding bit is set in the EVENt register when the displayed value exceeds
the upper limit value.
The Operation Upper Limit Fail Status Register can be read by the commands
STATus:OPERation:ULIMit[:SUMMary]:CONDition? and
STATus:OPERation:ULIMit[:SUMMary][:EVENt]? .
Table 6-26: Meaning of bits used in the Operation Upper Limit Fail Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Not used
1
Window 1 Upper Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the first Calculate block exceeds the upper limit value.
2
Window 2 Upper Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the second Calculate block exceeds the upper limit value.
3
Window 3 Upper Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the third Calculate block exceeds the upper limit value.
4
Window 4 Upper Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the fourth Calculate block exceeds the upper limit value.
5
Window 5 Upper Limit Fail
The measured value returned by the fifth Calculate block exceeds the upper limit value.
6
Window 6 Upper Limit Fail
The measured value supplied by the sixth Calculate block exceeds the upper limit value.
7
Window 7 Upper Limit Fail
The measured value supplied by the seventh Calculate block exceeds the upper limit value.
8
Window 8 Upper Limit Fail
The measured value supplied by the eighth Calculate block exceeds the upper limit value.
9 to14
15
Not used
Bit 15 will never be used.
1144.1400.12
6.94
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Questionable Power Status Register
The CONDition register contains information as to whether the measured power values are
questionable.
The Questionable Power Status Register can be read by the following commands:
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
Table 6-27: Meaning of bits used in the Questionable Power Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Not used
1
Sensor A Power
The measurement data of sensor A is corrupt.
2
Sensor B Power
The measurement data of sensor B is corrupt.
3
Sensor C Power
The measurement data of sensor C is corrupt.
4
Sensor D Power
The measurement data of sensor D is corrupt.
5
Sensor A please zero
The zero correction for sensor A is no longer correct and should be repeated.
6
Sensor B please zero
The zero correction for sensor B is no longer correct and should be repeated.
7
Sensor C please zero
The zero correction for sensor C is no longer correct and should be repeated.
8
Sensor D please zero
The zero correction for sensor D is no longer correct and should be repeated.
9 to
14
15
Not used
Bit 15 will never be used.
The sensor power bit is set when error -230, "Data corrupt or stale", or -231, "Data questionable",
occurs in the respective sensor.
1144.1400.12
6.95
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Questionable Window Status Register
The CONDition register contains information as to whether the displayed data or the power calculated
by the calculate blocks is questionable.
The Questionable Window Status Register can be read by the following commands:
STATus:QUEStionable:WINDow[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:WINDow[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
Table 6-28: Meaning of bits used in the Questionable Window Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Not used
1
Window 1 Power
The measured values returned by Calculate block 1 are corrupt.
2
Window 2 Power
The measured values returned by Calculate block 2 are corrupt.
3
Window 3 Power
The measured values returned by Calculate block 3 are corrupt.
4
Window 4 Power
The measured values returned by Calculate block 4 are corrupt.
5
Window 5 Power
The measured values returned by Calculate block 5 are corrupt.
6
Window 6 Power
The measured values returned by Calculate block 6 are corrupt.
7
Window 7 Power
The measured values returned by Calculate block 7 are corrupt.
8
Window 8 Power
The measured values returned by Calculate block 8 are corrupt.
9 to
14
15
Not used
Bit 15 will never be used.
A bit is set if the error -231, "Data questionable", occurs in the respective calculate block.
1144.1400.12
6.96
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Questionable Calibration Status Register
The EVENt register and the CONDition register contain information as to whether the zero offset of a
sensor is still valid.
The Questionable Calibration Status Register can be read by the following commands:
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
andSTATus:QUEStionable:CALibration[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
Table 6-29 Meaning of bits used in the Questionable Calibration Status Register
Bit
No.
Meaning
0
Not used
1
Sensor A Calibration
Zeroing of sensor A was not successful.
2
Sensor B Calibration
Zeroing of sensor B was not successful.
3
Sensor C Calibration
Zeroing of sensor C was not successful.
4
Sensor D Calibration
Zeroing of sensor D was not successful.
5 to
14
15
Not used
Bit 15 will never be used.
Use of Status Reporting System
For an efficient use of the status reporting system, the information it contains has to be transferred to
the controller and further processed. There are various methods which are described in the following.
1144.1400.12
6.97
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Service Request, Use of the Hierarchical Structure
Under certain conditions, the device may send a service request (SRQ) to the controller. This service
request usually causes an interrupt at the controller to which the controller program can respond by
suitable actions. As shown in Fig. 6-13, an SRQ will always be triggered if one or several of the bits 2,
3, 4, 5 or 7 have been set in the Status Byte Register and enabled in the SRE. Each of these bits
combines the information from another register, from the error queue or the output buffer. If the ENABle
registers of the status registers are set accordingly, any bit in any status register will be able to trigger
an SRQ. To utilize the possibilities of the service request, all bits in the enable registers SRE and ESE
should be set to "1".
Examples (see also Fig. 6-13):
Use the *OPC command to generate an SRQ:
Set bit 0 (operation complete) in the ESE.
Set bit 5 (ESB) in the SRE.
The device generates an SRQ upon completion of its settings.
Informing the controller by an SRQ that a measurement has been completed:
Set bit 7 (summary bit of Status Operation Register) in the SRE.
Set bit 4 (measuring) in the ENABle register of the Status Operation Register.
Set bit 4 in the NTRansition register of the Status Operation Register to ensure that the transition
of measuring bit 4 from 1 to 0 (end of measurement) is also recorded in the EVENt register.
The device generates an SRQ when the measurement is completed.
The SRQ is the only way for the device to become active of its own. Each controller program should set
the device such that a service request is triggered in case of malfunctions. The program should respond
accordingly to the service request.
Serial Poll
Like the *STB? command, the serial poll is used to query the status byte of a device. Querying is
implemented by interface messages, however, and is therefore much quicker. The serial poll method
has already been defined in the IEEE 488.1 standard, and used to be the only standard method of
querying the Status Byte Register. This method also works with devices that conform neither to SCPI
nor to IEEE 488.2. Serial poll is mainly used to obtain a quick overview of the device status of several
devices connected to the IEC/IEEE bus.
1144.1400.12
6.98
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Parallel Poll
In case of a parallel poll, up to eight devices are simultaneously requested by the controller to transmit
one bit of information on the data line, i.e. to set the data line assigned to each device to logical 0 or 1.
Analogously to the SRE register, which determines the conditions for generating an SRQ, a Parallel Poll
Enable Register (PPE) is available which is ANDed bit-by-bit with the STB (taking into account bit 6).
The results are ORed and the result is then sent (possibly in inverted format) to the controller as a
response to a parallel poll. The result can also be read without a parallel poll by the query *IST?.
The parallel poll mode is mainly used to quickly find out which of the many devices connected to the
IEC/IEEE bus caused an SRQ. For this purpose, SRE and PPE must be set to the same value.
Queries
Each part of a status register can be read out by queries. The queries are specified in the description of
the SCPI commands (command system STATus). The queries always yield a number representing the
bit pattern of the queried register. This number is evaluated by the controller program.
Queries are mainly used after an SRQ to obtain detailed information about the cause of the SRQ.
Error Queue Query
Each error in the device causes an entry in the error queue. The entries in the error queue are error
messages in plain text. If a sensor is connected, sensor-specific errors can be seen via manual control
in the menu File Error List or in remote control via "Error List...". Usually, the error queue is read with
the SCPI query SYSTem:ERRor?. Each SYSTem:ERRor? query is answered by an entry from the
error queue. If there are no more error messages in the error queue, 0 = "No error" is returned by the
device.
The error queue should be queried in the controller program after each SRQ since the queue entries
provide a more precise description of the error cause than the status registers. In particular, in the test
phase of a controller program the error queue should be queried at regular intervals since it also
registers faulty commands from the controller to the device.
1144.1400.12
6.99
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Initialization of the SCPI Status Registers
The commands *RST, *DCL and SYSTem:PRESet as well as powering on the device also affect the
status reporting system. Table 6-30 contains the various commands and events causing a reset of the
status reporting system. None of the commands, with the exception of *RST and SYSTem:PRESet,
affects the functional device settings. In particular, DCL does not clear the device settings.
Table 6-30: Initialization of device status
Result
Power On
Power-OnStatus Clear
(*PSC)
Effect
DCL, SDC
(Device Clear,
Selected Device
Clear)
*RST or
SYSTem:PRESet
STATus:PRESet
*CLS
0
1
--
yes
--
--
--
yes
--
yes
--
--
--
--
Clear PPE (Parallel Poll Enable)
--
yes
--
--
--
--
Clear EVENt register
--
yes
--
--
--
yes
Clear ENABle register of all OPERation and
QUEStionable registers
--
yes
--
--
yes
--
Fill PTRansition register with "1",
delete NTRansition register
--
yes
--
--
yes
--
Clear error/event queue
yes
yes
--
--
--
yes
Clear output queue
yes
yes
yes
1)
1)
1)
Stop command processing (parser) and
clear input queue
yes
yes
yes
--
--
--
Clear STB (Status Byte) and
ESR (Standard Event Status Register)
Clear SRE (Service Request Enable) and
ESE (Standard Event Status Enable)
1) Any command sent to a non-empty output queue causes the error -410, "Query interrupted".
1144.1400.12
6.100
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
SYSTem
With the aid of the SYSTem system, administrative device settings can be made and queried. This
includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
list of error messages
IEC/IEEE-bus address
resetting the R&S NRP
setting the date and time
audible signals
version numbers of hardware and software
setting the system speed
Table 6-31: Commands of the SENSe system
Command
SYSTem
:BEEPer
[:IMMediate]
:NOTify
:OVERload[?]
:KEY[?]
:STOP
:TIME
:COMMunicate
:GPIB
[:SELF]:ADDRess
:DATE[?]
:INFO?
:ERRor?
:KEY
:PRESet
:SENSor[1..4]
:INFO?
:RESet
:TEST?
:SPEed
:STANdard
:CATalog?
:PRESet
:PWSettings[?]
:TRIGger:SOURce[?]
:TIME[?]
:VERSion?
Parameter
Unit
Remark
Query only
No query
ON | OFF
ON | OFF
<NRf>
S
No query
No query
0..30
<year>,<month>,<day>
[<string >]
<NR1> | character_value>
-
No query
[<string >]
NORMal | FAST
Query only
No query
Query only
No query
<string>
ON|OFF
INT|EXT
<hour>,<minute>,<second>
-
Query only
Query only
No query
No query
-
No query
No query
Query only
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate]
Generates an audible signal via the built-in loudspeaker. The duration of the signal is set with
SYST:BEEP:TIME. Frequency and volume cannot be changed. The signal is only output if it is not
switched off with SYS:BEEP:STAT OFF.
SYSTem:BEEPer:NOTify:OVERload[?] ON | OFF
Determines if the R&S NRP shall emit an acoustic signal when the power at a sensor exceeds the
power limit.
*RST-Wert: OFF
1144.1400.12
6.101
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
SYSTem:BEEPer:NOTify:KEY[?] ON | OFF
Enables (ON) or disables (OFF) acoustic key clicks, respectively.
*RST-Wert: OFF
SYSTem:BEEPer:STOP
Stops the output of an audible signal.
SYSTem:BEEPer:TIME
<NRf>
Sets the length in milliseconds of the audible signal output with SYS:BEEP.
Value range: 1..60
Unit: S
*RST value: This setting is not changed by *RST.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess
<NR1>
Sets the address with which the R&S NRP can be addressed via the IEC/IEEE bus. The address is
factory-set to 20 and is not changed by a reset.
Value range: 0..30
*RST value: This setting is not changed by *RST.
SYSTem:DATE[?]
<year>,<month>,<day>
Parameter
Value range
<year>
2000 ... 2100
<month>
1 (January) ... 12 (December)
<day>
1 ... 31
Sets the date. Since the R&S NRP has no battery-backed clock, the date has to be reset if the clock
was not set after the last power-on of the R&S NRP.
*RST value: This setting is not changed by *RST.
1144.1400.12
6.102
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
SYSTem:INFO? [<string>]
Returns information about the system. <string_value> is used to query a specific information item. If
called without parameters, the command returns all available information in the form of a list of strings
separated by commas. <string_value> can have the following values. No difference is made
between upper-case and lower-case letters:
<string_value>
Meaning
"Manufacturer"
Manufacturer of device
"Type"
Type (R&S NRP)
"Stock Number"
Order No. of R&S NRP
"Serial"
Serial number
"HWVersion"
Hardware version
"SW Build"
Firmware version
"BootloadVer"
Version of boot loader
"KeybCtrlVer"
Version of keyboard controller
"Options"
Installed options
"MACAddr"
MAC address of the R&S NRP if Ethernet option has been installed
"RAMSize"
RAM size
"ROMSize"
ROM size
"CPUClock"
Clock frequency of processor
"CPLDVersion"
Version of CPLD chip
"PICVersion"
Version of PIC-Chip
SYSTem:ERRor?
This query returns error numbers and text from the error/event queue of the R&S NRP. A specific error
number with text is entered in the error/event queue for each error that occurs in the R&S NRP. The
queue functions according to the FIFO principle. The message entered first in the queue is also output
first when a SYST:ERR? query is sent. Querying clears the message.
Up to 30 errors can be stored in the error/event queue. If further errors occur, the most recent error is
overwritten by the message -350, "Queue overflow".
If the error/event queue is empty, the message 0, "No error" is returned as a response.
The queue is cleared by *CLS. It is not changed by *RST.
For further information on the error/event queue see section
1144.1400.12
6.103
"STATus", page 5.1.
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
SYSTem:ERRor:EXTended[:STATe][?] <boolean>
SYST:ERR:EXT ON activates extended error messages (SYST:ERR?). The location of errors in the
parsed command strings is also shown.
*RST-Wert: OFF
SYSTem:KEY
<NR1> | <character_value>
This command is used for testing purposes only and simulates a single stroke of an R&S NRP
front-panel key.
The key to be simulated is described either in plain text (<character_value>) or by a key code
(<NR1>) ( Table 6-32).
Table 6-32: Valid parameter values for the SYSTem:KEY command.
Simulated front-panel key
<character_value>
<NR1>
Softkey toggle 1 left
SK1L
1
Softkey toggle 1 right
SK1R
2
Softkey toggle 2 left
SK2L
3
Softkey toggle 2 right
SK2R
4
Softkey toggle 3 left
SK3L
5
Softkey toggle 3 right
SK3R
6
Softkey toggle 4 left
SK4L
7
Softkey toggle 4 right
SK4R
8
Softkey toggle 5 left
SK5L
9
Softkey toggle 5 right
SK5R
10
Softkey toggle 6 left
SK6L
11
Softkey toggle 6 right
SK6R
12
({PRE}SET )
PRESet
13
( ZERO/CAL )
ZERO
14
( FREQ )
FREQ
15
( Æ )
CONTrast
16
( Ø )
POWer
17
1144.1400.12
6.104
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Simulated front-panel key
<character_value>
<NR1>
DELete
18
ENTer
19
ESCape
20
(â)
UP
21
(ô)
DOWN
22
(û)
LEFT
23
(ê)
RIGHt
24
( DEL/1TRIG )
(¶MENU)
(ESC/LOCAL)
Note:
1144.1400.12
The R&S NRP can be switched off via remote control by means of the
SYST:KEY POWER command.
6.105
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
SYSTem:PRESet
Resets the R&S NRP to default (*RST) values. No difference is made between reset and preset values
(exceptions: INIT:CONT, SENS:AVER:TCON und SENS:TRAC:AVER:TCON). For preset values see
Table 6-33 .
Table 6-33: Preset and *RST value
Command
Preset and *RST value
CALC[1..8]:FEED[1..2]
"POW:AVER"
CALC[1..8]:LIM:BEEP
OFF
CALC[1..8]:LIM:CLE:AUTO
OFF
CALC[1..8]:LIM:FAIL?
CALC[1..8]:LIM:FCO?
CALC[1..8]:LIM:UPP:DATA
0
0
CALC[1..8]:LIM:UPP:STAT
CALC[1..8]:LIM:LOW:DATA
CALC[1..8]:LIM:LOW:STAT
CALC[1..8]:MATH
CALC[1..8]:REL
CALC[1..8]:REL:POW
CALC[1..8]:REL:RAT
CALC[1..8]:REL:STAT
0 W or 0 DB
OFF
0 W or 0 DB
OFF
For command
description see 6.29
0 DBM or 0 DB
0 DBM
0 DB
OFF
DISP:ILL
-
DISP:MESS
DISP:MESS:TEXT
DISP:MESS:TYPE
OFF
MESS
DISP:SEL
DISP:SIZE
DISP[1..4]
1
NORM
ON | OFF
DISP[1..4]:AVAL
NONE
DISP[1..4]:FORM
DISP[1..4]:MET:LOW
DISP[1..4]:NAME
DISP[1..4]:RES
DIG
-90 DBM
-120 DB
70 DBM
60 DB
""
0.01
DISP:SEL
DISP:SIZE
DISP[1..4]
1
NORM
ON | OFF
DISP[1..4]:MET:UPP
1144.1400.12
6.106
Remark
The calculate block processes
average power values ("Average").
No audible signal in case of limit
violations.
No automatic reset of the limit
monitoring
function
when
a
measurement is started.
Limit violation.
Number of limit violations is reset.
Upper limit value for measurements.
No monitoring function for upper limit
value.
Lower limit value for measurements.
No monitoring function for lower limit
value.
The calculate block returns the
measured value of the sensor
assigned to the primary channel.
Measurements are not converted into
a reference value.
Display lighting remains unchanged
and can be activated by pressing
( Æ ).
Do not display messages.
No change.
Messages cannot be confirmed
manually.
First measurement window selected.
Automatic window sizes.
A window is opened automatically for
each connected sensor.
No
additional
information
on
measured values displayed.
Digital result display.
Lower limit value for analog result
display.
Upper limit value for analog result
display.
Text to be displayed in result window.
Measurement accuracy and display
accuracy.
Selection of first result window.
Automatic window sizes.
A window will automatically be
opened for each sensor.
E-4
R&S NRP
Command
Remote Control - Commands
Preset and *RST value
DISP[1..4]:TRAC:LOW
-120 DBM
DISP[1..4]:TRAC:UPP
30 DBM
DISP[1..4]:TSL
DISP[1..4]:UPD
FORM
FORM:BORD
1
NORM
ASC
NORM
MEM:…
-
OUTP:REC1:FEED
"CALC1"
OUTP:REC2:FEED
"CALC2"
OUTP:REC[1..2]:LIM:LOW
OUTP:REC1:STAT
OUTP:REC2:STAT
OUTP:ROSC
OUTP:TTL:ACT
-20 DBM or
0 DB
20 DBM or
10 DB
ON
OFF
OFF
LOW
OUTP:TTL:FAIL
HIGH
OUTP:TTL:FEED
"CALC1:LIM"
OUTP:TTL:HVOLT
OUTP:TTL:LVOLT
SENS[1..4]:AUXiliary
SENS[1..4]:AVER
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:MTIMe
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:SLOT
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:NSR
SENS[1..4]:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE
SENS[1..4]:AVER:TCON
3.3 V
0.0 V
NONE | MINM
ON | OFF
<NR1>
ON | OFF
<NRf>
<NRf>
<NR1>
<NRf>
RES | NSR
MOV
REP
<string>
OUTP:REC[1..2]:LIM:UPP
SENS[1..4]:BAND:VID
SENS[1..4]:BWID:VID
SENS[1..4]:CORR:DCYC
SENS[1..4]:CORR:DCYC:STAT
SENS[1..4]:CORR:FDOT
SENS[1..4]:CORR:FDOT:STAT
SENS[1..4]:CORR:OFFS
SENS[1..4]:CORR:OFFS:STAT
SENS[1..4]:CORR:SPD:SEL
SENS[1..4]:FREQ
1144.1400.12
<NRf>
ON |OFF
OFF
<NRf>
ON | OFF
<NR1>
-
6.107
Remark
Lower limit of power axis in Scope
mode
Upper limit of power axis in Scope
mode
First timeslot
Frequent display updates.
Measured data in ASCII format.
"Big-Endian" byte sequence of
measured data, if FORM REAL.
The settings in the MEMory command
system will not be affected.
Analog outputs are fed by the first
calculate block.
Analog outputs are fed by the second
calculate block.
0 V equivalent at analog output.
3 V equivalent at analog output.
Analog output active.
Trigger input active.
Test generator is switched off.
OUTP:TTL:LVOLT is applied to the
TTL output if a limit is violated.
OUTP:TTL:HVOLT is applied to the
TTL output if a limit is violated.
The TTL output is fed by the limit
monitoring function of calculate block
1.
High voltage at TTL output
Low voltage at TTL output
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
(PRES) and SYST:PRES.
*RST.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
No change.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
No change.
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Command
Preset and *RST value
Remark
SENS[1..4]:FUNC
"POW:AVG"|
"POW:BURS:AVG"|
"POW:TSL:AVG"|
"XTIM:POW"
<NRf>
ON | OFF
<NR1>
ON | OFF
<NRf>
ON | OFF
<NRf>
<NRf>
1
<NRf>
ON | OFF
<NR1>
<NRf>
ON | OFF
<NRf>
<NRf>
ON | OFF
<NRf>
1 | 2 | 3
ON | OFF
<NRf>
<NRf>
<NRf>
FREQ1 | FREQ2
<NRf>
ON | OFF
<NRf>
ON | OFF
1 | 2 | 3
ON | OFF
<NRf>
ON | OFF
<NR1>
OFF
<NRf>
<NRf>
<NR1>
<NRf>
RES | NSR
MOV
REP
<NRf>
<NR1>
<NRf>
ON|OFF
<NRf>
Depending on sensor.
SENS[1..4]:APER
SENS[1..4]:BUFF:STAT
SENS[1..4]:BUFF:SIZe
SENS[1..4]:CHOP
SENS[1..4]:TGAT[1..4]:MID:OFFS
SENS[1..4]:TGAT[1..4]:MID
SENS[1..4]:TGAT[1..4]:MID:TIME
SENS[1..4]:TGAT[1..4]:OFFS:TIME
SENS[1..4]:TGAT:SEL
SENS[1..4]:TGAT[1..4]:TIME
SENS[1..4]:TSL:CHOP
SENS[1..4]:TSL:COUNt
SENS[1..4]:TSL:MID:OFFS
SENS[1..4]:TSL:MID
SENS[1..4]:TSL:MID:TIME
SENS[1..4]:TSL:WIDTh
SENS[1..4]:BURS:CHOP
SENS[1..4]:BURS:DTOL
SENS[1..4]:RANG
SENS[1..4]:RANG:AUT
SENS[1..4]:RANG:CLEV
SENS[1..4]:RGAM
SENS[1..4]:RGAM:PHAS
SENS[1..4]:SAMP
SENS[1..4]:SGAM
SENS[1..4]:SGAM:CORR:STAT
SENS[1..4]:SGAM:PHAS
SENS[1..4]:SMO:STAT
SENS[1..4]:AC:RANG
SENS[1..4]:AC:RANG:AUT
SENS[1..4]:AC:RANG:CLEV
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO:MTIMe
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO:POIN
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO:NSR
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:AVER:TCON
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:OFFS:TIME
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:POINt
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:TIME
SENS[1..4]:TRAC:REAL
SENS[1..4]:TIMing:EXCL:STARt
1144.1400.12
6.108
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
(PRES) and SYST:PRES.
*RST.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
E-4
R&S NRP
Command
Remote Control - Commands
Preset and *RST value
<NRf>
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Depending on sensor.
NORM
OFF
INT
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON | OFF
<NR1>
<NRf>
ON|OFF
<NRf>
<NRf>
<NRf>
<NRf>
POS | NEG
IMM | HOLD | EXT
| INT | BUS
DBM
DB
Depending on sensor.
SENS[1..4]:TIMing:EXCL:STOP
SERV[1..4]:SERR
SYST:BEEP:NOT:KEY
SYST:BEEP:NOT:OVER
SYST:ERR:EXT
SYST[1..4]:SPEed
SYST:STAN:PWS
SYST:STAN:TRIG:SOUR
INIT[1..4|:ALL]:CONT
INIT[1..4|:ALL]:DIS
TRIG:ALL:SYNC
TRIG[1..4|:ALL]:ATR
TRIG[1..4|:ALL]:COUN
TRIG[1..4|:ALL]:DELay
TRIG[1..4|:ALL]:DEL:AUTO
TRIG[1..4|:ALL]:DTIM
TRIG[1..4|:ALL]:HOLD
TRIG[1..4|:ALL]:HYST
TRIG[1..4|:ALL]:LEV
TRIG[1..4|:ALL]:SLOP
TRIG[1..4|:ALL]:SOUR
UNIT[1..8]:POW
UNIT[1..8]:POW:RAT
Remark
Sample errors are signaled.
No key click.
No warning on sensor overload.
No
extended
error
message
for
SYST:ERR?
Window
Internal triggering.
(PRES) and SYST:PRES.
*RST.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Depending on sensor.
Logarithmic result scaling.
Logarithmic result scaling.
SYSTem:SENSor[1..4]:INFO? [<string>]
Returns information on a sensor. <string> is used to query a specific information item. If called
without parameters, the command returns all available information in the form of a list of strings
separated by commas. The permissible values for <string> depend on the sensor. For details refer to
the documentation of the corresponding sensor.
Value range: depending on sensor
SYSTem:SENSor[1..4]:RESet
From the point of view of the R&S NRP base unit, the sensors are stand-alone measuring devices.
They communicate with the R&S NRP via a command set complying with SCPI.
SYST:SENS[1..4]:RES prompts the base unit to send an *RST to the sensor in question.
Measurements in progress are interrupted.
SYSTem:SENSor[1..4]:TEST?
Performs a sensor test and returns a list of strings separated by commas. The contents of this test
protocol is sensor-specific. For its meaning, please refer to the sensor documentation.
1144.1400.12
6.109
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
SYSTem:SPEed
R&S NRP
NORMal | FAST
The data processing speed of the R&S NRP can be increased when FAST is selected. The display is
switched off and the measured values are no longer displayed since the continuous update of the
screen content requires computation time.
*RST value: NORM
SYSTem:STANdard:CATalog?
Returns a list of stored standards containing a series of strings separated by commas. The strings can
be used as parameters for the SYSTem:STANdard:PRESet <string> command.
*RST value: none
SYSTem:STANdard:PRESet
<string>
The R&S NRP can be easily configured for measuring standardized signals (e.g. mobile radio
standards). For this purpose, the standards listed in the Annex ( "Standard Configurations") are
stored in the R&S NRP. The SYST:STAN:PRES command sets the listed parameters and, if desired,
also configures front-panel display windows (if SYST:STAN:PWS ON).
*RST value: none
SYSTem:STANdard:PWSettings
ON | OFF
If SYST:STAN:PRES <string> is used, SYST:STAN:PWS (Preserve Window Settings) determines
whether the window system is also configured with the calculate blocks (OFF) or whether exclusively
sensor parameters are set (ON).
*RST value: OFF
SYSTem:STANdard:TRIGger:SOURce
INT | EXT
If SYST:STAN:PRES <string> is used, this command determines whether the sensors are set to
internal (INT) or external (EXT) triggering.
*RST value: INT
1144.1400.12
6.110
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
SYSTem:TIME[?]
Parameter
Value range
<hour>
0 to 24
<minute>
0 to 59
<second>
0 to 59
<hour>,<minute>,<second>
Sets the time. Since the R&S NRP has no battery-backed clock, the time has to be reset if the clock
was
not
set
after
the
last
power-on
of
the
R&S NRP.
( SYSTem:DATE[?]
<year>,<month>,<day>).
SYSTem:VERSion?
Returns a string that contains the current version number of the SCPI standard.
1144.1400.12
6.111
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
TRIGger
The trigger commands are used to configure the timing conditions for the start of a measurement.
Note:
When the sensors are connected to the R&S NRP, they inform the device
about the SENSe and TRIGger commands supported and about the value
ranges for parameters. This applies to both numeric and text parameters.
For this reason, no fixed ranges are specified with these commands; the
ranges can be obtained from the respective sensor manual.
Table 6-34: Commands for setting the trigger system of a sensor
Command
ABORt[1..4|:ALL]
INITiate[1..4|:ALL]
:CONTinuous[?]
:DISable[?]
[:IMMediate]
TRIGger:ALL
:SYNChronize[:STATe][?]
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]
:ATRigger[:STATe][?]
:COUNt[?]
:DELay[?]
:AUTO[?]
:DTIMe[?]
:HOLDoff[?]
:HYSTeresis[?]
[:IMMediate]
:LEVel[?]
:SLOPe[?]
:SOURce[?]
Parameter
Unit
Remark
No query
ON | OFF
ON | OFF
-
-
ON | OFF
-
ON | OFF
<int_value>
<float_value>
ON | OFF
<float_value>
<float_value>
<float_value>
<float_value>
POSitive | NEGative
BUS | EXTernal | HOLD |
IMMediate | INTernal
S
S
S
DB|PCT
DBM|W
-
No query
No query
ABORt[1..4|:ALL]
Immediately sets the respective sensors to the IDLE state. Measurements in progress are interrupted. If
INIT:CONT ON is set, a new measurement is immediately started since the trigger system is not
influenced.
1144.1400.12
6.112
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
INITiate[1..4|:ALL]:CONTinuous[?]
ON | OFF
Selects either single-shot or continuous (free-running) measurement cycles. In the course of a
measurement cycle, a sensor passes through the IDLE, INITIATED, WAIT_FOR_TRG and
MEASURING states before it is again set to the IDLE (INIT:CONT OFF) or the INITIATED (INIT:CONT
ON) state. The settings are not changed when control is switched from manual to remote. INIT:CONT
ON is set when remote control is switched back to manual control.
INIT:CONT ON
Continuous measurements are performed. If a measurement is completed, the
respective sensors do not return to the IDLE state but are immediately set to
INITIATED and then to WAIT_FOR_TRG.
INIT:CONT OFF
A measurement cycle is only performed once. After completion, the sensors remain
in the IDLE state. INIT:CONT OFF has no effect when the sensor is already in the
IDLE state. A measurement in progress is completed.
*RST-Wert: (PRES) and SYST:PRES:
ON
*RST:
OFF
INITiate[1..4|:ALL]:DISable[?]
ON | OFF
This command prevents the execution of the INIT:IMM command for one or more sensors. It can thus
suppress the start of a measurement for specific sensors if the INIT:ALL:IMM command is used.
*RST value: OFF
INITiate[1..4|:ALL][:IMMediate][?]
This command starts a single-shot measurement. The respective sensor goes to the INITIATED state.
The command is completely executed when the sensor returns to the IDLE state. The command is
ignored when the sensor is not in the IDLE state or when continuous measurements are selected
(INIT:CONT ON). The command is only fully executed when the measurement is completed and the
trigger system has again reached the IDLE state. Besides CAL:ZERO:AUTO INIT is the only remote
control command that permits overlapping execution. Other commands can be received and processed
while the command is being executed.
Note: INIT:IMM invalidates all previous measuring results. A FETCh? command following
INIT will thus always return a new measurement result.
Error messages:
28 "Sensor not idle": The sensor is not in the IDLE state.
1144.1400.12
6.113
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
TRIGger:ALL:SYNChronize[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
Using this command one can assure, that measurements with externally triggered sensors start
synchronously. As the initiation of measurements in the sensors is serialised in the R&S NRP it is
possible that a sensor is triggered before another sensor is initiated (if synchronisation is off). Sensors
to be synchronised are required to have the same TRIG:SLOP setting, otherwise a SCPI error -221,
"Settings conflict" occurs on TRIG:ALL:SYNC ON.
Note: TRIG:ALL:SYNC works only in conjunction with INIT:ALL.
Example (synchronised measurement with 2 heads):
*RST
TRIG:ALL:SLOP POS
TRIG:ALL:SOUR EXT
TRIG:ALL:SYNC ON
INIT:ALL
FETCh1?; FETCh2?
*RST value: OFF
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:ATRigger[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
When TRIG:ATR is set to ON, the WAIT_FOR_TRG state is automatically exited when no trigger event
occurs within a period that corresponds to the reciprocal of the display update rate.
*RST value: depending on sensor
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:COUNt[?]
<int_value>
Sets the number of measurement cycles to be performed when the measurement is started with INIT.
Unit: 1
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:DELay[?]
<float_value>
Defines the delay between the trigger event and the beginning of the actual measurement (integration).
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.114
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:DELay:AUTO[?]
ON | OFF
TRIG:DEL:AUTO ON ensures by means of an automatically determined delay value that a
measurement is not started until the sensor has settled. This is especially important when thermal
sensors are used. The automatically determined delay is ignored if a longer period is set with
TRIG[1..4]:DEL.
*RST value: depending on sensor
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:DTIMe[?]
<float_value>
If the trigger level has been underrun with internal triggering, it is sometimes useful to wait some time
(drop-out time) before retriggering. The measurement of unwanted signal components can thus be
suppressed. This setting parameter is used with pulsed GSM signals, for example, if only specific
timeslots are to be measured.
Fig. 6-16 shows the importance of the drop-out time. If the timeslots BF and DH are not to be
measured, the drop-out time is set to a higher value than the period EB (GD). In this case, the trigger
events B and D are ignored.
Power
A
B
E
C
F
D
G
Trigger level
H
Trigger hysteresis
Time
Drop-Out
Time
Drop-Out
Time
Fig. 6-16: Significance of the drop-out time parameter
A similar response is achieved with the SENSe:BURSt:DTOLerance command in the Burst mode.
However, the Burst mode ensures that a burst measurement is not discontinued too early, whereas
TRIGger:DTIMe suppresses a new measurement that is performed too early.
*RST value: depending on sensor
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:HOLDoff[?]
<float_value>
Defines a period after a trigger event within which all further trigger events are ignored.
Unit: S
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.115
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:HYSTeresis[?]
<float_value>
This command is used to specify how far the signal level has to drop below the trigger level before a
new signal edge can be detected as a trigger event. Thus, this command can be used to eliminate the
effects of noise in the signal on the edge detector of the trigger system.
Unit: DB | PCT
Default unit: DB
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL][:IMMediate]
Performs triggering and ensures that the sensor directly changes from the WAIT_FOR_TRG state to
the MEASURING state irrespective of the selected trigger source (TRIG:SOUR). A trigger delay set with
TRIG:DEL is ignored but not the automatic delay determined when TRIG:DEL:AUTO:ON is set.
When the trigger source is HOLD, a measurement can only be started with TRIG.
Error messages:
-211 "Trigger ignored": The sensor is not in the WAIT_FOR_TRG state.
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:LEVel[?]
<float_value>
Determines the power a trigger signal must exceed (TRIG:SLOP POS) or fall short of (TRIG:SLOP
NEG) before a trigger event is detected. This setting is only used for the trigger signal source
(TRIG:SOUR) INTernal.
Unit: DBM | W
Default unit: DBM
Value range: depending on sensor
*RST value: depending on sensor
TRIGger[1..4]:MASTer[:STATe][?]
ON | OFF
Assigns a power meter as the trigger master. When the trigger master detects a trigger event, it
generates an external (hardware) trigger signal, which allows the triggering of other sensors. For this
reason, the trigger master must not be set to external triggering (TRIG:SOUR EXT). The trigger signal
generated by the trigger master is routed via the connecting cable to the R&S NRP and from there
distributed to the other sensors and the trigger output.
*RST value: depending on sensor
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:SLOPe[?]
POSitive | NEGative
This command determines whether the rising (POSitive) or the falling (NEGative) edge of the signal
is used for triggering.
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.116
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:SOURce[?]
BUS | EXTernal | HOLD | IMMediate | INTernal
Sets the trigger signal source for the WAIT_FOR_TRG state.
BUS
The trigger event is initiated by TRIG:IMM or *TRG. In this case, the other trigger setting
are meaningless.
EXTernal
Triggering is performed with an external signal applied to the trigger connector. The
TRIG:SLOP command determines whether the rising or the falling edge of the signal is
to be used for triggering. Waiting for a trigger event can be skipped by TRIG:IMM.
IMMediate
The sensor does not remain in the WAIT_FOR_TRG state but immediately changes to
the MEASURING state.
HOLD
A measurement can only be triggered when the command TRIG:IMM is executed.
INTernal
The sensor determines the trigger time by means of the signal to be measured. When
this signal exceeds (TRIG:SLOP POS) or fall short of (TRIG:SLOP NEG) the power set
by TRIG:LEV, the measurement is started after the time set by TRIG:DEL. Similar to
TRIG:SOUR EXT, waiting for a trigger event can also be skipped by TRIG:IMM.
*RST value: depending on sensor
1144.1400.12
6.117
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
UNIT
Table 6-35: Commands of the UNIT system
Command
Parameter
UNIT[1..8]
:POWer[?]
:RATio[?]
DBM | W
UNIT[1..8]:POWer[?]
Unit
Remark
-
DB | PCT
DBM | W | DBUV
Selects the output unit for the measured power values. This setting also determines the unit for the
parameters of the following commands:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CALC:REL
CALC:LIM:UPP
CALC:LIM:LOW
DISP:MET:UPP
DISP:MET:LOW
OUTP:REC:LIM:LOW
OUTP:REC:LIM:UPP
*RST value: DBM
UNIT[1..8]:POWer:RATio[?]
DB | DPCT | O
Selects the output unit for the measured power ratio values. This setting also determines the unit for the
parameters of the following commands:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CALC:REL
CALC:LIM:UPP
CALC:LIM:LOW
DISP:MET:UPP
DISP:MET:LOW
OUTP:REC:LIM:LOW
OUTP:REC:LIM:UPP
*RST value: DB
Error messages: If the compute function of the associated calculate block is :SWR, :RLOSs or
:REFLection, then the unit cannot be changed and error message 26,"State not supported", is output.
1144.1400.12
6.118
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
List of Remote Control Commands
The R&S NRP supports remote control commands to the SCPI 1999.0 standard.
Command
Page
High-level measurement commands
CONFigure[1..8]?
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SUM
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RATio
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SWR
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:SUM
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RATio
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:SWR
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RELative
6.12
1144.1400.12
6.119
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:SUM
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RATio
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:SWR
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
CONFigure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:SUM
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RATio
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:SWR
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
CONFigure[1..8]:XTIMe[:POWer]
6.12
FETCh[1..8]?
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SUM
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RATio
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
1144.1400.12
6.120
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SWR
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:SUM
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RATio
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:SWR
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:SUM
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RATio
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:SWR
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
FETCh[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
FETCh[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]
6.12
FETCh[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
FETCh[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:SUM
6.12
1144.1400.12
6.121
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
FETCh[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RATio
6.12
FETCh[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
FETCh[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:SWR
6.12
FETCh[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
FETCh[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
FETCh[1..8]:XTIMe[:POWer]
6.12
READ[1..8]?
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SUM
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RATio
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SWR
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:SUM
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RATio
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:SWR
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
1144.1400.12
6.122
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:SUM
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RATio
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:SWR
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
READ[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
READ[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]
6.12
READ[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
READ[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:SUM
6.12
READ[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RATio
6.12
READ[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
READ[1..8]:XTIMe[:POWer]
6.12
MEASure[1..8]?
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SUM
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SUM:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RATio
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:SWR
6.12
1144.1400.12
6.123
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:RLOSs
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer][:AVG]:REFLection
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RATio
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:TSLot[:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RATio
6.12
MEASure[1..8][:SCALar][:POWer]:BURSt[:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8]:SWR
6.12
MEASure[1..8]:REFLection
6.12
MEASure[1..8]:RLOSs
6.12
MEASure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]
6.12
MEASure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence
6.12
MEASure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:DIFFerence:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RATio
6.12
MEASure[1..8]:ARRay[:POWer][:AVG]:RATio:RELative
6.12
MEASure[1..8]:XTIMe[:POWer]
6.12
CALCulate commands
CALCulate[1..8]:DATA?
6.24
CALCulate[1..8]:MINimum:DATA?
6.24
CALCulate[1..8]:MAXimum:DATA?
6.24
CALCulate[1..8]:PTPeak:DATA?
6.24
CALCulate[1..8]:MEAN:DATA?
6.24
1144.1400.12
6.124
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
CALCulate[1..8]:SDEViation:DATA?
6.24
CALCulate[1..8]:COUNt:DATA?
6.24
CALCulate[1..8]:EXTRemes:RESet
6.26
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:BEEP
6.26
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:CLEar[:IMMediate]
6.27
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:FAIL?
6.27
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:FCOunt?
6.27
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA][?]
6.27
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:UPPer:STATe[?]
6.29
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA][?]
6.27
CALCulate[1..8]:LIMit:LOWer:STATe[?]
6.28
CALCulate[1..8]:MATH[:EXPRession][?]
6.29
CALCulate[1..8]:MATH[:EXPRession]:CATalog?
6.30
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude][?]
6.30
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative[:MAGNitude]:AUTO[?]
6.32
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative:POWer[:MAGNitude][?]
6.31
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative:RATio[:MAGNitude][?]
6.32
CALCulate[1..8]:RELative:STATe[?]
6.32
CALibration command
6.33
CALibration[1..4]:ZERO:AUTO[?]
DISPlay command
DISPlay:ILLumination[?]
6.34
DISPlay:ERRorlist:STATe[?]
6.35
DISPlay:MESSage[:STATe][?]
6.35
DISPlay:MESSage:TEXT:CLEar
6.35
DISPlay:MESSage:TEXT[:DATA]
6.35
DISPlay:MESSage:TYPE
6.35
DISPlay:PIXMap?
6.35
DISPlay:UPDate[?]
6.36
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:AVALue[?]
6.36
1144.1400.12
6.125
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:FORMat[?]
6.36
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:AUTo[?]
6.37
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:LOWer[?]
6.37
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:METer|:ANALog:UPPer[?]
6.38
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:NAME[?]
6.38
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:RESolution[?]
6.39
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:SELect[?]
6.41
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4]:SIZE[?]
6.41
DISPlay[:WINDow][1..4][:STATe][?]
6.40
MEMory commands
MEMory:CATalog[:ALL]?
6.44
MEMory:CATalog:STATe?
6.44
MEMory:CATalog:TABLe?
6.44
MEMory:CLEar[:NAME]
6.44
MEMory:CLEar:TABLe
6.44
MEMory:FREE[:ALL]?
6.44
MEMory:FREE:STATe?
6.45
MEMory:FREE:TABLe?
6.45
MEMory:NSTates?
6.45
MEMory:STATe:CATalog?
6.45
MEMory:STATe:DEFine[?]
6.45
MEMory:TABLe:FREQuency[?]
6.45
MEMory:TABLe:FREQuency:POINts?
6.46
MEMory:TABLe:GAIN[:MAGNitude][?]
6.46
MEMory:TABLe:GAIN[:MAGNitude]:POINts?
6.46
MEMory:TABLe:MOVE
6.46
MEMory:TABLe:SELect[?]
6.47
OUTPut command
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:FEED[?]
6.48
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:LOWer[?]
6.49
1144.1400.12
6.126
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:LOWer:POWer[?]
6.49
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:LOWer:RATio[?]
6.50
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:UPPer[?]
6.50
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:UPPer:POWer[?]
6.50
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:LIMit:UPPer:RATio[?]
6.50
OUTPut:RECorder[1..2]:STATe[?]
6.51
OUTPut:ROSCillator[:STATe][?]
6.51
OUTPut:ROSCillator:CALibration:READ?
6.51
OUTPut:ROSCillator:CALibration:WRIte
6.51
OUTPut:TTL[1]:ACTive[?]
6.52
OUTPut:TTL[1]:FAIL[?]
6.52
OUTPut:TTL[1]:FEED[?]
6.52
OUTPut:TTL[1]:HVOLtage[?]
6.52
OUTPut:TTL[1]:LVOLTag[?]
6.52
OUTPut:TTL[1]:STATe[?]
6.53
SENSe commands
[SENSe[1..4]]:AUXiliary[?]
6.55
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage[:STATe][?]
6.56
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt[?]
6.56
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO[?]
6.56
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:MTIMe[?]
6.56
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:RESolution[?]
6.56
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:SLOT[?]
6.57
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:NSRatio[?]
6.57
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:TYPE[?]
6.57
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:RESet
6.58
[SENSe[1..4]]:AVERage:TCONtrol[?]
6.58
[SENSe[1..4]]:BANDwidth:VIDeo[?]
6.58
[SENSe[1..4]]:BANDwidth:VIDeo:LIST[?]
6.58
[SENSe[1..4]]:BWIDth:VIDeo[?]
6.58
1144.1400.12
6.127
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
[SENSe[1..4]]:BWIDth:VIDeo:LIST[?]
6.58
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:DCYCle[:INPut][:MAGNitude][?]
6.59
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:DCYCle:STATe[?]
6.59
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOFfset[:INPut][:MAGNitude]?
6.59
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOT[:SELect][?]
6.60
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:FDOT:STATe[?]
6.60
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:OFFSet[?]
6.58
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:OFFSet:STATe[?]
6.59
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:SPDevice:SELect[?]
6.60
[SENSe[1..4]]:CORRection:SPDevice:STATe[?]
6.60
[SENSe[1..4]]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed][?]
6.60
[SENSe[1..4]]:FUNCtion[:ON][?]
6.61
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer][:AVG]:APERture[?]
6.62
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer][:AVG]:BUFFer:SIZE[?]
6.62
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer][:AVG]:BUFFer:STATe[?]
6.62
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer][:AVG]:CHOPper[:STATe][?]
6.62
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TGATe:SELect[?]
6.67
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TGATe[1..4][:EXCLude]:MID:OFFSet[:TIME][?]
6.64
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TGATe[1..4][:EXCLude]:MID[:STATe][?]
6.64
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TGATe[1..4][:EXCLude]:MID:TIME[?]
6.65
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TGATe[1..4]:TIME[?]
6.67
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TGATe[1..4]:OFFSet[:TIME][?]
6.66
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TSLot:CHOPper[:STATe][?]
6.67
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TSLot:[AVG]:COUNt[?]
6.62
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TSLot[:EXCLude]:MID:OFFSet[:TIME][?]
6.67
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TSLot[:EXCLude]:MID[:STATe][?]
6.67
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TSLot[:EXCLude]:MID:TIME[?]
6.67
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:TSLot:[AVG]:WIDTh[?]
6.68
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:BURSt:CHOPper[:STATe][?]
6.63
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer]:BURSt:DTOLerance[?]
6.63
1144.1400.12
6.128
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer][:AVG]:RANGe[?]
6.62
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer][:AVG]:RANGe:AUTo[?]
6.62
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer][:AVG]:RANGe:CLEVel[?]
6.63
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer][:AVG]:RANGe:AUTo:CLEVel[?]
6.63
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer][:AVG]:SMOothing:STATe[?]
6.63
[SENSe[1..4]]:[POWer][:AVG]:SAMPling[?]
6.66
[SENSe[1..4]]:RGAMma:MAGNitude[?]
6.68
[SENSe[1..4]]:RGAMma:PHASe[?]
6.69
[SENSe[1..4]]:SGAMma[:MAGNitude][?]
6.69
[SENSe[1..4]]:SGAMma:PHASe[?]
6.69
[SENSe[1..4]]:SGAMma:CORRection:STATe[?]
6.69
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage[:STATe][?]
6.70
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt[?]
6.70
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO[?]
6.70
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:MTIMe[?]
6.70
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:RESolution[?]
6.71
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:POINt[?]
6.71
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:NSRatio[?]
6.71
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:TYPE[?]
6.72
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:AVERage:TCONtrol[?]
6.72
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:OFFSet:TIME[?]
6.72
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:POINts[?]
6.72
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:REALtime[?]
6.73
[SENSe[1..4]]:TRACe:TIME[?]
6.73
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STARt[?]
6.73
[SENSe[1..4]]:TIMing:EXCLude:STOP[?]
6.73
SERVice commands
SERVice[1..4]]:CALibration:TEST?
6.74
SERVice[1..4]]:CALibration:TEMP
6.74
SERVice[1..4]]:CALibration:TEMP:DATA?
6.75
1144.1400.12
6.129
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
SERVice[1..4]]:RCOunt
6.75
SERVice[1..4]]:RESult
6.75
SERVice[1..4]]:UNLock
6.75
SERVice[1..4]]:SERRors[?]
6.75
STATus commands
STATus:DEVice[:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:DEVice:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:DEVice:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:DEVice:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:DEVice:PTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation [:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:CALibrating[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:CALibrating[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:CALibrating[:SUMMary]:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:CALibrating[:SUMMary]:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:CALibrating[:SUMMary]:PTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:LLFail[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:LLFail[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:LLFail[:SUMMary]:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:LLFail[:SUMMary]:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:LLFail[:SUMMary]:PTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:ULFail[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:ULFail[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:ULFail[:SUMMary]:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:ULFail[:SUMMary]:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:ULFail[:SUMMary]:PTRansition[?]
6.77
1144.1400.12
6.130
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
STATus:OPERation:MEASuring[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:MEASuring[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:MEASuring[:SUMMary]:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:MEASuring[:SUMMary]:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:MEASuring[:SUMMary]:PTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:SENSe[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:SENSe[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:SENSe[:SUMMary]:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:SENSe[:SUMMary]:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:SENSe[:SUMMary]:PTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:TRIGger[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:TRIGger[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:OPERation:TRIGger[:SUMMary]:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:TRIGger[:SUMMary]:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:OPERation:TRIGger[:SUMMary]:PTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration[:SUMMary]:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration[:SUMMary]:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:CALibration[:SUMMary]:PTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:SUMMary]:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:SUMMary]:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:SUMMary]:PTRansition[?]
6.77
1144.1400.12
6.131
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
STATus:QUEStionable:WINDow[:SUMMary][:EVENt]?
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:WINDow[:SUMMary]:CONDition?
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:WINDow[:SUMMary]:ENABle[?]
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:WINDow[:SUMMary]:NTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:QUEStionable:WINDow[:SUMMary]:PTRansition[?]
6.77
STATus:PRESet
6.77
SYSTem commands
SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate]
6.101
SYSTem:BEEPer:NOTify:OVERload[?]
6.101
SYSTem:BEEPer:NOTify:KEY[?]
6.102
SYSTem:BEEPer:TIME
6.101
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess
6.102
SYSTem:DATE[?]
6.102
SYSTem:INFO?
6.103
SYSTem:ERRor?
6.103
SYSTem:KEY
6.104
SYSTem:PRESet
6.106
SYSTem:SENSor[1..4]:INFO?
6.109
SYSTem:SENSor[1..4]:RESet
6.109
SYSTem:SPEed
6.109
SYSTem:TIME[?]
6.110
SYSTem:VERSion?
6.111
Trigger system
ABORt[1..4|:ALL]
6.112
INITiate[1..4|:ALL]:CONTinuous[?]
6.113
INITiate[1..4|:ALL][:IMMediate][?]
6.113
TRIGger:ALL:SYNChronize[:STATe][?]
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:ATRigger[:STATe][?]
6.114
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:COUNt[?]
6.114
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:DELay[?]
6.114
1144.1400.12
6.132
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:DELay:AUTO[?]
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:DTIMe[?]
6.115
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:HOLDoff[?]
6.115
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:HYSTeresis[?]
6.116
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL][:IMMediate]
6.116
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:LEVel[?]
6.116
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:SLOPe[?]
6.116
TRIGger[1..4|:ALL]:SOURce[?]
6.117
UNIT commands
UNIT[1..8]:POWer[?]
6.118
UNIT[1..8]:RATio[?]
6.118
1144.1400.12
6.133
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Compatibility Information
This section contains information regarding the compatibility of the R&S NRP remote control commands
with those of the E4418B and E4419B power meters from Agilent.
The R&S NRP is largely downward-compatible to the above-mentioned devices but offers additional
capabilities.
Table 6-36: Compatibility information about remote control commands
E4418B/E4419B command
Compatibility information
*DDT
Is not implemented in the R&S NRP.
CONFigure?
Returns the current configuration. The R&S NRP returns the last setting
made with CONFigure, as specified by the SCPI standard.
CALCulate:GAIN
Is not implemented in the R&S NRP.
CALCulate:PHOLd
Is implemented in the R&S NRP and has the same effect as
CALC:EXTR:RES.
CALibration
:ECONtrol
:RCALibration
:RFACtor
Is not implemented in the R&S NRP.
DISPlay:ENABle[?]
Is implmented in the R&S NRP and has the same effect as
DISPlay:ILLUmination.
DISPlay:SCREen:FORMat
[:NUMeric[1]|2]
Is not implemented in the R&S NRP.
INITiate
:CONTinuous:SEQUence[1]|2
:IMMediate:SEQUence[1]|2
The :SEQUence node is not implemented in the R&S NRP.
MEMory:TABLe:GAIN
Agilent specifies the values without a unit; the unit PCT (percent) is
implicitly assumed. The units DB (dB), DPCT ( %) and O (unit 1) can
be specified in the R&S NRP. The default unit is DB.
OUTPut:TRIGger:STATe
Is not implemented in the R&S NRP.
SENSe
:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:SDETect
:DETector:FUNCtion
:MRATe
:SPEed
:V2P
Is not implemented in the R&S NRP.
SENSe[1|2]:CORRection
:CSET[1]|CSET2[:SELect]
and
SENSe[1|2]:CORRection
:CSET[1]|CSET2:STATe
The R&S NRP does not recognize any tables with frequencydependent calibration values since the sensors have to be calibrated
only once in production. For this reason, there is no compliance with
CSET1. Tables with frequency-dependent offset correction values
can be defined and addressed via :CSET2 (Agilent and R&S NRP) or
.:FDOTable (R&S NRP only).
SENSe[1|2]:CORRection:GAIN[1]?
Has the same effect as
1144.1400.12
SENSe[1..2]:CORRection:CFACtor?
6.134
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
SENSe[1|2]:CORRection:GAIN2[?]
Has the same effect as SENSe[1..2]:CORRection:OFFSet[?].
With :GAIN2, no unit may be specified. Unit 1 is valid.
SENSe[1|2]:CORRection:LOSS2[?]
Corresponds to the reciprocal of
SENSe[1..2]:CORRection:OFFSet[?]. With :LOSS2, no unit
may be specified. Unit 1 is valid.
SENSe[1|2]:CORRection:GAIN3[?]
Has the same effect as SENSe[1..2]:CORRection:DCYCle[?].
With :GAIN3, no unit may be specified. Unit 1 is valid.
SENSe[1|2]:CORRection:GAIN4?
Has the same effect as
SENSe[1..2]:CORRection:FDOFfset[:INPut][:MAGNitude]?
SENSe:SWEep:OFFSet:TIME[?]
Is implemented in the R&S NRP and has the same effect as
SENSe:TGATe:OFFSet:TIME[?]
SENSe:SWEep:TIME[?]
Is implemented in the R&S NRP and has the same effect as
SENSe:TGATe:TIME[?]
SYSTem
:COMMunicate:SERial
:HELP:HEADers?
:LOCal
:REMote
:RINTerface
:RWLock
Is not implemented in the R&S NRP.
TRACe:STATe
Is not implemented in the R&S NRP.
TRACe:DATA?
Is not implemented in the R&S NRP in this form. Data of the Scope
mode can only be queried via the high-level commands (FETCh?,
READ?, MEAS?) and CALC:DATA?.
TRACe:UNIT?
The UNIT node is only globally available in the R&S NRP and affects
all measurement results (including Scope data) and the unitless
command
parameters
of
the
commands
CALC:LIM:LOW,
CALC:LIM:UPP, DISP:MET|:ANAL:LOW, DISP:MET|:ANAL:UPP,
OUTP:REC:LIM:LOW and OUTP:REC:LIM:UPP.
TRIGger[:SEQUence[1]|2]
The R&S NRP does not recognize the:SEQUence header and uses no
TRIGger command globally but only on a sensor-by-sensor basis. If
TRIGger or SENSe commands are to have a global effect, the:ALL
header must be used instead of the numeric suffix.
UNIT:POWer
The R&S NRP recognizes the units W, DBM and DBUV.
UNIT:POWer:RATio
The R&S NRP recognizes the units DB, DPCT and O.
:AC
Agilent recognizes the keyword :AC of some high-level commands
and SENSe commands:
CONFigure | READ | MEASure | FETCh
[:SCALar][:POWer:AC]
:RELative
:DIFFerence
:DIFFerence:RELative
:RATio
:RATio:RELative
SENSe:POWer:AC:RANGe:AUTO
The R&S NRP also recognizes these commands but :AVG should be
used instead of :AC since R&S NRP sensors eventually also measure
DC components and the designation in the R&S NRP is not used in the
sense of SCPI.
1144.1400.12
6.135
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Interfaces
IEC/IEEE Bus Interface
The R&S NRP is fitted with an IEC/IEEE bus interface as standard. The connector in line with IEEE 488
is located on the rear panel. A controller can be connected to this interface for remote control. A
shielded cable is used for the connection.
Characteristics of the Interface
• 8-bit parallel data transmission
• Bidirectional data transmission
• Three-wire handshake
• Data transmission rate up to 350 Kbyte/s
• Connection of up to 15 devices
• Max. length of connecting cables: 15 m (length of single cable: 2 m)
• Wired OR links when several devices are connected in parallel.
ATN
Shield
IFC
SRQ
NRFD
NDAC
12 11 10
9
EOI
DAV
8
7
6
DIO3
DIO4
5
4
3
2
DIO1
DIO2
1
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
GND(11)
logic GND
GND(9)
GND(10)
GND(7)
GND(8)
DIO8
GND(6)
DIO6
DIO5
REN
DIO7
Fig. 6-17: Pin assignment of IEC/IEEE-bus interface
1144.1400.12
6.136
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Bus Lines
1. Data bus with 8 lines DIO 1 to DIO 8
Transmission is bit-parallel and byte-serial in ASCII/ISO code. DIO 1 is the least-significant and
DIO 8 the most-significant bit.
2. Control bus with 5 lines
IFC (Interface Clear)
Active LOW resets the interfaces of connected devices to the default state.
ATN (Attention)
Active LOW indicates the transmission of interface messages;
non-active HIGH indicates the transmission of device messages.
SRQ (Service Request)
Active LOW enables a device to send a service request to the controller.
REN (Remote Enable)
Active LOW allows switchover to the remote control mode.
EOI (End or Identify)
together with ATN has two functions:
ATN = HIGH: active LOW marks the end of data transmission.
ATN = LOW: active LOW triggers a parallel poll.
3. Handshake bus with three lines
DAV (Data Valid)
Active LOW signals a valid data byte on the data bus.
NRFD (Not Ready For Data)
Active LOW signals that one of the connected devices is not ready to accept data.
NDAC (Not Data Accepted)
Active LOW until the connected device has accepted the data on the bus.
1144.1400.12
6.137
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Interface Functions
Devices remote-controlled via an IEC/IEEE-bus may be equipped with different interface capabilities.
Table 6-37 shows the IEC/IEEE bus capabilities of the R&S NRP.
For coding of the different capabilities see the IEEE488 standard.
Table 6-37: Interface functions of IEC/IEEE bus
IEEE488
Standard Code
Interface capabilities
SH1
Source handshake
AH1
Acceptor handshake
L3
LE3
T5
Listener function, Listen-Only mode, unaddressed for MSA and TPAS, recognizes END and EOS.
Extended Listener function, Listen-Only mode, unaddressed for MSA and TPAS, recognizes END and
EOS.
Talker function, capability to respond to serial poll, Talk-Only mode, unaddressed on MLA, sends END or
EOS.
TE5
Extended talker function, capability to respond to serial poll, Talk-Only mode, unaddressed for MLA and
LPAS, sends END or EOS.
SR1
Service request function
PP1
Remote parallel-poll function
PP2
Local parallel-poll function
RL1
Remote/local switchover function
DC1
Device clear
E2
3-state driver (open-collector driver during parallel poll)
DT1
Device trigger
C0
No controller capabilities
1144.1400.12
6.138
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Interface Messages
Interface messages are transmitted to the device on data lines, where the ATN is set to active LOW.
They are used for communication between the controller and the R&S NRP.
Common Commands
Common commands are in the code range 0x10 to 0x1F. They affect all devices on the bus without any
addressing being required.
Table 6-38: Common commands
Command
Effect on device
DCL (Device Clear)
Interrupts processing of received commands and sets the command processing
software to a defined initial state. This command does not change the device setting.
IFC (Interface Clear)
Resets the interfaces to their initial condition.
LLO (Local Lockout)
Manual switchover to LOCAL is disabled.
SPE (Serial Poll Enable)
Ready for serial poll.
SPD (Serial Poll Disable)
End of serial poll.
PPU (Parallel Poll Unconfigure)
End of parallel poll query status.
Addressed Commands
Addressed commands are in the code range 0x00 to 0x0F hex. They only affect devices addressed as
a listener.
Table 6-39: Addressed commands
Command
Effect on device
SDC (Selected DeviceClear)
Interrupts processing of received commands and sets the command processing
software to a defined initial state. This command does not change the device setting.
GTL (Go to Local)
Change to local mode (manual control).
PPC (Parallel Poll Configure)
Configures device for parallel poll.
1144.1400.12
6.139
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Ethernet
For remote control via a TCP/IP-based LAN, the R&S NRP can be fitted with an optional 10/100BaseT
Ethernet interface (option R&S NRP-B4). The female connector is located on the rear panel of the
R&S NRP. Via this interface, a controller can remote-control the R&S NRP by means of the power
meter's SCPI commands, using the VXI11 protocol (TCP/IP instrument protocol specification), version
1.0, released on July 17, 1995 by the VXIbus Consortium.
Fig. 6-18: Ethernet connector
VXI11
The VXI11 protocol uses ONC RPC (open network computing remote procedure calls), making it
possible to call R&S NRP functions at the source code level as if they were running locally on the
controller. Fig. 6-19 shows the relationships of the relevant protocol layers in the OSI reference model.
A p p lic a tio n
V X I1 1 N e tw o rk In s tru m e n t
P r e s e n ta tio n
X D R ( D a ta r e p r e s e n ta tio n )
S e s s io n
O N C
R P C
T ra n s p o rt
T C P
N e tw o rk
IP
D a ta L in k
E th e rn e t/8 0 2 .3
P h y s ic a l
1 0 /1 0 0 B A S E -T
Fig. 6-19: The VXI11 protocol stack in the OSI reference model
A VXI11 remote-control connection consists of three channels (core, abort and interrupt), which can be
used to set up as many links as desired. The concept of links makes it possible to connect a network
instrument client in a controller with several logical devices in a host computer via a single VXI11
remote-control connection. A link is then set up to each logical device. It is also possible to set up
several links to one logical device, provided that several servers are running on the network instrument
host or a network instrument client is operated by several controllers. To prevent problems caused by
several controllers simultaneously accessing one device, links can be locked. In this case, access via
other links is not possible. An exception is an abort via the abort channel, which can be executed at any
time and also aborts the execution of commands via other links.
1144.1400.12
6.140
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
N e tw o rk In s tru m e n t H o s t
C o n tr o lle r
C o re C h a n n e l
N e tw o rk
In s tru m e n t
C lie n t
L in k 1
L in k 2
L in k n
L in k 1 , L in k 2 , L in k n
A b o rt C h a n n e l
In te rru p t C h a n n e l
R & S N R P : N e tw o rk In s tru m e n t H o s t
L in k 1
L in k 2
L in k n
N e tw o rk
In s tru m e n t
S e rv e r
D e v ic e
L in k 1 , L in k 2 , L in k n
Fig. 6-20: Diagram of a VXI11 connection with several links
Table 6-40: Communications channels of a VXI11 connection
Channel
Meaning
Core
All communications between client and server are handled via this channel, with the exception of
abort and interrupts.
Abort
Since the commands in the core channel are serialized and therefore cannot be interrupted,
asynchronous abort commands must be handled via a separate, independent channel. This channel
has no other tasks.
Interrupt
Service requests (SRQ) are signaled via this channel to the network instrument client. As this
channels is shared by all links, the client must determine which device has triggered the SRQ by
querying the status bytes (function device_readstb()) of all connected devices.
Connection setup
A socket connection is set up for each channel. All commands via the core or abort channel contain an
ID that is used to assign the command to a link. The interrupt channel, which is also implemented using
sockets, is shared by all links. Commands transmitted via this channel do not contain a link ID. The
setup is handled by the network instrument client, which first requests the connections from the network
instrument server's portmapper service at port 111. The portmapper subsequently activates the channel
in the R&S NRP and tells the client at which ports channel services can be addressed. For this reason,
it is important that any firewalls or routers between the client and the R&S NRP enable free access from
the controller to the R&S NRP (core and abort channels) and vice versa (interrupt channel). As the
ports for the channels are dynamically assigned, reliable information regarding the port numbers used
cannot be provided.
1144.1400.12
6.141
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Remote control via VXI11
The following possibilities are suggested for remote-controlling the R&S NRP via VXI11:
1. The simplest way to create remote-control programs is by using a virtual instruments software
architecture (VISA) implementation and creating the remote-control programs under Visual Basic or
C/C++. VISA implementations provide an application programming interface (API) that offers all
necessary functions. Knowledge about VXI11 is helpful but not required. The VISA resource
identifier used to identify a VXI11 device has the following format:
TCPIP::<IP address>::INSTR
The IP address is specified using the familiar dot notation (e.g. 89.10.65.59).
2. Annex C of the TCP/IP Instrument Protocol Specification VXI11 contains an RPCL description of
the protocol. The program rpcgen, which is included in any ONC RPC distribution, is used to
generate stubs. Stubs can be inserted into separate C programs, where the functions from table 41
can be called like ordinary library functions.
This procedure requires RPC programming skills.
1144.1400.12
6.142
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Table 6-41: VXI11 protocol functions
Function name
Channel
Meaning
create_link()
core
Opens a link to a network instrument device. Socket connections are set up for the
core and abort channels, but no interrupt channel.
destroy_link()
core
Destroys a link to a network instrument device.
device_write()
core
Transmits an IEEE488.2 or SCPI command as a string to a network instrument
device.
device_read()
core
Reads responses from the network instrument device.
device_readstb()
core
Reads the status byte of the network instrument device.
device_trigger()
core
Initiates triggering in a network instrument device; equivalent to *TRG.
device_clear()
core
Initiates a device clear (DCL) in network instrument device. In the R&S NRP, DCL
and abort cause the same actions. Since device_abort(), unlike
device_clear(), runs via the abort channel, it is not serialized together with
other commands, but directly accesses the device and is therefore preferable.
device_remote()
core
Puts the network instrument device in the remote mode.
device_local()
core
Puts the network instrument device in the local mode.
device_lock()
core
Local lockout (LLO). The keyboard of the network instrument device is locked.
device_unlock()
core
Undoes the LLO status.
device_docmd()
core
The network instrument device executes a command.
device_abort()
abort
The network instrument device aborts a running command; see device_clear().
create_intr_chan()
core
An interrupt channel to the network instrument device is set up.
destroy_intr_chan()
core
An existing interrupt channel to the network instrument device is destroyed.
device_enable_srq()
core
Activates/deactivates the transmission of service requests from the network
instrument device to the network instrument controller.
interrupt
This is the only function the network instrument device calls from the network
instrument device. This function signals a service request (SRQ).
device_intr_srq()
1144.1400.12
6.143
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
USB
If the R&S NRP is connected to a controller via a USB 1.1 interface, it logs on as a USB test and
measurement class (USBTMC) device, provided that USB is selected as a remote interface in the
System Remote USB menu. The USBTMC standard describes how IEEE 488.2-compatible
communications can be implemented via USB.
As with remote control via VXI11, the use of VISA distribution with a USBTMC driver is recommended
for remote control via USB. The VISA resource identifier used to identify a USBTMC device has the
following format:
USB::<Vendor ID>::<Product ID>::<serial number>::INSTR
<Vendor ID>
0x0aad
<Product ID>
0x001b
<Serial number>
The serial number is a string that can be taken from the System System Info menu, for example.
In addition, the VISA resource identifier appears on the R&S NRP display if the USB remote interface is
selected.
Standard Configurations
The following tables list the settings that can be made when configuring the R&S NRP with the
SYST:STAN:PRES <string> remote control command. The following values are provided for the
<string> parameter.
•
"GSM/EDGE"
•
"NADC/UPLINK"
•
"NADC/DOWNLINK"
•
"PDC/UPLINK"
•
"PDC/DOWNLINK"
•
"DECT"
•
"WCDMA/3GPP FDD"
•
"WCDMA/3GPP TDD DL"
•
"WCDMA/3GPP TDD UL"
•
"TD-SCDMA"
•
"Bluetooth DH1"
•
"Bluetooth DH3"
•
"Bluetooth DH5"
•
"CDMA2000"
Note:
1144.1400.12
The tables list only the sensor parameters. If
SYSTem:STANdard:PWSettings OFF is set, the calculate blocks
(CALCulate:...), the window system (DISPlay:...) and the output unit
(UNIT:...) are also configured.
6.144
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
"GSM/EDGE"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:XTIM"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
4.615 ms
Duty Cycle
SENS:DCYC
11.762 %
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
ON
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Dropout Tolerance
SENS:BURST:DTOL
577 Is
Exclude Time Start
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STAR
20 Is
Exclude Time End
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STOP
30 Is
Number Of Timeslots
SENS:TSL:COUN
8
Timeslot Width
SENS:TSL:WIDT
577 Is
Timeslot Fence
SENS:TSL:MID
OFF
Timegate Offset
SENS:TGAT:OFFS:TIME
1: 20 Is
2: 2.328 ms
Timegate Time
SENS:TGAT:TIME
1: 527 Is
2: 527 Is
Timegate Fence
SENS:TGAT:MID
OFF
Scope Offset Time
SENS:TRAC:OFFS:TIME
-100 Is
Scope Capture Time
SENS:TRAC:TIME
5 ms
Scope Number Of Points
SENS:TRAC:POIN
312
Scope Realtime
SENS:TRAC:REAL
OFF
Trigger Delay
TRIG:DEL
0s
Trigger Level
TRIG:LEV
-30 dBm
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
INT
Trigger Slope
TRIG:SLOP
POS
Trigger Holdoff
TRIG:HOLD
27 ms
1144.1400.12
6.145
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Trigger Dropout Time
TRIG:DTIM
0s
Trigger Hysteresis
TRIG:HYST
3 dB
"NADC/DOWNLINK"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:AVG"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
40 ms
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
OFF
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
EXT
"NADC/UPLINK"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:XTIM"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
40 ms
Duty Cycle
SENS:DCYC
16.267 %
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
ON
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Dropout Tolerance
SENS:BURST:DTOL
3 ms
Exclude Time Start
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STAR
130 Is
Exclude Time End
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STOP
140 Is
Number Of Timeslots
SENS:TSL:COUN
6
Timeslot Width
SENS:TSL:WIDT
6.667 ms
Timeslot Fence
SENS:TSL:MID
OFF
1144.1400.12
6.146
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Timegate Offset
SENS:TGAT:OFFS:TIME
1: 130 Is
2: 20.130 ms
Timegate Time
SENS:TGAT:TIME
1: 6.390 ms
2: 6.390 ms
Timegate Fence
SENS:TGAT:MID
OFF
Scope Offset Time
SENS:TRAC:OFFS:TIME
-500 Is
Scope Capture Time
SENS:TRAC:TIME
42 ms
Scope Number Of Points
SENS:TRAC:POIN
312
Scope Realtime
SENS:TRAC:REAL
OFF
Trigger Delay
TRIG:DEL
0s
Trigger Level
TRIG:LEV
-30 dBm
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
INT
Trigger Slope
TRIG:SLOP
POS
Trigger Holdoff
TRIG:HOLD
79 ms
Trigger Dropout Time
TRIG:DTIM
0s
Trigger Hysteresis
TRIG:HYST
3 dB
"PDC/DOWNLINK"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:AVG"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
40 ms
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
OFF
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
EXT
1144.1400.12
6.147
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
"PDC/UPLINK"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:XTIM"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
40 ms
Duty Cycle
SENS:DCYC
16.25 %
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
ON
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Dropout Tolerance
SENS:BURST:DTOL
3 ms
Exclude Time Start
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STAR
125 Is
Exclude Time End
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STOP
135 Is
Number Of Timeslots
SENS:TSL:COUN
6
Timeslot Width
SENS:TSL:WIDT
6.667 ms
Timeslot Fence
SENS:TSL:MID
OFF
Timegate Offset
SENS:TGAT:OFFS:TIME
1: 125 Is
2: 20.125 ms
Timegate Time
SENS:TGAT:TIME
1: 6.406 ms
2: 6.406 ms
Timegate Fence
SENS:TGAT:MID
OFF
Scope Offset Time
SENS:TRAC:OFFS:TIME
-500 Is
Scope Capture Time
SENS:TRAC:TIME
42 ms
Scope Number Of Points
SENS:TRAC:POIN
312
Scope Realtime
SENS:TRAC:REAL
OFF
Trigger Delay
TRIG:DEL
0s
Trigger Level
TRIG:LEV
-30 dBm
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
INT
Trigger Slope
TRIG:SLOP
POS
Trigger Holdoff
TRIG:HOLD
79 ms
Trigger Dropout Time
TRIG:DTIM
0s
Trigger Hysteresis
TRIG:HYST
3 dB
1144.1400.12
6.148
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
"DECT"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:XTIM"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
10 ms
Duty Cycle
SENS:DCYC
3.7 %
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
ON
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Dropout Tolerance
SENS:BURST:DTOL
416.7 Is
Exclude Time Start
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STAR
15 Is
Exclude Time End
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STOP
25 Is
Number Of Timeslots
SENS:TSL:COUN
24
Timeslot Width
SENS:TSL:WIDT
416.667 Is
Timeslot Fence
SENS:TSL:MID
OFF
Timegate Offset
SENS:TGAT:OFFS:TIME
1: 15 Is
2: 5.015 ms
Timegate Time
SENS:TGAT:TIME
1: 348.055 ms
2: 348.000 ms
Timegate Fence
SENS:TGAT:MID
OFF
Scope Offset Time
SENS:TRAC:OFFS:TIME
-200 Is
Scope Capture Time
SENS:TRAC:TIME
10.250 ms
Scope Number Of Points
SENS:TRAC:POIN
312
Scope Realtime
SENS:TRAC:REAL
OFF
Trigger Delay
TRIG:DEL
0s
Trigger Level
TRIG:LEV
-30 dBm
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
INT
Trigger Slope
TRIG:SLOP
POS
Trigger Holdoff
TRIG:HOLD
39.9 ms
Trigger Dropout Time
TRIG:DTIM
0s
Trigger Hysteresis
TRIG:HYST
3 dB
1144.1400.12
6.149
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
"WCDMA/3GPP FDD"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:AVG"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
10 ms
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
OFF
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Filter
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO
OFF
Filter Length
SENS:AVER:COUN
16
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
EXT
"WCDMA/3GPP TDD DL"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:XTIM"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
10 ms
Duty Cycle
SENS:DCYC
6.667 %
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
ON
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Dropout Tolerance
SENS:BURST:DTOL
666.667 Is
Exclude Time Start
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STAR
25 Is
Exclude Time End
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STOP
40 Is
Number Of Timeslots
SENS:TSL:COUN
15
Timeslot Width
SENS:TSL:WIDT
666.667 Is
Timeslot Fence
SENS:TSL:MID
OFF
Timegate Offset
SENS:TGAT:OFFS:TIME
1: 25 Is
2: 5.358 ms
Timegate Time
SENS:TGAT:TIME
1: 601.667 Is
2: 602 Is
Timegate Fence
SENS:TGAT:MID
OFF
1144.1400.12
6.150
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Scope Offset Time
SENS:TRAC:OFFS:TIME
-200 Is
Scope Capture Time
SENS:TRAC:TIME
10.250 ms
Scope Number Of Points
SENS:TRAC:POIN
312
Scope Realtime
SENS:TRAC:REAL
OFF
Trigger Delay
TRIG:DEL
0s
Trigger Level
TRIG:LEV
-30 dBm
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
INT
Trigger Slope
TRIG:SLOP
POS
Trigger Holdoff
TRIG:HOLD
19.9 ms
Trigger Dropout Time
TRIG:DTIM
0s
Trigger Hysteresis
TRIG:HYST
3 dB
"WCDMA/3GPP TDD UL"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:XTIM"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
10 ms
Duty Cycle
SENS:DCYC
6.420 %
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
ON
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Dropout Tolerance
SENS:BURST:DTOL
666.667 Is
Exclude Time Start
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STAR
15 Is
Exclude Time End
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STOP
40 Is
Number Of Timeslots
SENS:TSL:COUN
15
Timeslot Width
SENS:TSL:WIDT
666.667 Is
Timeslot Fence
SENS:TSL:MID
OFF
Timegate Offset
SENS:TGAT:OFFS:TIME
1: 15 Is
2: 5.348 ms
1144.1400.12
6.151
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Timegate Time
SENS:TGAT:TIME
1: 611.667 Is
2: 612 Is
Timegate Fence
SENS:TGAT:MID
OFF
Scope Offset Time
SENS:TRAC:OFFS:TIME
-200 Is
Scope Capture Time
SENS:TRAC:TIME
10.250 ms
Scope Number Of Points
SENS:TRAC:POIN
312
Scope Realtime
SENS:TRAC:REAL
OFF
Trigger Delay
TRIG:DEL
0s
Trigger Level
TRIG:LEV
-30 dBm
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
INT
Trigger Slope
TRIG:SLOP
POS
Trigger Holdoff
TRIG:HOLD
19.9 ms
Trigger Dropout Time
TRIG:DTIM
0s
Trigger Hysteresis
TRIG:HYST
3 dB
"TD-SCDMA "
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:XTIM"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
5 ms
Duty Cycle
SENS:DCYC
13.250 %
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
ON
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Timegate Offset
SENS:TGAT:OFFS:TIME
1: 20 Is
2: 710 Is
3: 835 Is
4: 5.970 ms
Timegate Time
SENS:TGAT:TIME
1: 620 Is
2: 30 Is
3: 85 Is
4: 620 Is
Timegate Fence
SENS:TGAT:MID
OFF
Scope Offset Time
SENS:TRAC:OFFS:TIME
-200 Is
1144.1400.12
6.152
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Scope Capture Time
SENS:TRAC:TIME
10.250 ms
Scope Number Of Points
SENS:TRAC:POIN
312
Scope Realtime
SENS:TRAC:REAL
OFF
Trigger Delay
TRIG:DEL
0s
Trigger Level
TRIG:LEV
-30 dBm
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
INT
Trigger Slope
TRIG:SLOP
POS
Trigger Holdoff
TRIG:HOLD
19.9 ms
Trigger Dropout Time
TRIG:DTIM
0s
Trigger Hysteresis
TRIG:HYST
3 dB
"Bluetooth DH1"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:XTIM"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
1.25 ms
Duty Cycle
SENS:DCYC
29.28 %
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
ON
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Dropout Tolerance
SENS:BURST:DTOL
366 Is
Exclude Time Start
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STAR
10 Is
Exclude Time End
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STOP
15 Is
Timegate Offset
SENS:TGAT:OFFS:TIME
1: 10 Is
2: 660 Is
Timegate Time
SENS:TGAT:TIME
1: 341 Is
2: 341 Is
Timegate Fence
SENS:TGAT:MID
OFF
Scope Offset Time
SENS:TRAC:OFFS:TIME
-30 Is
Scope Capture Time
SENS:TRAC:TIME
1.280 ms
1144.1400.12
6.153
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Scope Number Of Points
SENS:TRAC:POIN
312
Scope Realtime
SENS:TRAC:REAL
OFF
Trigger Delay
TRIG:DEL
0s
Trigger Level
TRIG:LEV
-30 dBm
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
INT
Trigger Slope
TRIG:SLOP
POS
Trigger Holdoff
TRIG:HOLD
2.480 ms
Trigger Dropout Time
TRIG:DTIM
0s
Trigger Hysteresis
TRIG:HYST
3 dB
"Bluetooth DH3"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:XTIM"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
2.50 ms
Duty Cycle
SENS:DCYC
64.88 %
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
ON
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Dropout Tolerance
SENS:BURST:DTOL
1.622 ms
Exclude Time Start
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STAR
10 Is
Exclude Time End
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STOP
15 Is
Timegate Offset
SENS:TGAT:OFFS:TIME
1: 10 Is
2: 1.885 ms
Timegate Time
SENS:TGAT:TIME
1: 1.597 ms
2: 351 Is
Timegate Fence
SENS:TGAT:MID
OFF
Scope Offset Time
SENS:TRAC:OFFS:TIME
-30 Is
Scope Capture Time
SENS:TRAC:TIME
2.530 ms
Scope Number Of Points
SENS:TRAC:POIN
312
1144.1400.12
6.154
E-4
R&S NRP
Remote Control - Commands
Scope Realtime
SENS:TRAC:REAL
OFF
Trigger Delay
TRIG:DEL
0s
Trigger Level
TRIG:LEV
-30 dBm
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
INT
Trigger Slope
TRIG:SLOP
POS
Trigger Holdoff
TRIG:HOLD
4.980 ms
Trigger Dropout Time
TRIG:DTIM
0s
Trigger Hysteresis
TRIG:HYST
3 dB
"Bluetooth DH5"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:XTIM"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
3.75 ms
Duty Cycle
SENS:DCYC
76.533 %
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
ON
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Dropout Tolerance
SENS:BURST:DTOL
2.870 ms
Exclude Time Start
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STAR
10 Is
Exclude Time End
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STOP
15 Is
Timegate Offset
SENS:TGAT:OFFS:TIME
1: 10 Is
2: 3.135 ms
Timegate Time
SENS:TGAT:TIME
1: 2.845 ms
2: 351 Is
Timegate Fence
SENS:TGAT:MID
OFF
Scope Offset Time
SENS:TRAC:OFFS:TIME
-30 Is
Scope Capture Time
SENS:TRAC:TIME
2.530 ms
Scope Number Of Points
SENS:TRAC:POIN
312
Scope Realtime
SENS:TRAC:REAL
OFF
1144.1400.12
6.155
E-4
Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Trigger Delay
TRIG:DEL
0s
Trigger Level
TRIG:LEV
-30 dBm
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
INT
Trigger Slope
TRIG:SLOP
POS
Trigger Holdoff
TRIG:HOLD
7.480 ms
Trigger Dropout Time
TRIG:DTIM
0s
Trigger Hysteresis
TRIG:HYST
3 dB
"CDMA2000"
Sensor parameter
Remote control command in short form
Value
Sensor Mode
SENS:FUNC
"POW:AVG"
Integration Time
SENS:APER
80 ms
Duty Cycle Correction
SENS:DCYC:STAT
OFF
Smoothing
SENS:SMO
OFF
Filter
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO
OFF
Filter Length
SENS:AVER:COUN
16
Trigger Source
TRIG:SOUR
EXT
1144.1400.12
6.156
E-4
R&S NRP
Table of Contents Annex Chapter I
Table of Contents
I
Programming Measurements with the R&S NRP ...................................................I.1
Measuring with high-level commands ............................................................................................I.1
The simplest measurement..............................................................................................I.1
Relative measurements ...................................................................................................I.2
Processing the results of two sensors .............................................................................I.3
Selecting a measurement mode ......................................................................................I.4
Selecting the output unit for measured values ................................................................I.5
Division of MEAS? ...........................................................................................................I.6
Trigger state system .........................................................................................................................I.7
Logic relationship of command systems SENSe, CALCulate and UNIT .....................................I.9
Measuring with low-level commands ............................................................................................I.10
The simplest measurement............................................................................................I.10
Configuration of the trigger system................................................................................I.11
Configuration of sensor settings ....................................................................................I.15
Configuration of CALCulate blocks................................................................................I.19
Optimization of measurement speed ............................................................................................I.20
1144.1400.12
I-Annex.1
E-3
List of Figs. Annex Chapter I
R&S NRP
Figs.
Fig. I-1: Overview of basic relationships in the trigger state system ........................................................I.8
Fig. I-2: Processing of measured values in the R&S NRP .......................................................................I.9
Fig. I-3: Meaning of settings for TRIG:HOLD and TRIG:DEL................................................................I.12
Fig. I-4: Exclude parameter ....................................................................................................................I.13
Fig. I-5: Measurement of a GSM slot with Fence(Mid)-Exclude domain................................................I.14
1144.1400.12
I-Annex.2
E-3
R&S NRP
I
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
Programming Measurements with the R&S NRP
Measuring with high-level commands
The R&S NRP is based on the instrument model defined in the SCPI 1999.0 standard. This model
provides a number of logic blocks that can be configured via remote-control commands. The R&S NRP
is provided with high-level measurement commands that automatically perform the most important
settings and simplify measurements, thus making it unnecessary to completely configure these blocks
for each measurement. Only the high-level commands are described, starting with the simplest
command, which is expanded in the following sections.
Note the following for the syntax of commands: There is a short and a long form for the commands. The
short form is normally used. However, commands are sometimes indicated in their long form so that
their meaning is easier to understand. The R&S NRP makes no distinction between upper case and
lower case letters; they are only used to distinguish between the short and long form.
The simplest measurement
The simplest way to obtain a measured value is to use the high-level measurement command
MEAS?,
which configures sensor 1 in the ContAv mode, starts a measurement and always outputs a result that
is stored in the output queue. The following settings are performed:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
INIT:CONT OFF
TRIG:SOUR IMM
TRIG:COUN 1
TRIG:DEL:AUTO ON
SENS:AVER:STAT ON
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO ON
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE RES
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES 3
CALC:MATH "(SENS1)"
CALC:REL:STAT OFF
The command can also be used with a list of parameters, which are separated by a comma and allow
the measurement accuracy and the addressed sensor to be selected:
MEAS? DEF, <resolution>, <source_list>
The first parameter should always assume the DEF value; it is ignored and is available only for reasons
of compatibility.
1143.8500.02
I.1
E-3
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
The second parameter may assume the values 1, 2, 3 and 4. It specifies the number of places up to
which the measurement result should be noise-free. With linear units, the setting corresponds to the
number of significant places that are noise-free; with logarithmic units, 1, 2, 3 and 4 correspond to a
resolution of 1, 0.1, 0.01 and 0.001 (number of decimal places). With a <resolution> of 3, two
decimal places are thus noise-free with logarithmic display. The default setting is 3.
The third parameter selects a sensor. It has the syntax (@n), where n can assume the values 1 to 4.
The default setting is (@1).
Relative measurements
If the measurement results are to be output not as absolute values, but relative to a reference value, the
keyword :RELative can be added to the measurement command. The result is then divided by a
value that was previously set by means of CALC:REL:POW or CALC:REL:AUTO ONCE.
MEAS?
CALC:REL:AUTO ONCE
MEAS:REL?
The first MEAS command determines the reference value, which is acquired and stored with
CALC:REL:AUTO ONCE. The second measurement command MEAS:REL? and all other MEAS:REL?
commands will divide the absolute measured value by the stored reference value.
CALC:REL:POW <float_value> is used to define such a reference value.
CALC:REL:POW 0 DBM
MEAS:REL?
All measured values are then divided by 0 dBm (1 mW) prior to being transferred to the user.
The following section describes an extension of the MEAS command in which the result no longer
carries a power unit, but represents a power ratio. The reference value also must have a power unit and
be set with CALC:REL:RAT. The R&S NRP stores the reference values for power values and power
ratios independently of each other and automatically uses the correct reference value depending on the
unit of the measurement result.
The CALC:REL command is available for entering the reference value. It assumes a numeric parameter
whose unit is determined from the current device settings. This command is provided only for reasons
of compatibility and should not be used unless avoidable.
1143.8500.02
I.2
E-3
R&S NRP
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
Processing the results of two sensors
The R&S NRP offers measurement commands for processing the results of two sensors. The
calculated result can also be partly referenced to a stored reference value.
The measurement commands are obtained by adding one of the following keywords:
:DIFF
:DIFF:REL
:RAT
:RAT:REL
:SWR
:RLOS
:REFL
(difference)
(difference with reference value)
(ratio)
(ratio with reference value)
(standing wave ratio)
(return loss)
(reflection coefficient)
The list of parameters is modified for these commands since two sensors have to be entered in the
<source_list>.
Example:
MEAS:RAT DEF,3,(@1),(@4)
A CALCulate block is used for processing the measured values. Each CALCulate block has two input
channels called the primary and secondary channel. In the above example, the primary channel is
assigned sensor 1 and the secondary channel sensor 4 via the <source_list>. The measurement
result is the ratio of the results from sensors 1 and 4.
Example:
MEAS:SWR DEF,2,(@1),(@2)
It is assumed that sensor 1 delivers the forward power of a wave and sensor 2 the reflected power of a
wave. The measurement result represents the SWR of the two power values:
P=
1+
1
(@ 2) / (/@1)
(@ 2) / (/@ 1)
Note that the unit is automatically set to percent (refer to Selecting the output unit for measured values).
1143.8500.02
I.3
E-3
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Selecting a measurement mode
Other MEAS commands are available for measurements to be performed in a mode other than the
ContAv mode. The short form of these commands is obtained by adding a keyword for the
measurement mode to keyword MEAS.
Timeslot measurement:
MEAS:TSLot? <tslot_width>,<no_slots>,<start_exclude>,<stop_exclude>
BurstAv measurement:
MEAS:BURSt? <dtolerance>,<start_exclude>,<stop_exclude>
Scope measurement:
MEAS:XTIMe? (<scope_size>),<capture_time>
Measurement in the ContAv mode with data buffering:
MEAS:ARRay? <tslot_width>,<no_slots>,<start_exclude>,<stop_exclude>
Note:
In the Timeslot mode, the trigger source is set to EXTernal. In the BurstAv
mode, it is not modified but ignored. Triggering in response to the signal is
performed as if TRIGger:SOURce INTernal were set.
These commands have the specified parameters, whose meanings are explained in the operating
manual. In addition, parameters DEF, <resolution>, <source_list> can be optionally specified
as for the MEAS? command.
Examples:
MEAS:TSLot? 577 us, 8, 18 us, 18 us
A timeslot measurement of a GSM signal is performed (8 timeslots with a length of 577 ;s each).
18 ;s at the beginning and the end of the timeslots are ignored. The measurement is carried out with
sensor 1 (default). The instrument is triggered by an external signal, which must be routed to the
R&S NRP rear panel via the trigger input. The measurement result is a list of 8 measured values
separated by a comma for the timeslots.
MEAS:BURSt? 5 us, 10 us, 0 us, DEF, 3, (@2)
Sensor 2 measures in the BurstAv mode. Triggering (in response to a rising edge) is internal. At the
beginning of the power pulse, 10 ;s are ignored to avoid overshoots in the signal, which could distort
the measurement result. If the power falls below the trigger level but does not exceed 5 ;s (dropout
time) the measurement will not be stopped. The measurement result is noise-free within the first 3
places and it is measured with sensor 2 ((@2)).
MEAS:XTIMe? (256), 577 us
Within the next 577 ;s, 256 measured values are recorded and displayed with respect to time in te
same manner as with an oscilloscope in order to display the power characteristics. There is no
triggering (TRIG:SOUR IMM); the measurements are started after the command is received from the
R&S NRP. After a partial measurement has been completed, the next one is started. If the trigger
source setting is to be changed, MEAS:XTIMe? must be replaced by the CONF:XTIMe and
READ:XTIMe? commands, between which user-defined settings can be performed. Dividing MEAS?
into the CONF and READ? commands is described further down. The measurement result is a list of
256 measured values separated by a comma.
1143.8500.02
I.4
E-3
R&S NRP
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
MEAS:ARRay? (1000)
1000 measured values are recorded in the ContAv mode. After termination of the last measurement,
the results are stored in the output queue. There is no triggering as in the ContAv mode. The
measurement result is a list of 1000 measured values separated by a comma.
The keywords for processing two sensors can be added to the MEAS:TSL, MEAS:BURS and
MEAS:ARRay commands, but the :SWR, :RLOS and :REFL functions are not available.
Example:
MEAS:TSL:RAT? 577 us, 8, 18 us, 18 us, DEF, 3, (@1), (@3)
The above timeslot example is extended to two sensors. The measurement result is a list of 8
measured values separated by a comma for the 8 timeslots; these values were obtained by division
from the measured values of sensors 1 and 3.
Selecting the output unit for measured values
So far, no information has been given on the unit of the measured values. It is possible to modify the
output unit of the measured values. A distinction is made as to whether the result represents a power or
a power ratio. Relative measurements always deliver power ratios. This also applies to the :RATio,
:SWR, :RLOS and :REFL functions. The units are set by means of the following commands:
UNIT:POWer DBM | W | DBUV and
UNIT:RATio DB | DPCT | O
The default settings are DBM for power values and DB for power ratios.
Physical unit
SCPI notation
Meaning
dBm
DBM
Power in dB referenced to 1 mW: x / W = 10 log ( x / (1 mW) ) / dBm
Watt
W
dB;V
DBUV
dB
DB
%
1
DPCT
Power in dB referred to (1;V)2 / 50
: x dBm
(x + 107) dB;V
Deviation from 100% in %: x % = (x + 100) %
O
When the :SWR, :RLOS and :REFL functions are used, the output unit, however, is implicitly set by the
MEAS command:
Measurement function
Output unit
:SWR
O
:RLOS
DB
:REFL
O
1143.8500.02
I.5
E-3
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
Note:
R&S NRP
The UNIT commands affect the parameters of the following commands:
CALC:LIMit:UPPer, CALC:LIMit:LOWer, CALC:RELative,
DISP:METer:UPPer and DISP:METer:LOWer.
Division of MEAS?
MEAS? can be divided into other high-level measurement commands.
MEAS?
CONF [<parameters list>]
READ? [<parameters list>]
The CONF command configures the measurement, whereas READ? starts the measurement, and
calculates and provides the result. This division offers two advantages:
1. The measurement has to be configured only once and several measurements (with several READ?
commands) can be performed in succession. This means better performance as compared to
measurements performed with MEAS?, since the time for configuring the measurement is only used
once.
2. After CONF, settings can be adapted to user's requirements by means of low-level commands (see
below).
Note:
If a list of parameters is indicated for the READ command, it must
correspond to the list for the preceding CONF command.
After a measurement has been completed, i.e. the data from the sensors is available, it is sometimes
interesting to evaluate this data several times without starting a new measurement each time. Since this
is not possible with the above commands, the READ? command can be replaced by the INIT and
FETCh? commands.
READ?
INIT
FETCh? [<list of parameters>]
FETCh? evaluates existing data if the data is valid. FETCh? may select another calculation function if
the measurement can be evaluated with the available measured data.
Example:
The following sequence of commands provides the difference between measured values from sensors
1 and 2 by means of FETCh:DIFF?, which measure in the ContAv mode as the default setting.
CONF:DIFF
INIT:ALL
FETCh:DIFF?
FETCh:RAT?
FETCh:BURst?
(OK)
(OK)
(
-221, "Settings conflict")
The FETCh:RAT? command then delivers the ratios of the two measured values. This is possible
without a new measurement, since the required data is available. The last FETCh command requires a
result that was measured in the BurstAv mode. Such a measured value is not available and thus, this
command will generate a SCPI error (-221, "Settings conflict").
1143.8500.02
I.6
E-3
R&S NRP
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
FETCh? immediately delivers a measured value if a valid result is available. If no measured value is
available, the R&S NRP waits for such a value and then answers the query. During this time, no other
command should be sent to the R&S NRP, since the query has to be answered first. If a command is
sent to the R&S NRP, the SCPI error -410, "Query interrupted", is output.
However, FETCh? should wait only if a measurement result is expected, since command processing is
blocked if a command is not answered. If FETCh? is executed although no measured values are
expected, the SCPI error -214, "Trigger deadlock", is output. This may occur if the trigger source is set
to BUS or HOLD with low-level TRIG:SOUR and FETCh? immediately follows INIT.
Example:
CONF
TRIG:SOUR BUS
INIT
FETCh? (
-214, "Trigger deadlock", *TRG or GET is not possible if FETCh? is waiting).
Trigger state system
The accuracy of a result largely depends on how accurately the sequence of a measurement can be
determined. The R&S NRP manages a trigger state system to SCPI 1999.0 for each sensor to define
the exact start and stop time of a measurement. This system defines the sequence of a measurement
cycle. 4 different device states are defined in the trigger state system implemented in the R&S NRP.
IDLE
The R&S NRP is in the idle state and performs no measurement. On power-up of
the R&S NRP, it is in the LOCAL mode and in the IDLE state. All connected
sensors are set to INIT:CONT ON to allow measurements to be continuously
displayed. Thus, the IDLE state is exited and the instrument is again in this state
if INIT:CONT OFF is sent via the remote control.
INITIATED
This state is a transition state, which is exited immediately after it has been
entered. It has been defined so as to allow the user to decide whether the next
measurement cycle is to be immediately started (INIT:CONT ON or all cycles
defined via TRIG:COUNT have not yet been processed) or the R&S NRP returns
to the IDLE state. The state is only entered internally and is not noticed by the
user.
WAIT_FOR_TRG
The R&S NRP waits for a trigger event. The source for this event is set via
TRIG:SOUR. When the event defined in this way occurs, the R&S NRP enters the
MEASURING state.
MEASURING
As long as the R&S NRP measures data, it remains in this state and exits it
immediately after completion of the measurement.
1143.8500.02
I.7
E-3
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
TRIG:SOUR
BUS
INT
EXT
TRIG:IMM
TRIG:IMM or
Trigger signal
*TRG, GET
or TRIG:IMM
MEASURING
HOLD
IMM
WAIT_FOR_TRG
ABORT
INIT:CONT?
OFF
ON
INITIATED
IDLE
INIT:IMM
INIT:CONT ON
?
*RST, PowerOn
Fig. I-1: Overview of basic relationships in the trigger state system
Fig. I-1 shows the basic structure of the trigger system. It is possible to improve the sequence of
measurement using the commands from the TRIGger command system.
1143.8500.02
I.8
E-3
R&S NRP
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
Logic relationship of command systems SENSe, CALCulate
and UNIT
The following section provides an overview of the measurement procedure of the R&S NRP. The
commands are mentioned as examples. These commands are described in detail in chapter 6.
To perform measurements with the R&S NRP, the user should have a good understanding of the trigger
system and be familiar with the result processing. The measured values delivered by the sensors
cannot be directly queried. As shown in Fig. I-2, the raw data is first determined in the sensors taking
into account the SENSe settings. It is then transferred to the CALCulate blocks where the measured
values of up to two sensors are processed and made available to the user in the unit defined by UNIT.
Data output:
output queue in
REMOTE mode
or display
in LOCAL mode
Measured values
("raw data")
SENS[1..4]:...
SENSe
CALC[1..8]:MATH:EXPR
- "SENSn"
- "SENSn - SENSm"
- "SENSn / SENSm"
- "REFL"
- "SWR
- "RLOS"
CALC[1..8]:REL
CALCulate
UNIT[1..8]:POW
UNIT[1..8]:RAT
UNIT
Fig. I-2: Processing of measured values in the R&S NRP
Note:
1143.8500.02
The high-level commands and the SENSe block allow indices to be
specified. These indices refer to the connected sensors (indices 1 to 4) for
the SENSe commands whereas the indices of the high-level commands
select the CALCulate blocks (indices 1 to 8). Depending on the
configuration of the first CALCulate block, FETCh? (same meaning as
FETCh1?) may not deliver the measured value of sensor 1 in contrast to the
above examples. After *RST, the first CALCulate block delivers the
measured value of sensor 1 (CALC1:MATH "(SENS1)") and the second
one the measured value of sensor 2, etc. (see command
SYSTem:PRESet).
I.9
E-3
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Measuring with low-level commands
Low-level commands allow the user to perform the most important modifications on the measurement
configuration. In the present context, low-level commands are all commands that do not belong to highlevel commands. These are in particular the commands of the SENSe, TRIGger and CALCulate
systems. Since the high-level commands combine different low-level commands, they allow a simpler
configuration of measurements.
Each measurement configuration should begin with the *RST command, which sets the R&S NRP to a
defined output state. The accurate settings are described in the documentation of remote control
command SYSTem:PRESet. The most important settings are listed below:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Continuous measurements are stopped (INIT:CONT OFF)
Offset correction are deactivated (SENSe:CORRection:OFFSet:STATe OFF,
SENSe:CORRection:DCYCle:STATe OFF, SENSe:CORRection:FDOFfset:STATe OFF).
All other settings of the SENSe system depend on the sensor used and are specified in the
corresponding manual.
The first 4 CALCulate blocks are set to sensors 1 to 4 (CALCulaten:MATH "(SENSn)").
The values are measured as absolute values (CALulate:RELative:STATe OFF).
Logarithmic units are used (UNIT:POWer dBm and UNIT:RATio dB).
The simplest measurement
The fastest way to obtain a result is to use the following sequence of commands
*RST
INIT
FETCh?
Normally, *RST will set the ContAv mode. The concept of smart-sensor technology provides that each
sensor determines the reset values of the assigned SENSe and TRIGger block. Thus, another mode
than ContAv may come after *RST with future sensors. Information is provided in the operating manual
of the sensor used.
INIT initiates the measurement. After *RST, the trigger system is set to "straight through" (TRIG:SOUR
IMM) so that the trigger system state changes to MEASURING via INITIATED and WAIT_FOR_TRG.
After the measurement has been completed, FETCh? delivers the result to the output queue from which
it can be fetched.
1143.8500.02
I.10
E-3
R&S NRP
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
Configuration of the trigger system
Trigger source
After a measurement is started with INIT, the state WAIT_FOR_TRG is entered. This is a preliminary
stage to the measurement, which has been initiated so that the measurement may start with high
accuracy at a defined point in time. For this purpose, different sources can be defined for the trigger
event, which triggers the measurement. In manual operation, a trigger event is not expected in the
ContAv mode. Since the measurement is to be performed continuously, the trigger source
(TRIGger:SOURce) is set to IMMediate.
If triggering needs to occur in response to a rising signal edge, the trigger system has to be configured
with TRIG:SOUR INT and TRIG:SLOP POS:
*RST
TRIG:SOUR INT (triggering in response to a signal edge)
TRIG:SLOP POS (triggering in response to a rising signal edge)
INIT
FETCh?
Note:
The settings of commands TRIG:SOUR and TRIG:SLOP are ignored in the
BurstAv mode. In this mode the beginning and the end of the power pulse
are automatically recognized. For this reason, the instrument always
triggers INTernal even if TRIG:SOUR has a different setting.
If a trigger signal is to be routed to the instrument rear panel via the external trigger connector, the
trigger source has to be configured with TRIG:SOUR EXT.
*RST
TRIG:SOUR EXT (triggering in response to the edge of an external signal)
TRIG:SLOP POS (triggering in response to a rising signal edge)
INIT
FETCh?
TRIG:SOUR BUS can be set if measurements are to be started with *TRG or GET. This procedure is
provided by standard IEEE 488.2, which stipulates that *TRG or GET can also be used to perform
complete measurements. This includes the generation of an answer, the measurement result. In the
R&S NRP, *TRG does not have this meaning: *TRG only executes a trigger event and thus only causes
the status transitions from WAIT_FOR_TRG to MEASURING. *TRG delivers no measurement result
and has no effect if TRIG:SOUR is not set to BUS or if the instrument is not in the state
WAIT_FOR_TRG. The latter situation applies, for example, if the R&S NRP is IDLE, i.e. INIT:CONT
ON is not set nor was INIT executed.
1143.8500.02
I.11
E-3
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Delay, Holdoff
Normally, the measurement immediately starts after the trigger event has been executed. This may not
be desirable if the measurement is to be started before or after the trigger point. The start of the
measurement with reference to the trigger point can be offset using the TRIG:DEL command. A
negative sign means that the measurement begins before the trigger point. This is possible because the
sensors store sampling values for a while and can use past values when the measurement is started.
The command is also used when overshoots are to be ignored at the beginning of a power pulse.
Example:
*RST
TRIG:SOUR INT
TRIG:DEL 50 us
TRIG:HOLD 800 us
INIT
FETCh?
(starts measurement 50 ;s after the trigger event)
(starts next trigger event 800 ;s after the trigger event at the earliest)
Another way to modify the trigger system timing is to set a holdoff time (TRIG:HOLD). After a trigger
event, all following trigger events are ignored if they occur within the holdoff time. This is to prevent
signal components that have not yet decayed from causin triggering by mistake after the measurement
has been completed. This makes sense especially with internal triggering (BurstAv mode).
Power
Trigger
event
Ignored
trigger
event
Trigger level
Time
TRIG:DELay
Measurement
TRIG:HOLDoff
Fig. I-3: Meaning of settings for TRIG:HOLD and TRIG:DEL
1143.8500.02
I.12
E-3
R&S NRP
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
Exclude and Fence (Mid)
In the measurement modes Burst, Timeslot and Timegate, it is also possible to exclude time domains
from the integration of the measured value at the beginning and the end of the measurement
(SENS:TIM:EXCL:STARt and SENS:TIM:EXCL:STOP):
Example:
*RST
SENS:FUNC "POW:BURS:AVG"
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STAR 10 US
SENS:TIM:EXCL:STOP 10 US
INIT
FETCh?
(ignores 10 ;s at the beginning of the measurement)
(ignores 10 ;s at the end of the measurement)
Power
Time
EXCLude:STARt
EXCLude:STOP
Integration interval
Fig. I-4: Exclude parameter
Moreover, in Timeslot and Timegate it is possible to exclude time domains also during measurement.
(...[:EXCL]:MID:OFFS and ...:[:EXCL]:MID:TIME).
Example:
GSM measurement: The average power in the fifth GSM slot is to be measured. The burst power fails
by 50 ;s and this range is to be excluded from the measurement.. Solution: A 50 ;s-Fence is defined..
The sample values in this interval are not included in the measurement:
*RST
SENS:FUNC "POW:TGAT:AVG"
SENS:TGAT:SEL 2
SENS:TGAT2:OFFS 2.328 MS
SENS:TGAT2:TIME 527 US
SENS:TGAT2:MID ON
SENS:TGAT2:MID:OFFS 2.528 MS
SENS:TGAT2:MID:TIME 50 US
INIT
FETCh?
1143.8500.02
(select second gate)
(GSM measurement in the fifth GSM slot)
(length of a GSM burst)
(activate Fence)
(Exclude interval starts, 200 ;s after slot start)
(length of the Exclude interval)
I.13
E-3
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Gate 5
Power
Trigger event
Trigger level
Time
SENS:TRAC2:MID:TIME
SENS:TRAC2:MID:OFFS:TIME
SENS:TRAC2:OFFS:TIME
SENS:TRAC2:TIME
Fig. I-5: Measurement of a GSM slot with Fence(Mid)-Exclude domain
Level, hysteresis and dropout time
With internal and external triggering (TRIG:SOUR INT | EXT), a trigger event is recognized when the
level of a trigger signal exceeds a specific value. This value is the trigger level and can be set with
TRIG:LEV. With internal triggering, the end of the measurement is recognized when the power level
falls below the trigger level. This is not desirable with modulated signals or short interruptions and also
when the level just falls slightly below the trigger level:
•
•
SENS:BURS:DTOL is used to define a time span during which the power to be measured in the
BurstAv mode must remain below the trigger level so that the end of the burst can be detected.
TRIG:HYST is used to specify a value in dB by which the signal must fall below the trigger level so
that the end of a burst can be detected.
1143.8500.02
I.14
E-3
R&S NRP
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
Configuration of sensor settings
The sensor settings are controlled by the SENSe command system. The sensors tell the basic unit
which commands they understand and which parameters are allowed. As a result, the commands
described below cannot be used for some sensors.
Selecting a measurement mode
The most important sensor-dependent setting is the selection of a measurement mode:
•
ContAv mode (SENS:FUNC "POW:AVG"): Continuous measurement with only one integration time
specified (SENS:APER), within which the power is integrated as a measurement result.
Example:
*RST
SENS:FUNC "POW:AVG"
SENS:APER 10 MS
INIT
FETCh?
•
Timeslot mode (SENS:FUNC "POW:TSL:AVG"): After the trigger event, the power is measured in
timeslots, the number of which is defined with SENS:TSL:COUN. The length of the timeslots is set
with SENS:TSL:WIDT.
Example:
*RST
SENS:FUNC "POW:TSL:AVG"
SENS:TSL:WIDT 577 US
SENS:TSL:COUN 8
TRIG:SOUR EXT
INIT
FETCh?
•
BurstAv mode (SENS:FUNC "POW:BURS:AVG"): Measurement of power pulses (bursts) with
automatic detection of the beginning and end of pulses. The trigger source setting is ignored. As
described above, the conditions for the detection of the pulse end can be set with commands
SENS:BURS:DTOL and TRIG:HYST.
Example:
*RST
SENS:FUNC "POW:BURS:AVG"
SENS:BURS:DTOL 100 MS
TRIG:HYST 3 DB
INIT
FETCh?
•
Scope mode (SENS:FUNC "XTIM:POW"): This mode is used to determine a large number of
measured values in succession. The number of required measured values is set with
SENS:SWE:POI and the total measurement time with SENS:SWE:TIM. Note that each
measurement must be triggered separately. This point is a difference between the Scope mode and
the Timeslot mode, in which it is only necessary to start the measurement for measuring the power
in all timeslots.
1143.8500.02
I.15
E-3
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Example:
*RST
SENS:FUNC "XTIM:POW"
SENS:SWE:POIN 256
SENS:SWE:TIM 600 us
TRIG:COUN 256
(change to IDLE state after the 256th measurement)
INIT
FETCh?
Averaging/filters
The power values to be measured are sampled by the sensors. The sampling values then undergo twostage filtering before they are made available as measured values.
The first filter stage is a time integration. The integration time is either set explicitly (ContAv mode:
SENS:APER, Timeslot mode: SENS:TSL:WIDT and Scope mode: SENS:SWE:POIN and -:TIME) or
determined automatically (BurstAv mode).
Filtering (averaging) is the second filter stage, which is configured via the command path
SENS:AVERage. These settings are used to obtain a stable (noise-free) result up to a required
accuracy. This is done by means of a digital filter, which has a variable length: the longer the filter, the
more stable the result.
•
Manual filter setting: The filter-length automatic mode is deactivated and the filter length is set in
power-of-two numbers.
Example:
*RST
SENS:AVER:STAT ON
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO OFF
SENS:AVER:COUN 4
INIT
FETCh?
(activates filtering)
(switches off filter-length automatic mode)
2
(permanently sets filter length to 4 = 2 )
Automatic filter setting: SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE NSR | RES is used to select whether the
noise component should remain below a specific threshold (NSR) or the measurement result should be
stable up to a specific accuracy (RES). To avoid long measurement times,
SENS:AVER:COUNT:AUTO:MTIM can be used to specify a maximum measurement time. The
maximum filter length is set such that the measurements do not exceed this time, even if the desired
stability has not yet been obtained.
Example:
*RST
SENS:AVER:STAT ON
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO ON
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE RES
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:RES 3
INIT
FETCh?
1143.8500.02
(activates filtering)
(switches on filter-length automatic mode)
(sets automatic mode to RESolution)
(maintains 3 places noise-free in the result)
I.16
E-3
R&S NRP
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
Example:
*RST
SENS:AVER:STAT ON
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO ON
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:TYPE NSR
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:NSR 0.01 DB
SENS:AVER:COUN:AUTO:MTIM 10 S
INIT
FETCh?
(activates filtering)
(switches on filter-length automatic mode)
(sets automatic mode to NSRatio)
(maximum noise component in the result)
(but does not measure more than 10 s)
All intermediate pushed values delivered by the first filter stage are stored in the filter. The earliest
measured value is ousted out of the filter, since the filter has only a limited length. SENS:AVER:TCON
MOV | REP is used to set when the filter algorithm is to be applied to the filter. With the setting
MOVing, a new measure value is calculated for each new intermediate measured value. This is the
default setting in the LOCAL mode. SENS:AVER:TCON REPeat is set in the REMOTE mode. In this
particular case, new measured values are calculated when all intermediate measured values have
been replaced by new ones.
Note:
Changing from SENS:AVER:TCON MOV to REP in the LOCAL-REMOTE
transition causes the update rate of measured values to be reduced, since
the filter must be completely filled for each new measured value.
Measured-value corrections
The R&S NRP offers different options for correcting measured values in the instrument. These options
all require an existing knowledge of the test setup or the time structure of the signal. Offsets in the result
can be corrected globally and depending on the frequency, and it is possible to consider the duty cycle
of a signal and the influence of the complex reflection coefficient ( ) of the power source.
•
Global offset correction: All measured values are multiplied by a correction factor (logarithmically
added).
Example:
*RST
SENS:CORR:OFFS:STAT ON
SENS:CORR:OFFS 20 DB
INIT
FETCh?
•
(global offset correction ON)
(corrects result by +20 dB)
Frequency-dependent offset correction: Two-column tables can be entered in which frequencies
and correction values can be stored. A frequency-dependent correction value is determined by
linear interpolation in the units Hz and dB using the signal frequency (defined with SENS:FREQ).
The interpolated correction value can be queried with SENS:FDOF? for checking purposes.
Example:
*RST
MEM:TABL:MOVE "Table 1" "Splitter"
MEM:TABL:SEL "Splitter"
MEM:TABL:CLEar
MEM:TABL:FREQ
0,1e4,5e4,1e5,1e9
MEM:TABL:GAIN 3.1,3.1,3.0,2.9,2.9
SENS:FREQ 900 MHZ
SENS:CORR:FDOT:STAT ON
1143.8500.02
I.17
(renames first table)
(selects table)
(deletes selected table)
(interpolation points on the frequency axis)
(associated offset values)
(signal frequency)
(activates frequency-dependent offset correction)
E-3
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
(selects an offset table)
(queries correction value used)
SENS:CORR:FDOT "Splitter"
SENS:CORR:FDOF?
INIT
FETCh?
This example assumes that a table called "Table 1" is available.
•
Duty cycle: If the duty cycle of a pulsed signal (SENS:DCYC) is reported to the R&S NRP, the
R&S NRP delivers the average power in the pulse.
Example:
*RST
SENS:CORR:DCYC:STAT ON
SENS:CORR:DCYC 30 PCT
INIT
FETCh?
•
(duty-cycle correction ON)
(duty cycle of 30%)
Reflection coefficient of the source (source gamma, ): Reflections at the power source may
distort the result. If the reflection coefficient of the source is known, it can be specified for the
measured-value correction via command path SENS:SGAM.
Example:
*RST
SENS:SGAM:CORR:STAT ON
SENS:SGAM:MAGN 0.01
SENS:SGAM:PHAS 179
INIT
FETCh?
1143.8500.02
(considers the reflection coefficient
(magnitude of )
(phase angle of )
I.18
of the source)
E-3
R&S NRP
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
Configuration of CALCulate blocks
The function of the CALCulate blocks has already been explained. Its most important task is the
calculation and provision of measurement results.
Calculation function and relative measurement
The calculation functions mentioned in connection with high-level commands are internally implemented
via commands CALC:MATH and CALC:REL:STAT.
Keyword for selecting a calculation function with
high-level commands
Corresponding low-level commands (n,m=1,2,3,4)
:DIFF
(Difference)
CALC:MATH "(SENSn-SENSm)"; REL:STAT OFF
:DIFF:REL
(Difference with reference value)
CALC:MATH "(SENSn-SENSm)"; REL:STAT ON
:RAT
(Ratio)
CALC:MATH "(SENSn/SENSm)"; REL:STAT OFF
:RAT:REL
(Ratio with reference value)
CALC:MATH "(SENSn/SENSm)"; REL:STAT ON
:SWR
(Standing wave ratio)
CALC:MATH "SWR(SENSn)"; REL:STAT OFF
:RLOS
(Return loss)
CALC:MATH "RLOS(SENSn)"; REL:STAT OFF
:REFL
(Reflection coefficient)
CALC:MATH "REFL(SENSn)"; REL:STAT OFF
Example:
*RST
CALC:MATH "(SENS1/SENS2)"
CALC:REL:STAT ON
CALC:REL 23 dB
INIT:ALL
FETCh?
1143.8500.02
(processes sensors 1 and 2)
(relative measurement)
(sets reference value)
(starts measurements on all sensors)
I.19
E-3
Annex: Remote Control - Commands
R&S NRP
Optimization of measurement speed
The duration of a message can be reduced by making the following setting:
SYST:SPEed FAST
(deactivates screen content !!!)
The following settings also affect the measurement speed to a greater or lesser extent. Which of these
settings are possible, however, depends on what is to be measured. For example, if measurement
accuracy is important, filtering may also have to be activated, which can reduce the measurement
speed. The length of the integration time also directly affects the measurement time and should
therefore be kept as short as possible if a short measurement time is desired. Consequently, the
following list can only serve as a guideline for minimizing the measurement time.
SYST:SPEed FAST
SENS:AVER:STAT OFF
SENS:FUNC "POW:AVG"
SENS:BUFF:STAT OFF
SENS:APER MIN
SENS:RANG:AUTO OFF
SENS:CORR:OFFS:STAT OFF
SENS:CORR:DCYC:STAT OFF
SENS:CORR:FDOT:STAT OFF
SENS:SGAM:CORR:STAT OFF
TRIG:DEL 0
TRIG:DEL:AUTO OFF
CALC1:MATH "(SENS1)"
CALC2:MATH "(SENS2)"
CALC3:MATH "(SENS2)"
CALC4:MATH "(SENS2)"
CALC5:MATH "(SENS2)"
CALC6:MATH "(SENS2)"
CALC7:MATH "(SENS2)"
CALC8:MATH "(SENS2)"
1143.8500.02
(deactivates screen content)
(deactivates filtering of measured values)
(ContAv mode)
(no buffered measurements)
(integration time as short as possible)
(automatic range selection OFF)
(no global offset correction)
(no duty cycle correction)
(no frequency-dependent offset correction)
(no measured-value correction for reflection coefficient of source)
(no delay on triggering)
(no delay on triggering)
(only uses the first CALCulate block)
I.20
E-3
R&S NRP
Table of Contents Chapter 8
Table of Contents
8
Maintenance ..........................................................................................................................8.1
Sensor test ........................................................................................................................................8.1
Instrument selftest ...........................................................................................................................8.1
Cleaning the exterior........................................................................................................................8.1
Storage ..............................................................................................................................................8.1
1144.1400.12
I-8.1
E-2
R&S NRP
Maintenance
8 Maintenance
Under normal operating conditions the R&S NRP does not require any regular maintenance except for
occasional cleaning of the front panel.
Sensor test
The sensor selftest is described in Chapter 4 in the section "Selftest".
Instrument selftest
The R&S NRP carries out a selftest during booting. This selftest is described in Chapter 1 in the section
titled "Welcome screen and function test".
Cleaning the exterior
To clean the exterior, use a soft, lintfree cloth and an alcohol-free solvent, e.g. a commercially available
dishwashing liquid.
Storage
The R&S NRP has a storage temperature range of –20 °C to +70 °C.
1144.1400.12
8.1
E-2
R&S NRP
Table of Contents Chapter 9
Contents
9
SCPI Error Messages ........................................................................................................9.1
SCPI-Specific Error Messages ........................................................................................................9.1
No error.......................................................................................................................................9.1
Command Error ..........................................................................................................................9.1
Execution Error ...........................................................................................................................9.3
Device-Specific Errors ................................................................................................................9.4
Query Errors ...............................................................................................................................9.5
Device-Dependent Errors ................................................................................................................9.5
1144.1400.12
I-9.1
E-3
R&S NRP
SCPI Error Messages
9 SCPI Error Messages
The list below contains all error messages that may occur in the instrument. Negative error numbers are
defined in the SCPI standard, positive error numbers identify device-specific errors.
The left column of the following table gives the error code. In the right column, the text of the error
message displayed or entered in the error/event queue is printed in bold. An additional explanation is
given below this text.
SCPI-Specific Error Messages
No error
Error code
Error text returned upon queue query
Explanations
0
No error
This message is displayed if the error queue is empty.
Command Error
Command errors; causes bit 5 in the ESR to be set.
Error code
Error text returned upon queue query
Explanations
-100
Command error
Command faulty or invalid.
-101
Invalid character
The command contains a character which is invalid for that type.
-102
Syntax error
The command is invalid.
-103
Invalid separator
Command contains an illegal character where a separator is expected.
-104
Data type error
Command contains an invalid data element.
-108
Parameter not allowed
The command contains too many parameters.
-109
Missing parameter
The command contains fewer parameters than required.
-111
Header separator error
The header contains an illegal delimiter.
1144.1400.12
9.1
E-3
SCPI Error Messages
R&S NRP
Error code
Error text returned upon queue query
Explanations
-112
Program mnemonic too long
The header contains more than 12 characters.
-113
Undefined header
The header is not defined for the device.
-114
Header suffix out of range
The header contains an illegal numeric suffix.
-120
Numeric data error
The command contains a faulty numeric parameter.
-121
Invalid character in number
A numeric contains an invalid character.
-123
Exponent too large
The magnitude of the exponent is larger than 32000.
-124
Too many digits
The numeric contains too many digits.
-127
Invalid numeric data
-128
Numeric data not allowed
The command contains a numeric data element in a position where it is not accepted.
-131
Invalid suffix
The suffix is invalid for this device. The suffix is the index that indexes the sensor with the SENSe commands (14), the CALCulate block with the high-level measurement commands (1-4) and the window with the DISPlay
commands (1-4).
-134
Suffix too long
The suffix contains more than 12 characters.
-138
Suffix not allowed
A suffix is not allowed for this command or at this position in the command.
-141
Invalid character data
Either the character data element contains an invalid character or the particular element received is not valid for
this command.
-144
Character data too long
The character data element contains too many characters.
-148
Character data not allowed
The character data element used is not allowed for this command or at this position of the command.
-151
Invalid string data
The command contains invalid string data.
-158
String data not allowed
The command contains a valid string data element at a position where it is not allowed.
-161
Invalid block data
The command contains invalid block data.
-168
Block data not allowed
The command contains a legal block data element at a point where it is not allowed.
1144.1400.12
9.2
E-3
R&S NRP
SCPI Error Messages
Error code
Error text returned upon queue query
Explanations
-171
Invalid expression
The command contains an invalid mathematical expression data element.
-178
Expression data not allowed
The command contains mathematical expression data at a point where they are not allowed.
Execution Error
Execution errors; cause bit 4 in the ESR register to be set
Error code
Error text returned upon queue query
Explanations
-200
Execution error
An error occurred upon command execution.
-203
Command protected
An attempt was made to execute a protected command.
-210
Trigger error
Error on triggering the device.
-211
Trigger ignored
A *TRG or a triggering signal was ignored.
-213
Init ignored
A request for a measurement initialization was ignored as another measurement was already in progress.
-214
Trigger deadlock
A measurement could not be started or a result query could not be processed since the device would otherwise
enter a deadlock state. This occurs under the following conditions:
(1) TRIG:SOUR BUS;:INIT;:FETCh?: A *TRG or TRIG:IMM would be required for triggering but these
commands cannot be executed since FETCh? blocks the entry. But FETCh? waits until the measured values are
available.
(2) FETCh? was called but no valid result was available and the trigger system of the sensor is IDLE. FETCh?
blocks the entry so that a measurement cannot be started with INIT either.
-220
Parameter error
The command contains a faulty or invalid parameter.
-221
Settings conflict
There is a setting conflict between two or more parameters.
-222
Data out of range
A program data element is outside the legal range as defined by the device.
-223
Too much data
A valid parameter is received but it contains more data than the device can handle.
-224
Illegal parameter value
The parameter value is invalid.
1144.1400.12
9.3
E-3
SCPI Error Messages
R&S NRP
Error code
Error text returned upon queue query
Explanations
-225
Out of memory
The device has insufficient memory to perform the required operation.
-226
Lists not same length
A list of offset values and frequencies has not the same length as an associated list of frequency and offset
values.
-230
Data corrupt or stale
The data are incomplete or invalid.
-240
Hardware error
The command cannot be executed because of a hardware problem in the device.
-241
Hardware missing
The command cannot be executed because of missing device hardware.
Device-Specific Errors
Device-specific error; causes bit 5 to be set in the ESR register
Error code
Error text returned upon queue query
Explanations
-300
Device-specific error
Generic device-dependent error that cannot be defined more precisely.
-310
System error
Indicates that some system error has occurred. Please contact the R&S service center.
-311
Memory error
An error was detected in the device's memory.
-314
Save/recall memory lost
Indicates that the nonvolatile data saved by the *SAV? command has been lost.
-315
Configuration memory lost
Indicates that nonvolatile configuration data saved by the device has been lost.
-330
Self-test failed
The self-test could not be executed.
-341
Zeroing failed
The zeroing of a sensor (CALibration:ZERO:AUTO ONCE) has failed. The most frequent cause for this error is
a signal that is applied to the sensor input and prevents zeroing.
-350
Queue overflow
This code is entered into the queue in lieu of the code that caused the error. It indicates that an error occurred but
was not recorded. Five entries are accepted in the queue.
-363
Input buffer overrun
More commands were sent to the device than can be simultaneously executed or stored.
1144.1400.12
9.4
E-3
R&S NRP
SCPI Error Messages
Query Errors
Query errors; cause bit 2 in the ESR register to be set
Error code
Error text returned upon queue query
Explanations
-400
Query error
Generic query error that cannot be defined more precisely.
-410
Query INTERRUPTED
The query was interrupted.
Example: The query is followed by new data before the response was completely sent.
-420
Query UNTERMINATED
An incomplete query was received.
-430
Query DEADLOCKED
The query cannot be processed.
-440
Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response
A query is received in the same program message after a query requesting an indefinite response.
Device-Dependent Errors
Device-dependent error; causes bit 5 to be set in the ESR register
Error code
Error text returned upon queue query
Explanations
1
Device-dependent error
This error message is sent when the device cannot detect a more specific error.
2
IEEE 1174 error (unknown emulation code)
An invalid IEEE-1174 emulation mode was selected for the Ethernet link.
22
IEEE1174 mode 488.1 not allowed
Setting the IEEE 1174.1 mode is not permissible.
24
Sensor mode not supported
An attempt was made to set the sensor to a measurement mode which is not supported.
25
Not supported
A command is not supported (by the sensor).
26
State not supported
Attempt was made to set an invalid value. The permissible values for sensor-dependent commands can be
declared as impermissible by a sensor depending on the context.
27
Sensor not present
A command could not be executed because the required sensor is not connected.
1144.1400.12
9.5
E-3
SCPI Error Messages
R&S NRP
Error code
Error text returned upon queue query
Explanations
28
Sensor not idle
A command could not be executed because the respective sensor was not in the IDLE state at that time.
29
Measurement aborted while waiting for data
A measurement was aborted while the device was waiting for measurement results.
30
No extremes available in this mode
Extreme values (minimum, maximum und peak-to-peak values) are not calculated in the set measurement mode.
39
Sensor removed while waiting for result
A sensor was disconnected while the device was waiting for measurement results.
42
Failed to initialize sensor
A sensor could not be initialized.
43
Error in receiving calibration data from sensor
An error occurred in receiving calibration data from the sensor (command CALibration[1..4]:DATA?).
44
Error in sending calibration data to sensor
An error occurred in sending calibration data to the sensor
(command CALibration[1..4]:DATA <block_data>).
45
Command not supported by sensor
Attempt was made to send a command to a sensor that does not support this command. This may depend on the
current sensor status. The sensors can inform the R&S NRP at any point which commands they support or do not
support. This mainly concerns commands of the Sense and Trigger systems.
46
Sensor failure: no command receipt
A sensor did not acknowledge any command.
47
Error in receiving battery data
An error occurred in receiving battery data (command SYSTem:BATTery:STATus?).
48
Error in sending battery data
An error occurred in sending battery data (command SYSTem:BATTery:MODE <block_data>).
50
Fatal sensor error
A sensor signalled a serious error. If the problem persists, please contact the R&S servicing center.
51
Overload
A sensor signalled that the signal applied has exceeded the permissible maximum power. CAUTION! Sensor
overload can destroy the electronic measurement system.
52
Overrange
This error is signalled if a sensor detects that one of its measurement channels is overranged. The result is then
probably incorrect. This error can occur if the automatic range function is deactivated (SENSe:RANGe:AUTO
OFF) and the manually selected measurement channel is not suitable or the cross-over level
(SENSe:RANGe:AUTO:CLEVel) was incorrectly selected.
53
Truncated measurement
In the BurstAv mode, the samples for the power are stored in an internal buffer until the end of the power pulse is
detected. If the buffer overflows the measurement is terminated and error 53 "Truncated measurement" is
generated.
1144.1400.12
9.6
E-3
R&S NRP
SCPI Error Messages
Error code
Error text returned upon queue query
Explanations
54
Sample error
Samples were lost while sampling the signal applied. The measured value can thus be incorrect.
55
Sensor hardware error
A sensor signalled an error in the sensor hardware. If the problem persists, please contact the R&S servicing
center.
56
Filter truncated
With the automatic filter function activated, a sensor tries to set the filter length such that the required accuracy is
obtained. If the measurement time required for this exceeds the value set with
SENSe:AVERage:COUNt:AUTO:MTIMe (max. time), the filter length is shortened such that a measurement does
not last more than the max. time and error message 56 "Filter truncated" is generated.
57
Standard settings incomplete
The R&S NRP can be configured for measuring standardized signals with SYSTem:STANdard:PRESet
<string>. This command sets a number of predefined parameters. If a sensor does not support a specific
parameter (e.g. a measurement mode), execution error message 57 "Standard settings incomplete" is generated.
1144.1400.12
9.7
E-3
Download PDF
Similar pages